diff options
49 files changed, 8125 insertions, 11001 deletions
diff --git a/.bzrignore b/.bzrignore index 7ab83e7ad..8ed88e30e 100644 --- a/.bzrignore +++ b/.bzrignore @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ .htaccess /lib/* /template/en/custom -/docs/bugzilla.ent -/docs/en/xml/bugzilla.ent -/docs/en/txt +/docs/definitions.rst /docs/en/html -/docs/en/pdf +/docs/en/txt +/docs/en/latex +/docs/en/doctrees /skins/custom /graphs /data diff --git a/docs/TODO b/docs/TODO new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4afd14f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +RST files: + +* Produce simple style guide and canonicalise usages to follow it +* Get rid of, or use proper Sphinx markup for, glossary + +HTML Output: + +* Styling for Cautions and Tips +* Stop replacement of "--" with em-dash +* Auto-highlighter thinks # in "bash#" is a comment char +* Style definition lists to have the term in bold +* Fix bug lifecycle image original doc link diff --git a/docs/bugzilla.ent.tmpl b/docs/bugzilla.ent.tmpl deleted file mode 100644 index c1076aed8..000000000 --- a/docs/bugzilla.ent.tmpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -<!ENTITY bz-ver "4.5.1"> -<!ENTITY bz-date "2013-10-16"> -<!ENTITY current-year "2013"> - -<!ENTITY min-perl-ver "5.10.1"> -<!ENTITY landfillbase "http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/"> -<!ENTITY bzg-bugs "http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla;component=Documentation"> diff --git a/docs/definitions.rst.tmpl b/docs/definitions.rst.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6a7288c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/definitions.rst.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +.. |min-perl-ver| replace:: 5.10.1 +.. |landfillbase| replace:: http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/ +.. |bzg-bugs| replace:: http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla&component=Documentation diff --git a/docs/en/Makefile b/docs/en/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe6ee26 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# Makefile for Sphinx documentation +# + +# You can set these variables from the command line. +SPHINXOPTS = +SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build +PAPER = +BUILDDIR = . + +# Internal variables. +PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 +PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter +ALLSPHINXOPTS = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) rst +# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others +I18NSPHINXOPTS = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) rst + +.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext + +help: + @echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of" + @echo " html to make standalone HTML files" + @echo " dirhtml to make HTML files named index.html in directories" + @echo " singlehtml to make a single large HTML file" + @echo " pickle to make pickle files" + @echo " json to make JSON files" + @echo " htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project" + @echo " qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project" + @echo " devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project" + @echo " epub to make an epub" + @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" + @echo " latexpdf to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex" + @echo " text to make text files" + @echo " man to make manual pages" + @echo " texinfo to make Texinfo files" + @echo " info to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo" + @echo " gettext to make PO message catalogs" + @echo " changes to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items" + @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" + @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" + +clean: + -rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* + +html: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." + +dirhtml: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml." + +singlehtml: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml." + +pickle: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files." + +json: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files." + +htmlhelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \ + ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp." + +qthelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ + ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" + @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Bugzilla.qhcp" + @echo "To view the help file:" + @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Bugzilla.qhc" + +devhelp: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp + @echo + @echo "Build finished." + @echo "To view the help file:" + @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Bugzilla" + @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Bugzilla" + @echo "# devhelp" + +epub: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub." + +latex: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex + @echo + @echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." + @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \ + "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)." + +latexpdf: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex + @echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..." + $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf + @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." + +text: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/txt + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/txt." + +man: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man." + +texinfo: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." + @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \ + "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)." + +info: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo + @echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..." + make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info + @echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." + +gettext: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale." + +changes: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes + @echo + @echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes." + +linkcheck: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck + @echo + @echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \ + "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt." + +doctest: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest + @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ + "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." diff --git a/docs/en/README.docs b/docs/en/README.docs deleted file mode 100644 index f041ef044..000000000 --- a/docs/en/README.docs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -Welcome to the Bugzilla documentation project! -You'll find these directories and files here: - -README.docs # This README file -html/ # The compiled HTML docs from XML sources (do not edit) -txt/ # The compiled text docs from XML sources (do not edit) -pdf/ # The compiled PDF docs from XML sources (do not edit) -xml/ # The original XML doc sources (edit these) - -A note about the XML: - The documentation is written in DocBook 4.2, and attempts to adhere -to the LinuxDoc standards where applicable (http://www.tldp.org). -If you need to edit the documentation, feel free to use any text editor -to make the changes. XML is not rocket science -- simply make sure your -text appears between appropriate tags (like <para>This is a paragraph</para>) -and we'll be fine. If you are making more extensive changes, please ensure -you at least validate your XML before checking it in by running makedocs.pl. - - Thanks for taking the time to read these notes and consulting the -documentation. Please address comments and questions to the newsgroup: -news://news.mozilla.org/mozilla.support.bugzilla. - -========== -HOW TO SET UP YOUR OWN XML EDITING ENVIRONMENT: -========== - -All you need to compile the documentation are the xmlto and dblatex -scripts. All major Linux distributions have these packages and so -it's very easy to install them. If these packages are correctly configured, -all required dependencies such as xsltproc and pdftex will be installed -at the same time, and so you don't have to worry about them. - -Once these applications are installed, all you need to do to compile -the documentation is to run either: - - makedocs.pl - -to compile the documentation in HTML and text formats only, or: - - makedocs.pl --with-pdf - -to also compile the documentation in PDF format. diff --git a/docs/en/rel_notes.txt b/docs/en/historical_rel_notes.txt index 4014951f0..4014951f0 100644 --- a/docs/en/rel_notes.txt +++ b/docs/en/historical_rel_notes.txt diff --git a/docs/en/images/callouts/1.gif b/docs/en/images/callouts/1.gif Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 79fd388a8..000000000 --- a/docs/en/images/callouts/1.gif +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/en/images/callouts/2.gif b/docs/en/images/callouts/2.gif Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b9be050e4..000000000 --- a/docs/en/images/callouts/2.gif +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/en/images/callouts/3.gif b/docs/en/images/callouts/3.gif Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 73635e3f7..000000000 --- a/docs/en/images/callouts/3.gif +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/en/images/caution.gif b/docs/en/images/caution.gif Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a48223013..000000000 --- a/docs/en/images/caution.gif +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/en/images/note.gif b/docs/en/images/note.gif Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 613bc7f70..000000000 --- a/docs/en/images/note.gif +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/en/images/tip.gif b/docs/en/images/tip.gif Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c8d5ae9bd..000000000 --- a/docs/en/images/tip.gif +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/en/images/warning.gif b/docs/en/images/warning.gif Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 693ffc3e8..000000000 --- a/docs/en/images/warning.gif +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/en/make.bat b/docs/en/make.bat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1494bf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/make.bat @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +@ECHO OFF + +REM Command file for Sphinx documentation + +if "%SPHINXBUILD%" == "" ( + set SPHINXBUILD=sphinx-build +) +set BUILDDIR=. +set ALLSPHINXOPTS=-d %BUILDDIR%/doctrees %SPHINXOPTS% rst +set I18NSPHINXOPTS=%SPHINXOPTS% rst +if NOT "%PAPER%" == "" ( + set ALLSPHINXOPTS=-D latex_paper_size=%PAPER% %ALLSPHINXOPTS% + set I18NSPHINXOPTS=-D latex_paper_size=%PAPER% %I18NSPHINXOPTS% +) + +if "%1" == "" goto help + +if "%1" == "help" ( + :help + echo.Please use `make ^<target^>` where ^<target^> is one of + echo. html to make standalone HTML files + echo. dirhtml to make HTML files named index.html in directories + echo. singlehtml to make a single large HTML file + echo. pickle to make pickle files + echo. json to make JSON files + echo. htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project + echo. qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project + echo. devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project + echo. epub to make an epub + echo. latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter + echo. text to make text files + echo. man to make manual pages + echo. texinfo to make Texinfo files + echo. gettext to make PO message catalogs + echo. changes to make an overview over all changed/added/deprecated items + echo. linkcheck to check all external links for integrity + echo. doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation if enabled + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "clean" ( + for /d %%i in (%BUILDDIR%\*) do rmdir /q /s %%i + del /q /s %BUILDDIR%\* + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "html" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b html %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/html + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. The HTML pages are in %BUILDDIR%/html. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "dirhtml" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b dirhtml %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/dirhtml + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. The HTML pages are in %BUILDDIR%/dirhtml. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "singlehtml" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b singlehtml %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/singlehtml + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. The HTML pages are in %BUILDDIR%/singlehtml. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "pickle" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b pickle %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/pickle + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished; now you can process the pickle files. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "json" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b json %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/json + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished; now you can process the JSON files. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "htmlhelp" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b htmlhelp %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/htmlhelp + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the ^ +.hhp project file in %BUILDDIR%/htmlhelp. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "qthelp" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b qthelp %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/qthelp + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the ^ +.qhcp project file in %BUILDDIR%/qthelp, like this: + echo.^> qcollectiongenerator %BUILDDIR%\qthelp\Bugzilla.qhcp + echo.To view the help file: + echo.^> assistant -collectionFile %BUILDDIR%\qthelp\Bugzilla.ghc + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "devhelp" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b devhelp %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/devhelp + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "epub" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b epub %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/epub + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. The epub file is in %BUILDDIR%/epub. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "latex" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b latex %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/latex + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished; the LaTeX files are in %BUILDDIR%/latex. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "text" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b text %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/txt + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. The text files are in %BUILDDIR%/txt. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "man" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b man %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/man + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. The manual pages are in %BUILDDIR%/man. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "texinfo" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b texinfo %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/texinfo + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. The Texinfo files are in %BUILDDIR%/texinfo. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "gettext" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b gettext %I18NSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/locale + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Build finished. The message catalogs are in %BUILDDIR%/locale. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "changes" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b changes %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/changes + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.The overview file is in %BUILDDIR%/changes. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "linkcheck" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b linkcheck %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/linkcheck + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output ^ +or in %BUILDDIR%/linkcheck/output.txt. + goto end +) + +if "%1" == "doctest" ( + %SPHINXBUILD% -b doctest %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/doctest + if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1 + echo. + echo.Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the ^ +results in %BUILDDIR%/doctest/output.txt. + goto end +) + +:end diff --git a/docs/en/rst/_static/stuff.css b/docs/en/rst/_static/stuff.css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3d8ea781 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/_static/stuff.css @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +@import 'default.css'; + +dt { font-weight: bold; } diff --git a/docs/en/rst/about.rst b/docs/en/rst/about.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199988bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/about.rst @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ + + +.. _about: + +================ +About This Guide +================ + +.. _introduction: + +Introduction +############ + +This is the documentation for version |version| of Bugzilla, a +bug-tracking system from mozilla.org. +Bugzilla is an enterprise-class piece of software +that tracks millions of bugs and issues for hundreds of +organizations around the world. + +The most current version of this document can always be found on the +`Bugzilla +Documentation Page <http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/>`_. + +.. _copyright: + +Copyright Information +##################### + +This document is copyright (c) 2000-2012 by the various +Bugzilla contributors who wrote it. + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation + License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the + Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no + Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of + the license is included in :ref:`gfdl`. + +If you have any questions regarding this document, its +copyright, or publishing this document in non-electronic form, +please contact the Bugzilla Team. + +.. _disclaimer: + +Disclaimer +########## + +No liability for the contents of this document can be accepted. +Follow the instructions herein at your own risk. +This document may contain errors +and inaccuracies that may damage your system, cause your partner +to leave you, your boss to fire you, your cats to +pee on your furniture and clothing, and global thermonuclear +war. Proceed with caution. + +Naming of particular products or brands should not be seen as +endorsements, with the exception of the term "GNU/Linux". We +wholeheartedly endorse the use of GNU/Linux; it is an extremely +versatile, stable, +and robust operating system that offers an ideal operating +environment for Bugzilla. + +Although the Bugzilla development team has taken great care to +ensure that all exploitable bugs have been fixed, security holes surely +exist in any piece of code. Great care should be taken both in +the installation and usage of this software. The Bugzilla development +team members assume no liability for your use of Bugzilla. You have +the source code, and are responsible for auditing it yourself to ensure +your security needs are met. + +.. COMMENT: Section 2: New Versions + +.. _newversions: + +New Versions +############ + +This is version |version| of The Bugzilla Guide. It is so named +to match the current version of Bugzilla. + +.. todo:: BZ-DEVEL This version of the guide, like its associated Bugzilla version, is a + development version. + +The latest version of this guide can always be found at `<http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/>`_. However, you should read +the version which came with the Bugzilla release you are using. + +In addition, there are Bugzilla template localization projects in +`several languages <http://www.bugzilla.org/download/#localizations>`_. +They may have translated documentation available. If you would like to +volunteer to translate the Guide into additional languages, please visit the +`Bugzilla L10n team <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:L10n>`_ +page. + +.. _credits: + +Credits +####### + +The people listed below have made enormous contributions to the +creation of this Guide, through their writing, dedicated hacking efforts, +numerous e-mail and IRC support sessions, and overall excellent +contribution to the Bugzilla community: + +.. COMMENT: TODO: This is evil... there has to be a valid way to get this look + +Matthew P. Barnson mbarnson@sisna.com + for the Herculean task of pulling together the Bugzilla Guide + and shepherding it to 2.14. + +Terry Weissman terry@mozilla.org + for initially writing Bugzilla and creating the README upon + which the UNIX installation documentation is largely based. + +Tara Hernandez tara@tequilarists.org + for keeping Bugzilla development going strong after Terry left + mozilla.org and for running landfill. + +Dave Lawrence dkl@redhat.com + for providing insight into the key differences between Red + Hat's customized Bugzilla. + +Dawn Endico endico@mozilla.org + for being a hacker extraordinaire and putting up with Matthew's + incessant questions and arguments on irc.mozilla.org in #mozwebtools + +Jacob Steenhagen jake@bugzilla.org + for taking over documentation during the 2.17 development + period. + +Dave Miller justdave@bugzilla.org + for taking over as project lead when Tara stepped down and + continually pushing for the documentation to be the best it can be. + +Thanks also go to the following people for significant contributions +to this documentation: +Kevin Brannen, Vlad Dascalu, Ben FrantzDale, Eric Hanson, Zach Lipton, Gervase Markham, Andrew Pearson, Joe Robins, Spencer Smith, Ron Teitelbaum, Shane Travis, Martin Wulffeld. + +Also, thanks are due to the members of the +`mozilla.support.bugzilla <news://news.mozilla.org/mozilla.support.bugzilla>`_ +newsgroup (and its predecessor, netscape.public.mozilla.webtools). +Without your discussions, insight, suggestions, and patches, +this could never have happened. + +.. _conventions: + +Document Conventions +#################### + +This document uses the following conventions: + +.. caution:: This is a caution. Make sure to read this to not be in trouble! + +.. tip:: This is a hint or tip, especially about some configuration tweaks. + +.. note:: This is just a note, for your information. + +.. warning:: This is a warning, something you should take care of. + +A filename or a path to a filename is displayed like this: +:file:`/path/to/filename.ext` + +A command to type in the shell is displayed like this: +:command:`command --arguments` + +bash$ represents a normal user's prompt under bash shell + +bash# represents a root user's prompt under bash shell + +A word which is in the glossary will appear like this: +Bugzilla + +A sample of code is illustrated like this: + +:: + + First Line of Code + Second Line of Code + ... + +This documentation is maintained in ReStructured Text format. +Changes are best submitted as diffs, attached +to a bug filed in the `Bugzilla Documentation <https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla;component=Documentation>`_ +component. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/administration.rst b/docs/en/rst/administration.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bac84499 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/administration.rst @@ -0,0 +1,2149 @@ + + +.. _administration: + +====================== +Administering Bugzilla +====================== + +.. _parameters: + +Bugzilla Configuration +###################### + +Bugzilla is configured by changing various parameters, accessed +from the "Parameters" link in the Administration page (the +Administration page can be found by clicking the "Administration" +link in the footer). The parameters are divided into several categories, +accessed via the menu on the left. Following is a description of the +different categories and important parameters within those categories. + +.. _param-requiredsettings: + +Required Settings +================= + +The core required parameters for any Bugzilla installation are set +here. These parameters must be set before a new Bugzilla installation +can be used. Administrators should review this list before +deploying a new Bugzilla installation. + +maintainer + Email address of the person + responsible for maintaining this Bugzilla installation. + The address need not be that of a valid Bugzilla account. + +urlbase + Defines the fully qualified domain name and web + server path to this Bugzilla installation. + For example, if the Bugzilla query page is + :file:`http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/query.cgi`, + the ``urlbase`` should be set + to :file:`http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/`. + +docs_urlbase + Defines path to the Bugzilla documentation. This can be a fully + qualified domain name, or a path relative to "urlbase". + For example, if the "Bugzilla Configuration" page + of the documentation is + :file:`http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/docs/html/parameters.html`, + set the ``docs_urlbase`` + to :file:`http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/docs/html/`. + +sslbase + Defines the fully qualified domain name and web + server path for HTTPS (SSL) connections to this Bugzilla installation. + For example, if the Bugzilla main page is + :file:`https://www.foo.com/bugzilla/index.cgi`, + the ``sslbase`` should be set + to :file:`https://www.foo.com/bugzilla/`. + +ssl_redirect + If enabled, Bugzilla will force HTTPS (SSL) connections, by + automatically redirecting any users who try to use a non-SSL + connection. + +cookiedomain + Defines the domain for Bugzilla cookies. This is typically left blank. + If there are multiple hostnames that point to the same webserver, which + require the same cookie, then this parameter can be utilized. For + example, If your website is at + :file:`https://www.foo.com/`, setting this to + :file:`.foo.com/` will also allow + :file:`bar.foo.com/` to access Bugzilla cookies. + +cookiepath + Defines a path, relative to the web server root, that Bugzilla + cookies will be restricted to. For example, if the + :command:`urlbase` is set to + :file:`http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/`, the + :command:`cookiepath` should be set to + :file:`/bugzilla/`. Setting it to "/" will allow all sites + served by this web server or virtual host to read Bugzilla cookies. + +utf8 + Determines whether to use UTF-8 (Unicode) encoding for all text in + Bugzilla. New installations should set this to true to avoid character + encoding problems. Existing databases should set this to true only + after the data has been converted from existing legacy character + encoding to UTF-8, using the + :file:`contrib/recode.pl` script. + + .. note:: If you turn this parameter from "off" to "on", you must + re-run :file:`checksetup.pl` immediately afterward. + +shutdownhtml + If there is any text in this field, this Bugzilla installation will + be completely disabled and this text will appear instead of all + Bugzilla pages for all users, including Admins. Used in the event + of site maintenance or outage situations. + + .. note:: Although regular log-in capability is disabled + while :command:`shutdownhtml` + is enabled, safeguards are in place to protect the unfortunate + admin who loses connection to Bugzilla. Should this happen to you, + go directly to the :file:`editparams.cgi` (by typing + the URL in manually, if necessary). Doing this will prompt you to + log in, and your name/password will be accepted here (but nowhere + else). + +announcehtml + Any text in this field will be displayed at the top of every HTML + page in this Bugzilla installation. The text is not wrapped in any + tags. For best results, wrap the text in a ``<div>`` + tag. Any style attributes from the CSS can be applied. For example, + to make the text green inside of a red box, add ``id=message`` + to the ``<div>`` tag. + +proxy_url + If this Bugzilla installation is behind a proxy, enter the proxy + information here to enable Bugzilla to access the Internet. Bugzilla + requires Internet access to utilize the + :command:`upgrade_notification` parameter (below). If the + proxy requires authentication, use the syntax: + :file:`http://user:pass@proxy_url/`. + +upgrade_notification + Enable or disable a notification on the homepage of this Bugzilla + installation when a newer version of Bugzilla is available. This + notification is only visible to administrators. Choose "disabled", + to turn off the notification. Otherwise, choose which version of + Bugzilla you want to be notified about: "development_snapshot" is the + latest release on the trunk; "latest_stable_release" is the most + recent release available on the most recent stable branch; + "stable_branch_release" the most recent release on the branch + this installation is based on. + +.. _param-admin-policies: + +Administrative Policies +======================= + +This page contains parameters for basic administrative functions. +Options include whether to allow the deletion of bugs and users, +and whether to allow users to change their email address. + +.. _param-user-authentication: + +User Authentication +=================== + +This page contains the settings that control how this Bugzilla +installation will do its authentication. Choose what authentication +mechanism to use (the Bugzilla database, or an external source such +as LDAP), and set basic behavioral parameters. For example, choose +whether to require users to login to browse bugs, the management +of authentication cookies, and the regular expression used to +validate email addresses. Some parameters are highlighted below. + +emailregexp + Defines the regular expression used to validate email addresses + used for login names. The default attempts to match fully + qualified email addresses (i.e. 'user@example.com') in a slightly + more restrictive way than what is allowed in RFC 2822. + Some Bugzilla installations allow only local user names (i.e 'user' + instead of 'user@example.com'). In that case, this parameter + should be used to define the email domain. + +emailsuffix + This string is appended to login names when actually sending + email to a user. For example, + If :command:`emailregexp` has been set to allow + local usernames, + then this parameter would contain the email domain for all users + (i.e. '@example.com'). + +.. _param-attachments: + +Attachments +=========== + +This page allows for setting restrictions and other parameters +regarding attachments to bugs. For example, control size limitations +and whether to allow pointing to external files via a URI. + +.. _param-bug-change-policies: + +Bug Change Policies +=================== + +Set policy on default behavior for bug change events. For example, +choose which status to set a bug to when it is marked as a duplicate, +and choose whether to allow bug reporters to set the priority or +target milestone. Also allows for configuration of what changes +should require the user to make a comment, described below. + +commenton* + All these fields allow you to dictate what changes can pass + without comment, and which must have a comment from the + person who changed them. Often, administrators will allow + users to add themselves to the CC list, accept bugs, or + change the Status Whiteboard without adding a comment as to + their reasons for the change, yet require that most other + changes come with an explanation. + Set the "commenton" options according to your site policy. It + is a wise idea to require comments when users resolve, reassign, or + reopen bugs at the very least. + + .. note:: It is generally far better to require a developer comment + when resolving bugs than not. Few things are more annoying to bug + database users than having a developer mark a bug "fixed" without + any comment as to what the fix was (or even that it was truly + fixed!) + +noresolveonopenblockers + This option will prevent users from resolving bugs as FIXED if + they have unresolved dependencies. Only the FIXED resolution + is affected. Users will be still able to resolve bugs to + resolutions other than FIXED if they have unresolved dependent + bugs. + +.. _param-bugfields: + +Bug Fields +========== + +The parameters in this section determine the default settings of +several Bugzilla fields for new bugs, and also control whether +certain fields are used. For example, choose whether to use the +"target milestone" field or the "status whiteboard" field. + +useqacontact + This allows you to define an email address for each component, + in addition to that of the default assignee, who will be sent + carbon copies of incoming bugs. + +usestatuswhiteboard + This defines whether you wish to have a free-form, overwritable field + associated with each bug. The advantage of the Status Whiteboard is + that it can be deleted or modified with ease, and provides an + easily-searchable field for indexing some bugs that have some trait + in common. + +.. _param-bugmoving: + +Bug Moving +========== + +This page controls whether this Bugzilla installation allows certain +users to move bugs to an external database. If bug moving is enabled, +there are a number of parameters that control bug moving behaviors. +For example, choose which users are allowed to move bugs, the location +of the external database, and the default product and component that +bugs moved *from* other bug databases to this +Bugzilla installation are assigned to. + +.. _param-dependency-graphs: + +Dependency Graphs +================= + +This page has one parameter that sets the location of a Web Dot +server, or of the Web Dot binary on the local system, that is used +to generate dependency graphs. Web Dot is a CGI program that creates +images from :file:`.dot` graphic description files. If +no Web Dot server or binary is specified, then dependency graphs will +be disabled. + +.. _param-group-security: + +Group Security +============== + +Bugzilla allows for the creation of different groups, with the +ability to restrict the visibility of bugs in a group to a set of +specific users. Specific products can also be associated with +groups, and users restricted to only see products in their groups. +Several parameters are described in more detail below. Most of the +configuration of groups and their relationship to products is done +on the "Groups" and "Product" pages of the "Administration" area. +The options on this page control global default behavior. +For more information on Groups and Group Security, see +:ref:`groups` + +makeproductgroups + Determines whether or not to automatically create groups + when new products are created. If this is on, the groups will be + used for querying bugs. + +usevisibilitygroups + If selected, user visibility will be restricted to members of + groups, as selected in the group configuration settings. + Each user-defined group can be allowed to see members of selected + other groups. + For details on configuring groups (including the visibility + restrictions) see :ref:`edit-groups`. + +querysharegroup + The name of the group of users who are allowed to share saved + searches with one another. For more information on using + saved searches, see :ref:`savedsearches`. + +.. _bzldap: + +LDAP Authentication +=================== + +LDAP authentication is a module for Bugzilla's plugin +authentication architecture. This page contains all the parameters +necessary to configure Bugzilla for use with LDAP authentication. + +The existing authentication +scheme for Bugzilla uses email addresses as the primary user ID, and a +password to authenticate that user. All places within Bugzilla that +require a user ID (e.g assigning a bug) use the email +address. The LDAP authentication builds on top of this scheme, rather +than replacing it. The initial log-in is done with a username and +password for the LDAP directory. Bugzilla tries to bind to LDAP using +those credentials and, if successful, tries to map this account to a +Bugzilla account. If an LDAP mail attribute is defined, the value of this +attribute is used, otherwise the "emailsuffix" parameter is appended to LDAP +username to form a full email address. If an account for this address +already exists in the Bugzilla installation, it will log in to that account. +If no account for that email address exists, one is created at the time +of login. (In this case, Bugzilla will attempt to use the "displayName" +or "cn" attribute to determine the user's full name.) After +authentication, all other user-related tasks are still handled by email +address, not LDAP username. For example, bugs are still assigned by +email address and users are still queried by email address. + +.. caution:: Because the Bugzilla account is not created until the first time + a user logs in, a user who has not yet logged is unknown to Bugzilla. + This means they cannot be used as an assignee or QA contact (default or + otherwise), added to any CC list, or any other such operation. One + possible workaround is the :file:`bugzilla_ldapsync.rb` + script in the :file:`contrib` + directory. Another possible solution is fixing + `bug + 201069 <https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=201069>`_. + +Parameters required to use LDAP Authentication: + +user_verify_class + If you want to list ``LDAP`` here, + make sure to have set up the other parameters listed below. + Unless you have other (working) authentication methods listed as + well, you may otherwise not be able to log back in to Bugzilla once + you log out. + If this happens to you, you will need to manually edit + :file:`data/params` and set user_verify_class to + ``DB``. + +LDAPserver + This parameter should be set to the name (and optionally the + port) of your LDAP server. If no port is specified, it assumes + the default LDAP port of 389. + For example: ``ldap.company.com`` + or ``ldap.company.com:3268`` + You can also specify a LDAP URI, so as to use other + protocols, such as LDAPS or LDAPI. If port was not specified in + the URI, the default is either 389 or 636 for 'LDAP' and 'LDAPS' + schemes respectively. + + .. tip:: In order to use SSL with LDAP, specify a URI with "ldaps://". + This will force the use of SSL over port 636. + For example, normal LDAP: + ``ldap://ldap.company.com``, LDAP over SSL: + ``ldaps://ldap.company.com`` or LDAP over a UNIX + domain socket ``ldapi://%2fvar%2flib%2fldap_sock``. + +LDAPbinddn \[Optional] + Some LDAP servers will not allow an anonymous bind to search + the directory. If this is the case with your configuration you + should set the LDAPbinddn parameter to the user account Bugzilla + should use instead of the anonymous bind. + Ex. ``cn=default,cn=user:password`` + +LDAPBaseDN + The LDAPBaseDN parameter should be set to the location in + your LDAP tree that you would like to search for email addresses. + Your uids should be unique under the DN specified here. + Ex. ``ou=People,o=Company`` + +LDAPuidattribute + The LDAPuidattribute parameter should be set to the attribute + which contains the unique UID of your users. The value retrieved + from this attribute will be used when attempting to bind as the + user to confirm their password. + Ex. ``uid`` + +LDAPmailattribute + The LDAPmailattribute parameter should be the name of the + attribute which contains the email address your users will enter + into the Bugzilla login boxes. + Ex. ``mail`` + +.. _bzradius: + +RADIUS Authentication +===================== + +RADIUS authentication is a module for Bugzilla's plugin +authentication architecture. This page contains all the parameters +necessary for configuring Bugzilla to use RADIUS authentication. + +.. note:: Most caveats that apply to LDAP authentication apply to RADIUS + authentication as well. See :ref:`bzldap` for details. + +Parameters required to use RADIUS Authentication: + +user_verify_class + If you want to list ``RADIUS`` here, + make sure to have set up the other parameters listed below. + Unless you have other (working) authentication methods listed as + well, you may otherwise not be able to log back in to Bugzilla once + you log out. + If this happens to you, you will need to manually edit + :file:`data/params` and set user_verify_class to + ``DB``. + +RADIUS_server + This parameter should be set to the name (and optionally the + port) of your RADIUS server. + +RADIUS_secret + This parameter should be set to the RADIUS server's secret. + +RADIUS_email_suffix + Bugzilla needs an e-mail address for each user account. + Therefore, it needs to determine the e-mail address corresponding + to a RADIUS user. + Bugzilla offers only a simple way to do this: it can concatenate + a suffix to the RADIUS user name to convert it into an e-mail + address. + You can specify this suffix in the RADIUS_email_suffix parameter. + If this simple solution does not work for you, you'll + probably need to modify + :file:`Bugzilla/Auth/Verify/RADIUS.pm` to match your + requirements. + +.. _param-email: + +Email +===== + +This page contains all of the parameters for configuring how +Bugzilla deals with the email notifications it sends. See below +for a summary of important options. + +mail_delivery_method + This is used to specify how email is sent, or if it is sent at + all. There are several options included for different MTAs, + along with two additional options that disable email sending. + "Test" does not send mail, but instead saves it in + :file:`data/mailer.testfile` for later review. + "None" disables email sending entirely. + +mailfrom + This is the email address that will appear in the "From" field + of all emails sent by this Bugzilla installation. Some email + servers require mail to be from a valid email address, therefore + it is recommended to choose a valid email address here. + +smtpserver + This is the SMTP server address, if the ``mail_delivery_method`` + parameter is set to SMTP. Use "localhost" if you have a local MTA + running, otherwise use a remote SMTP server. Append ":" and the port + number, if a non-default port is needed. + +smtp_username + Username to use for SASL authentication to the SMTP server. Leave + this parameter empty if your server does not require authentication. + +smtp_password + Password to use for SASL authentication to the SMTP server. This + parameter will be ignored if the ``smtp_username`` + parameter is left empty. + +smtp_ssl + Enable SSL support for connection to the SMTP server. + +smtp_debug + This parameter allows you to enable detailed debugging output. + Log messages are printed the web server's error log. + +whinedays + Set this to the number of days you want to let bugs go + in the CONFIRMED state before notifying people they have + untouched new bugs. If you do not plan to use this feature, simply + do not set up the whining cron job described in the installation + instructions, or set this value to "0" (never whine). + +globalwatcher + This allows you to define specific users who will + receive notification each time a new bug in entered, or when + an existing bug changes, according to the normal groupset + permissions. It may be useful for sending notifications to a + mailing-list, for instance. + +.. _param-patchviewer: + +Patch Viewer +============ + +This page contains configuration parameters for the CVS server, +Bonsai server and LXR server that Bugzilla will use to enable the +features of the Patch Viewer. Bonsai is a tool that enables queries +to a CVS tree. LXR is a tool that can cross reference and index source +code. + +.. _param-querydefaults: + +Query Defaults +============== + +This page controls the default behavior of Bugzilla in regards to +several aspects of querying bugs. Options include what the default +query options are, what the "My Bugs" page returns, whether users +can freely add bugs to the quip list, and how many duplicate bugs are +needed to add a bug to the "most frequently reported" list. + +.. _param-shadowdatabase: + +Shadow Database +=============== + +This page controls whether a shadow database is used, and all the +parameters associated with the shadow database. Versions of Bugzilla +prior to 3.2 used the MyISAM table type, which supports +only table-level write locking. With MyISAM, any time someone is making a change to +a bug, the entire table is locked until the write operation is complete. +Locking for write also blocks reads until the write is complete. + +The ``shadowdb`` parameter was designed to get around +this limitation. While only a single user is allowed to write to +a table at a time, reads can continue unimpeded on a read-only +shadow copy of the database. + +.. note:: As of version 3.2, Bugzilla no longer uses the MyISAM table type. + Instead, InnoDB is used, which can do transaction-based locking. + Therefore, the limitations the Shadow Database feature was designed + to workaround no longer exist. + +.. _admin-usermatching: + +User Matching +============= + +The settings on this page control how users are selected and queried +when adding a user to a bug. For example, users need to be selected +when choosing who the bug is assigned to, adding to the CC list or +selecting a QA contact. With the "usemenuforusers" parameter, it is +possible to configure Bugzilla to +display a list of users in the fields instead of an empty text field. +This should only be used in Bugzilla installations with a small number +of users. If users are selected via a text box, this page also +contains parameters for how user names can be queried and matched +when entered. + +Another setting called 'ajax_user_autocompletion' enables certain +user fields to display a list of matched user names as a drop down after typing +a few characters. Note that it is recommended to use mod_perl when +enabling 'ajax_user_autocompletion'. + +.. _useradmin: + +User Administration +################### + +.. _defaultuser: + +Creating the Default User +========================= + +When you first run checksetup.pl after installing Bugzilla, it +will prompt you for the administrative username (email address) and +password for this "super user". If for some reason you delete +the "super user" account, re-running checksetup.pl will again prompt +you for this username and password. + +.. tip:: If you wish to add more administrative users, add them to + the "admin" group and, optionally, edit the tweakparams, editusers, + creategroups, editcomponents, and editkeywords groups to add the + entire admin group to those groups (which is the case by default). + +.. _manageusers: + +Managing Other Users +==================== + +.. _user-account-search: + +Searching for existing users +---------------------------- + +If you have ``editusers`` privileges or if you are allowed +to grant privileges for some groups, the ``Users`` link +will appear in the Administration page. + +The first screen is a search form to search for existing user +accounts. You can run searches based either on the user ID, real +name or login name (i.e. the email address, or just the first part +of the email address if the "emailsuffix" parameter is set). +The search can be conducted +in different ways using the listbox to the right of the text entry +box. You can match by case-insensitive substring (the default), +regular expression, a *reverse* regular expression +match (which finds every user name which does NOT match the regular +expression), or the exact string if you know exactly who you are +looking for. The search can be restricted to users who are in a +specific group. By default, the restriction is turned off. + +The search returns a list of +users matching your criteria. User properties can be edited by clicking +the login name. The Account History of a user can be viewed by clicking +the "View" link in the Account History column. The Account History +displays changes that have been made to the user account, the time of +the change and the user who made the change. For example, the Account +History page will display details of when a user was added or removed +from a group. + +.. _createnewusers: + +Creating new users +------------------ + +.. _self-registration: + +Self-registration +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +By default, users can create their own user accounts by clicking the +``New Account`` link at the bottom of each page (assuming +they aren't logged in as someone else already). If you want to disable +this self-registration, or if you want to restrict who can create his +own user account, you have to edit the ``createemailregexp`` +parameter in the ``Configuration`` page, see +:ref:`parameters`. + +.. _user-account-creation: + +Accounts created by an administrator +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Users with ``editusers`` privileges, such as administrators, +can create user accounts for other users: + +#. After logging in, click the "Users" link at the footer of + the query page, and then click "Add a new user". + +#. Fill out the form presented. This page is self-explanatory. + When done, click "Submit". + + .. note:: Adding a user this way will *not* + send an email informing them of their username and password. + While useful for creating dummy accounts (watchers which + shuttle mail to another system, for instance, or email + addresses which are a mailing list), in general it is + preferable to log out and use the ``New Account`` + button to create users, as it will pre-populate all the + required fields and also notify the user of her account name + and password. + +.. _modifyusers: + +Modifying Users +--------------- + +Once you have found your user, you can change the following +fields: + +- *Login Name*: + This is generally the user's full email address. However, if you + have are using the ``emailsuffix`` parameter, this may + just be the user's login name. Note that users can now change their + login names themselves (to any valid email address). + +- *Real Name*: The user's real name. Note that + Bugzilla does not require this to create an account. + +- *Password*: + You can change the user's password here. Users can automatically + request a new password, so you shouldn't need to do this often. + If you want to disable an account, see Disable Text below. + +- *Bugmail Disabled*: + Mark this checkbox to disable bugmail and whinemail completely + for this account. This checkbox replaces the data/nomail file + which existed in older versions of Bugzilla. + +- *Disable Text*: + If you type anything in this box, including just a space, the + user is prevented from logging in, or making any changes to + bugs via the web interface. + The HTML you type in this box is presented to the user when + they attempt to perform these actions, and should explain + why the account was disabled. + Users with disabled accounts will continue to receive + mail from Bugzilla; furthermore, they will not be able + to log in themselves to change their own preferences and + stop it. If you want an account (disabled or active) to + stop receiving mail, simply check the + ``Bugmail Disabled`` checkbox above. + + .. note:: Even users whose accounts have been disabled can still + submit bugs via the e-mail gateway, if one exists. + The e-mail gateway should *not* be + enabled for secure installations of Bugzilla. + + .. warning:: Don't disable all the administrator accounts! + +- *<groupname>*: + If you have created some groups, e.g. "securitysensitive", then + checkboxes will appear here to allow you to add users to, or + remove them from, these groups. The first checkbox gives the + user the ability to add and remove other users as members of + this group. The second checkbox adds the user himself as a member + of the group. + +- *canconfirm*: + This field is only used if you have enabled the "unconfirmed" + status. If you enable this for a user, + that user can then move bugs from "Unconfirmed" to a "Confirmed" + status (e.g.: "New" status). + +- *creategroups*: + This option will allow a user to create and destroy groups in + Bugzilla. + +- *editbugs*: + Unless a user has this bit set, they can only edit those bugs + for which they are the assignee or the reporter. Even if this + option is unchecked, users can still add comments to bugs. + +- *editcomponents*: + This flag allows a user to create new products and components, + as well as modify and destroy those that have no bugs associated + with them. If a product or component has bugs associated with it, + those bugs must be moved to a different product or component + before Bugzilla will allow them to be destroyed. + +- *editkeywords*: + If you use Bugzilla's keyword functionality, enabling this + feature allows a user to create and destroy keywords. As always, + the keywords for existing bugs containing the keyword the user + wishes to destroy must be changed before Bugzilla will allow it + to die. + +- *editusers*: + This flag allows a user to do what you're doing right now: edit + other users. This will allow those with the right to do so to + remove administrator privileges from other users or grant them to + themselves. Enable with care. + +- *tweakparams*: + This flag allows a user to change Bugzilla's Params + (using :file:`editparams.cgi`.) + +- *<productname>*: + This allows an administrator to specify the products + in which a user can see bugs. If you turn on the + ``makeproductgroups`` parameter in + the Group Security Panel in the Parameters page, + then Bugzilla creates one group per product (at the time you create + the product), and this group has exactly the same name as the + product itself. Note that for products that already exist when + the parameter is turned on, the corresponding group will not be + created. The user must still have the ``editbugs`` + privilege to edit bugs in these products. + +.. _user-account-deletion: + +Deleting Users +-------------- + +If the ``allowuserdeletion`` parameter is turned on, see +:ref:`parameters`, then you can also delete user accounts. +Note that this is most of the time not the best thing to do. If only +a warning in a yellow box is displayed, then the deletion is safe. +If a warning is also displayed in a red box, then you should NOT try +to delete the user account, else you will get referential integrity +problems in your database, which can lead to unexpected behavior, +such as bugs not appearing in bug lists anymore, or data displaying +incorrectly. You have been warned! + +.. _impersonatingusers: + +Impersonating Users +------------------- + +There may be times when an administrator would like to do something as +another user. The :command:`sudo` feature may be used to do +this. + +.. note:: To use the sudo feature, you must be in the + *bz_sudoers* group. By default, all + administrators are in this group. + +If you have access to this feature, you may start a session by +going to the Edit Users page, Searching for a user and clicking on +their login. You should see a link below their login name titled +"Impersonate this user". Click on the link. This will take you +to a page where you will see a description of the feature and +instructions for using it. After reading the text, simply +enter the login of the user you would like to impersonate, provide +a short message explaining why you are doing this, and press the +button. + +As long as you are using this feature, everything you do will be done +as if you were logged in as the user you are impersonating. + +.. warning:: The user you are impersonating will not be told about what you are + doing. If you do anything that results in mail being sent, that + mail will appear to be from the user you are impersonating. You + should be extremely careful while using this feature. + +.. _classifications: + +Classifications +############### + +Classifications tend to be used in order to group several related +products into one distinct entity. + +The classifications layer is disabled by default; it can be turned +on or off using the useclassification parameter, +in the *Bug Fields* section of the edit parameters screen. + +Access to the administration of classifications is controlled using +the *editclassifications* system group, which defines +a privilege for creating, destroying, and editing classifications. + +When activated, classifications will introduce an additional +step when filling bugs (dedicated to classification selection), and they +will also appear in the advanced search form. + +.. _products: + +Products +######## + +Products typically represent real-world +shipping products. Products can be given +:ref:`classifications`. +For example, if a company makes computer games, +they could have a classification of "Games", and a separate +product for each game. This company might also have a +``Common`` product for units of technology used +in multiple games, and perhaps a few special products that +represent items that are not actually shipping products +(for example, "Website", or "Administration"). + +Many of Bugzilla's settings are configurable on a per-product +basis. The number of ``votes`` available to +users is set per-product, as is the number of votes +required to move a bug automatically from the UNCONFIRMED +status to the CONFIRMED status. + +When creating or editing products the following options are +available: + +Product + The name of the product + +Description + A brief description of the product + +Default milestone + Select the default milestone for this product. + +Closed for bug entry + Select this box to prevent new bugs from being + entered against this product. + +Maximum votes per person + Maximum votes a user is allowed to give for this + product + +Maximum votes a person can put on a single bug + Maximum votes a user is allowed to give for this + product in a single bug + +Confirmation threshold + Number of votes needed to automatically remove any + bug against this product from the UNCONFIRMED state + +Version + Specify which version of the product bugs will be + entered against. + +Create chart datasets for this product + Select to make chart datasets available for this product. + +When editing a product there is also a link to edit Group Access Controls, +see :ref:`product-group-controls`. + +.. _create-product: + +Creating New Products +===================== + +To create a new product: + +#. Select ``Administration`` from the footer and then + choose ``Products`` from the main administration page. + +#. Select the ``Add`` link in the bottom right. + +#. Enter the name of the product and a description. The + Description field may contain HTML. + +#. When the product is created, Bugzilla will give a message + stating that a component must be created before any bugs can + be entered against the new product. Follow the link to create + a new component. See :ref:`components` for more + information. + +.. _edit-products: + +Editing Products +================ + +To edit an existing product, click the "Products" link from the +"Administration" page. If the 'useclassification' parameter is +turned on, a table of existing classifications is displayed, +including an "Unclassified" category. The table indicates how many products +are in each classification. Click on the classification name to see its +products. If the 'useclassification' parameter is not in use, the table +lists all products directly. The product table summarizes the information +about the product defined +when the product was created. Click on the product name to edit these +properties, and to access links to other product attributes such as the +product's components, versions, milestones, and group access controls. + +.. _comps-vers-miles-products: + +Adding or Editing Components, Versions and Target Milestones +============================================================ + +To edit existing, or add new, Components, Versions or Target Milestones +to a Product, select the "Edit Components", "Edit Versions" or "Edit +Milestones" links from the "Edit Product" page. A table of existing +Components, Versions or Milestones is displayed. Click on a item name +to edit the properties of that item. Below the table is a link to add +a new Component, Version or Milestone. + +For more information on components, see :ref:`components`. + +For more information on versions, see :ref:`versions`. + +For more information on milestones, see :ref:`milestones`. + +.. _product-group-controls: + +Assigning Group Controls to Products +==================================== + +On the ``Edit Product`` page, there is a link called +``Edit Group Access Controls``. The settings on this page +control the relationship of the groups to the product being edited. + +Group Access Controls are an important aspect of using groups for +isolating products and restricting access to bugs filed against those +products. For more information on groups, including how to create, edit +add users to, and alter permission of, see :ref:`groups`. + +After selecting the "Edit Group Access Controls" link from the "Edit +Product" page, a table containing all user-defined groups for this +Bugzilla installation is displayed. The system groups that are created +when Bugzilla is installed are not applicable to Group Access Controls. +Below is description of what each of these fields means. + +Groups may be applicable (e.g bugs in this product can be associated +with this group) , default (e.g. bugs in this product are in this group +by default), and mandatory (e.g. bugs in this product must be associated +with this group) for each product. Groups can also control access +to bugs for a given product, or be used to make bugs for a product +totally read-only unless the group restrictions are met. The best way to +understand these relationships is by example. See +:ref:`group-control-examples` for examples of +product and group relationships. + +.. note:: Products and Groups are not limited to a one-to-one relationship. + Multiple groups can be associated with the same product, and groups + can be associated with more than one product. + +If any group has *Entry* selected, then the +product will restrict bug entry to only those users +who are members of *all* the groups with +*Entry* selected. + +If any group has *Canedit* selected, +then the product will be read-only for any users +who are not members of *all* of the groups with +*Canedit* selected. *Only* users who +are members of all the *Canedit* groups +will be able to edit bugs for this product. This is an additional +restriction that enables finer-grained control over products rather +than just all-or-nothing access levels. + +The following settings let you +choose privileges on a *per-product basis*. +This is a convenient way to give privileges to +some users for some products only, without having +to give them global privileges which would affect +all products. + +Any group having *editcomponents* +selected allows users who are in this group to edit all +aspects of this product, including components, milestones +and versions. + +Any group having *canconfirm* selected +allows users who are in this group to confirm bugs +in this product. + +Any group having *editbugs* selected allows +users who are in this group to edit all fields of +bugs in this product. + +The *MemberControl* and +*OtherControl* are used in tandem to determine which +bugs will be placed in this group. The only allowable combinations of +these two parameters are listed in a table on the "Edit Group Access Controls" +page. Consult this table for details on how these fields can be used. +Examples of different uses are described below. + +.. _group-control-examples: + +Common Applications of Group Controls +===================================== + +The use of groups is best explained by providing examples that illustrate +configurations for common use cases. The examples follow a common syntax: +*Group: Entry, MemberControl, OtherControl, CanEdit, +EditComponents, CanConfirm, EditBugs*. Where "Group" is the name +of the group being edited for this product. The other fields all +correspond to the table on the "Edit Group Access Controls" page. If any +of these options are not listed, it means they are not checked. + +Basic Product/Group Restriction +------------------------------- + +Suppose there is a product called "Bar". The +"Bar" product can only have bugs entered against it by users in the +group "Foo". Additionally, bugs filed against product "Bar" must stay +restricted to users to "Foo" at all times. Furthermore, only members +of group "Foo" can edit bugs filed against product "Bar", even if other +users could see the bug. This arrangement would achieved by the +following: + +:: + + Product Bar: + foo: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY, CANEDIT + +Perhaps such strict restrictions are not needed for product "Bar". A +more lenient way to configure product "Bar" and group "Foo" would be: + +:: + + Product Bar: + foo: ENTRY, SHOWN/SHOWN, EDITCOMPONENTS, CANCONFIRM, EDITBUGS + +The above indicates that for product "Bar", members of group "Foo" can +enter bugs. Any one with permission to edit a bug against product "Bar" +can put the bug +in group "Foo", even if they themselves are not in "Foo". Anyone in group +"Foo" can edit all aspects of the components of product "Bar", can confirm +bugs against product "Bar", and can edit all fields of any bug against +product "Bar". + +General User Access With Security Group +--------------------------------------- + +To permit any user to file bugs against "Product A", +and to permit any user to submit those bugs into a +group called "Security": + +:: + + Product A: + security: SHOWN/SHOWN + +General User Access With A Security Product +------------------------------------------- + +To permit any user to file bugs against product called "Security" +while keeping those bugs from becoming visible to anyone +outside the group "SecurityWorkers" (unless a member of the +"SecurityWorkers" group removes that restriction): + +:: + + Product Security: + securityworkers: DEFAULT/MANDATORY + +Product Isolation With a Common Group +------------------------------------- + +To permit users of "Product A" to access the bugs for +"Product A", users of "Product B" to access the bugs for +"Product B", and support staff, who are members of the "Support +Group" to access both, three groups are needed: + +#. Support Group: Contains members of the support staff. + +#. AccessA Group: Contains users of product A and the Support group. + +#. AccessB Group: Contains users of product B and the Support group. + +Once these three groups are defined, the product group controls +can be set to: + +:: + + Product A: + AccessA: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY + Product B: + AccessB: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY + +Perhaps the "Support Group" wants more control. For example, +the "Support Group" could be permitted to make bugs inaccessible to +users of both groups "AccessA" and "AccessB". +Then, the "Support Group" could be permitted to publish +bugs relevant to all users in a third product (let's call it +"Product Common") that is read-only +to anyone outside the "Support Group". In this way the "Support Group" +could control bugs that should be seen by both groups. +That configuration would be: + +:: + + Product A: + AccessA: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY + Support: SHOWN/NA + Product B: + AccessB: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY + Support: SHOWN/NA + Product Common: + Support: ENTRY, DEFAULT/MANDATORY, CANEDIT + +Make a Product Read Only +------------------------ + +Sometimes a product is retired and should no longer have +new bugs filed against it (for example, an older version of a software +product that is no longer supported). A product can be made read-only +by creating a group called "readonly" and adding products to the +group as needed: + +:: + + Product A: + ReadOnly: ENTRY, NA/NA, CANEDIT + +.. note:: For more information on Groups outside of how they relate to products + see :ref:`groups`. + +.. _components: + +Components +########## + +Components are subsections of a Product. E.g. the computer game +you are designing may have a "UI" +component, an "API" component, a "Sound System" component, and a +"Plugins" component, each overseen by a different programmer. It +often makes sense to divide Components in Bugzilla according to the +natural divisions of responsibility within your Product or +company. + +Each component has a default assignee and (if you turned it on in the parameters), +a QA Contact. The default assignee should be the primary person who fixes bugs in +that component. The QA Contact should be the person who will ensure +these bugs are completely fixed. The Assignee, QA Contact, and Reporter +will get email when new bugs are created in this Component and when +these bugs change. Default Assignee and Default QA Contact fields only +dictate the +*default assignments*; +these can be changed on bug submission, or at any later point in +a bug's life. + +To create a new Component: + +#. Select the ``Edit components`` link + from the ``Edit product`` page + +#. Select the ``Add`` link in the bottom right. + +#. Fill out the ``Component`` field, a + short ``Description``, the + ``Default Assignee``, ``Default CC List`` + and ``Default QA Contact`` (if enabled). + The ``Component Description`` field may contain a + limited subset of HTML tags. The ``Default Assignee`` + field must be a login name already existing in the Bugzilla database. + +.. _versions: + +Versions +######## + +Versions are the revisions of the product, such as "Flinders +3.1", "Flinders 95", and "Flinders 2000". Version is not a multi-select +field; the usual practice is to select the earliest version known to have +the bug. + +To create and edit Versions: + +#. From the "Edit product" screen, select "Edit Versions" + +#. You will notice that the product already has the default + version "undefined". Click the "Add" link in the bottom right. + +#. Enter the name of the Version. This field takes text only. + Then click the "Add" button. + +.. _milestones: + +Milestones +########## + +Milestones are "targets" that you plan to get a bug fixed by. For +example, you have a bug that you plan to fix for your 3.0 release, it +would be assigned the milestone of 3.0. + +.. note:: Milestone options will only appear for a Product if you turned + on the "usetargetmilestone" parameter in the "Bug Fields" tab of the + "Parameters" page. + +To create new Milestones, and set Default Milestones: + +#. Select "Edit milestones" from the "Edit product" page. + +#. Select "Add" in the bottom right corner. + +#. Enter the name of the Milestone in the "Milestone" field. You + can optionally set the "sortkey", which is a positive or negative + number (-32768 to 32767) that defines where in the list this particular + milestone appears. This is because milestones often do not + occur in alphanumeric order For example, "Future" might be + after "Release 1.2". Select "Add". + +.. _flags-overview: + +Flags +##### + +Flags are a way to attach a specific status to a bug or attachment, +either ``+`` or ``-``. The meaning of these symbols depends on the text +the flag itself, but contextually they could mean pass/fail, +accept/reject, approved/denied, or even a simple yes/no. If your site +allows requestable flags, then users may set a flag to ``?`` as a +request to another user that they look at the bug/attachment, and set +the flag to its correct status. + +.. _flags-simpleexample: + +A Simple Example +================ + +A developer might want to ask their manager, +``Should we fix this bug before we release version 2.0?`` +They might want to do this for a *lot* of bugs, +so it would be nice to streamline the process... + +In Bugzilla, it would work this way: + +#. The Bugzilla administrator creates a flag type called + ``blocking2.0`` that shows up on all bugs in + your product. + It shows up on the ``Show Bug`` screen + as the text ``blocking2.0`` with a drop-down box next + to it. The drop-down box contains four values: an empty space, + ``?``, ``-``, and ``+``. + +#. The developer sets the flag to ``?``. + +#. The manager sees the ``blocking2.0`` + flag with a ``?`` value. + +#. If the manager thinks the feature should go into the product + before version 2.0 can be released, he sets the flag to + ``+``. Otherwise, he sets it to ``-``. + +#. Now, every Bugzilla user who looks at the bug knows whether or + not the bug needs to be fixed before release of version 2.0. + +.. _flags-about: + +About Flags +=========== + +.. _flag-values: + +Values +------ + +Flags can have three values: + +``?`` + A user is requesting that a status be set. (Think of it as 'A question is being asked'.) + +``-`` + The status has been set negatively. (The question has been answered ``no``.) + +``+`` + The status has been set positively. + (The question has been answered ``yes``.) + +Actually, there's a fourth value a flag can have -- +``unset`` -- which shows up as a blank space. This +just means that nobody has expressed an opinion (or asked +someone else to express an opinion) about this bug or attachment. + +.. _flag-askto: + +Using flag requests +=================== + +If a flag has been defined as 'requestable', and a user has enough privileges +to request it (see below), the user can set the flag's status to ``?``. +This status indicates that someone (a.k.a. ``the requester``) is asking +someone else to set the flag to either ``+`` or ``-``. + +If a flag has been defined as 'specifically requestable', +a text box will appear next to the flag into which the requester may +enter a Bugzilla username. That named person (a.k.a. ``the requestee``) +will receive an email notifying them of the request, and pointing them +to the bug/attachment in question. + +If a flag has *not* been defined as 'specifically requestable', +then no such text-box will appear. A request to set this flag cannot be made of +any specific individual, but must be asked ``to the wind``. +A requester may ``ask the wind`` on any flag simply by leaving the text-box blank. + +.. _flag-types: + +Two Types of Flags +================== + +Flags can go in two places: on an attachment, or on a bug. + +.. _flag-type-attachment: + +Attachment Flags +---------------- + +Attachment flags are used to ask a question about a specific +attachment on a bug. + +Many Bugzilla installations use this to +request that one developer ``review`` another +developer's code before they check it in. They attach the code to +a bug report, and then set a flag on that attachment called +``review`` to +``review?boss@domain.com``. +boss@domain.com is then notified by email that +he has to check out that attachment and approve it or deny it. + +For a Bugzilla user, attachment flags show up in three places: + +#. On the list of attachments in the ``Show Bug`` + screen, you can see the current state of any flags that + have been set to ?, +, or -. You can see who asked about + the flag (the requester), and who is being asked (the + requestee). + +#. When you ``Edit`` an attachment, you can + see any settable flag, along with any flags that have + already been set. This ``Edit Attachment`` + screen is where you set flags to ?, -, +, or unset them. + +#. Requests are listed in the ``Request Queue``, which + is accessible from the ``My Requests`` link (if you are + logged in) or ``Requests`` link (if you are logged out) + visible in the footer of all pages. + +.. _flag-type-bug: + +Bug Flags +--------- + +Bug flags are used to set a status on the bug itself. You can +see Bug Flags in the ``Show Bug`` and ``Requests`` +screens, as described above. + +Only users with enough privileges (see below) may set flags on bugs. +This doesn't necessarily include the assignee, reporter, or users with the +``editbugs`` permission. + +.. _flags-admin: + +Administering Flags +=================== + +If you have the ``editcomponents`` permission, you can +edit Flag Types from the main administration page. Clicking the +``Flags`` link will bring you to the ``Administer +Flag Types`` page. Here, you can select whether you want +to create (or edit) a Bug flag, or an Attachment flag. + +No matter which you choose, the interface is the same, so we'll +just go over it once. + +.. _flags-edit: + +Editing a Flag +-------------- + +To edit a flag's properties, just click the flag's name. +That will take you to the same +form as described below (:ref:`flags-create`). + +.. _flags-create: + +Creating a Flag +--------------- + +When you click on the ``Create a Flag Type for...`` +link, you will be presented with a form. Here is what the fields in +the form mean: + +.. _flags-create-field-name: + +Name +~~~~ + +This is the name of the flag. This will be displayed +to Bugzilla users who are looking at or setting the flag. +The name may contain any valid Unicode characters except commas +and spaces. + +.. _flags-create-field-description: + +Description +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The description describes the flag in more detail. It is visible +in a tooltip when hovering over a flag either in the ``Show Bug`` +or ``Edit Attachment`` pages. This field can be as +long as you like, and can contain any character you want. + +.. _flags-create-field-category: + +Category +~~~~~~~~ + +Default behaviour for a newly-created flag is to appear on +products and all components, which is why ``__Any__:__Any__`` +is already entered in the ``Inclusions`` box. +If this is not your desired behaviour, you must either set some +exclusions (for products on which you don't want the flag to appear), +or you must remove ``__Any__:__Any__`` from the Inclusions box +and define products/components specifically for this flag. + +To create an Inclusion, select a Product from the top drop-down box. +You may also select a specific component from the bottom drop-down box. +(Setting ``__Any__`` for Product translates to, +``all the products in this Bugzilla``. +Selecting ``__Any__`` in the Component field means +``all components in the selected product.``) +Selections made, press ``Include``, and your +Product/Component pairing will show up in the ``Inclusions`` box on the right. + +To create an Exclusion, the process is the same; select a Product from the +top drop-down box, select a specific component if you want one, and press +``Exclude``. The Product/Component pairing will show up in the +``Exclusions`` box on the right. + +This flag *will* and *can* be set for any +products/components that appearing in the ``Inclusions`` box +(or which fall under the appropriate ``__Any__``). +This flag *will not* appear (and therefore cannot be set) on +any products appearing in the ``Exclusions`` box. +*IMPORTANT: Exclusions override inclusions.* + +You may select a Product without selecting a specific Component, +but you can't select a Component without a Product, or to select a +Component that does not belong to the named Product. If you do so, +Bugzilla will display an error message, even if all your products +have a component by that name. + +*Example:* Let's say you have a product called +``Jet Plane`` that has thousands of components. You want +to be able to ask if a problem should be fixed in the next model of +plane you release. We'll call the flag ``fixInNext``. +But, there's one component in ``Jet Plane,`` +called ``Pilot.`` It doesn't make sense to release a +new pilot, so you don't want to have the flag show up in that component. +So, you include ``Jet Plane:__Any__`` and you exclude +``Jet Plane:Pilot``. + +.. _flags-create-field-sortkey: + +Sort Key +~~~~~~~~ + +Flags normally show up in alphabetical order. If you want them to +show up in a different order, you can use this key set the order on each flag. +Flags with a lower sort key will appear before flags with a higher +sort key. Flags that have the same sort key will be sorted alphabetically, +but they will still be after flags with a lower sort key, and before flags +with a higher sort key. + +*Example:* I have AFlag (Sort Key 100), BFlag (Sort Key 10), +CFlag (Sort Key 10), and DFlag (Sort Key 1). These show up in +the order: DFlag, BFlag, CFlag, AFlag. + +.. _flags-create-field-active: + +Active +~~~~~~ + +Sometimes, you might want to keep old flag information in the +Bugzilla database, but stop users from setting any new flags of this type. +To do this, uncheck ``active``. Deactivated +flags will still show up in the UI if they are ?, +, or -, but they +may only be cleared (unset), and cannot be changed to a new value. +Once a deactivated flag is cleared, it will completely disappear from a +bug/attachment, and cannot be set again. + +.. _flags-create-field-requestable: + +Requestable +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +New flags are, by default, ``requestable``, meaning that they +offer users the ``?`` option, as well as ``+`` +and ``-``. +To remove the ? option, uncheck ``requestable``. + +.. _flags-create-field-specific: + +Specifically Requestable +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +By default this box is checked for new flags, meaning that users may make +flag requests of specific individuals. Unchecking this box will remove the +text box next to a flag; if it is still requestable, then requests may +only be made ``to the wind.`` Removing this after specific +requests have been made will not remove those requests; that data will +stay in the database (though it will no longer appear to the user). + +.. _flags-create-field-multiplicable: + +Multiplicable +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Any flag with ``Multiplicable`` set (default for new flags is 'on') +may be set more than once. After being set once, an unset flag +of the same type will appear below it with ``addl.`` (short for +``additional``) before the name. There is no limit to the number of +times a Multiplicable flags may be set on the same bug/attachment. + +.. _flags-create-field-cclist: + +CC List +~~~~~~~ + +If you want certain users to be notified every time this flag is +set to ?, -, +, or unset, add them here. This is a comma-separated +list of email addresses that need not be restricted to Bugzilla usernames. + +.. _flags-create-grant-group: + +Grant Group +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +When this field is set to some given group, only users in the group +can set the flag to ``+`` and ``-``. This +field does not affect who can request or cancel the flag. For that, +see the ``Request Group`` field below. If this field +is left blank, all users can set or delete this flag. This field is +useful for restricting which users can approve or reject requests. + +.. _flags-create-request-group: + +Request Group +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +When this field is set to some given group, only users in the group +can request or cancel this flag. Note that this field has no effect +if the ``grant group`` field is empty. You can set the +value of this field to a different group, but both fields have to be +set to a group for this field to have an effect. + +.. COMMENT: flags-create + +.. _flags-delete: + +Deleting a Flag +--------------- + +When you are at the ``Administer Flag Types`` screen, +you will be presented with a list of Bug flags and a list of Attachment +Flags. + +To delete a flag, click on the ``Delete`` link next to +the flag description. + +.. warning:: Once you delete a flag, it is *gone* from + your Bugzilla. All the data for that flag will be deleted. + Everywhere that flag was set, it will disappear, + and you cannot get that data back. If you want to keep flag data, + but don't want anybody to set any new flags or change current flags, + unset ``active`` in the flag Edit form. + +.. COMMENT: flags-admin + +.. COMMENT: XXX We should add a "Uses of Flags" section, here, with examples. + +.. COMMENT: flags + +.. _keywords: + +Keywords +######## + +The administrator can define keywords which can be used to tag and +categorise bugs. For example, the keyword "regression" is commonly used. +A company might have a policy stating all regressions +must be fixed by the next release - this keyword can make tracking those +bugs much easier. + +Keywords are global, rather than per-product. If the administrator changes +a keyword currently applied to any bugs, the keyword cache must be rebuilt +using the :ref:`sanitycheck` script. Currently keywords cannot +be marked obsolete to prevent future usage. + +Keywords can be created, edited or deleted by clicking the "Keywords" +link in the admin page. There are two fields for each keyword - the keyword +itself and a brief description. Once created, keywords can be selected +and applied to individual bugs in that bug's "Details" section. + +.. _custom-fields: + +Custom Fields +############# + +The release of Bugzilla 3.0 added the ability to create Custom Fields. +Custom Fields are treated like any other field - they can be set in bugs +and used for search queries. Administrators should keep in mind that +adding too many fields can make the user interface more complicated and +harder to use. Custom Fields should be added only when necessary and with +careful consideration. + +.. tip:: Before adding a Custom Field, make sure that Bugzilla cannot already + do the desired behavior. Many Bugzilla options are not enabled by + default, and many times Administrators find that simply enabling + certain options that already exist is sufficient. + +Administrators can manage Custom Fields using the +``Custom Fields`` link on the Administration page. The Custom +Fields administration page displays a list of Custom Fields, if any exist, +and a link to "Add a new custom field". + +.. _add-custom-fields: + +Adding Custom Fields +==================== + +To add a new Custom Field, click the "Add a new custom field" link. This +page displays several options for the new field, described below. + +The following attributes must be set for each new custom field: + +- *Name:* + The name of the field in the database, used internally. This name + MUST begin with ``cf_`` to prevent confusion with + standard fields. If this string is omitted, it will + be automatically added to the name entered. + +- *Description:* + A brief string which is used as the label for this Custom Field. + That is the string that users will see, and should be + short and explicit. + +- *Type:* + The type of field to create. There are + several types available: + + Bug ID: + A field where you can enter the ID of another bug from + the same Bugzilla installation. To point to a bug in a remote + installation, use the See Also field instead. + Large Text Box: + A multiple line box for entering free text. + Free Text: + A single line box for entering free text. + Multiple-Selection Box: + A list box where multiple options + can be selected. After creating this field, it must be edited + to add the selection options. See + :ref:`edit-values-list` for information about + editing legal values. + Drop Down: + A list box where only one option can be selected. + After creating this field, it must be edited to add the + selection options. See + :ref:`edit-values-list` for information about + editing legal values. + Date/Time: + A date field. This field appears with a + calendar widget for choosing the date. + +- *Sortkey:* + Integer that determines in which order Custom Fields are + displayed in the User Interface, especially when viewing a bug. + Fields with lower values are displayed first. + +- *Reverse Relationship Description:* + When the custom field is of type ``Bug ID``, you can + enter text here which will be used as label in the referenced + bug to list bugs which point to it. This gives you the ability + to have a mutual relationship between two bugs. + +- *Can be set on bug creation:* + Boolean that determines whether this field can be set on + bug creation. If not selected, then a bug must be created + before this field can be set. See :ref:`bugreports` + for information about filing bugs. + +- *Displayed in bugmail for new bugs:* + Boolean that determines whether the value set on this field + should appear in bugmail when the bug is filed. This attribute + has no effect if the field cannot be set on bug creation. + +- *Is obsolete:* + Boolean that determines whether this field should + be displayed at all. Obsolete Custom Fields are hidden. + +- *Is mandatory:* + Boolean that determines whether this field must be set. + For single and multi-select fields, this means that a (non-default) + value must be selected, and for text and date fields, some text + must be entered. + +- *Field only appears when:* + A custom field can be made visible when some criteria is met. + For instance, when the bug belongs to one or more products, + or when the bug is of some given severity. If left empty, then + the custom field will always be visible, in all bugs. + +- *Field that controls the values that appear in this field:* + When the custom field is of type ``Drop Down`` or + ``Multiple-Selection Box``, you can restrict the + availability of the values of the custom field based on the + value of another field. This criteria is independent of the + criteria used in the ``Field only appears when`` + setting. For instance, you may decide that some given value + ``valueY`` is only available when the bug status + is RESOLVED while the value ``valueX`` should + always be listed. + Once you have selected the field which should control the + availability of the values of this custom field, you can + edit values of this custom field to set the criteria, see + :ref:`edit-values-list`. + +.. _edit-custom-fields: + +Editing Custom Fields +===================== + +As soon as a Custom Field is created, its name and type cannot be +changed. If this field is a drop down menu, its legal values can +be set as described in :ref:`edit-values-list`. All +other attributes can be edited as described above. + +.. _delete-custom-fields: + +Deleting Custom Fields +====================== + +Only custom fields which are marked as obsolete, and which never +have been used, can be deleted completely (else the integrity +of the bug history would be compromised). For custom fields marked +as obsolete, a "Delete" link will appear in the ``Action`` +column. If the custom field has been used in the past, the deletion +will be rejected. But marking the field as obsolete is sufficient +to hide it from the user interface entirely. + +.. _edit-values: + +Legal Values +############ + +Legal values for the operating system, platform, bug priority and +severity, custom fields of type ``Drop Down`` and +``Multiple-Selection Box`` (see :ref:`custom-fields`), +as well as the list of valid bug statuses and resolutions can be +customized from the same interface. You can add, edit, disable and +remove values which can be used with these fields. + +.. _edit-values-list: + +Viewing/Editing legal values +============================ + +Editing legal values requires ``admin`` privileges. +Select "Field Values" from the Administration page. A list of all +fields, both system fields and Custom Fields, for which legal values +can be edited appears. Click a field name to edit its legal values. + +There is no limit to how many values a field can have, but each value +must be unique to that field. The sortkey is important to display these +values in the desired order. + +When the availability of the values of a custom field is controlled +by another field, you can select from here which value of the other field +must be set for the value of the custom field to appear. + +.. _edit-values-delete: + +Deleting legal values +===================== + +Legal values from Custom Fields can be deleted, but only if the +following two conditions are respected: + +#. The value is not used by default for the field. + +#. No bug is currently using this value. + +If any of these conditions is not respected, the value cannot be deleted. +The only way to delete these values is to reassign bugs to another value +and to set another value as default for the field. + +.. _bug_status_workflow: + +Bug Status Workflow +################### + +The bug status workflow is no longer hardcoded but can be freely customized +from the web interface. Only one bug status cannot be renamed nor deleted, +UNCONFIRMED, but the workflow involving it is free. The configuration +page displays all existing bug statuses twice, first on the left for bug +statuses we come from and on the top for bug statuses we move to. +If the checkbox is checked, then the transition between the two bug statuses +is legal, else it's forbidden independently of your privileges. The bug status +used for the "duplicate_or_move_bug_status" parameter must be part of the +workflow as that is the bug status which will be used when duplicating or +moving a bug, so it must be available from each bug status. + +When the workflow is set, the "View Current Triggers" link below the table +lets you set which transitions require a comment from the user. + +.. _voting: + +Voting +###### + +All of the code for voting in Bugzilla has been moved into an +extension, called "Voting", in the :file:`extensions/Voting/` +directory. To enable it, you must remove the :file:`disabled` +file from that directory, and run :file:`checksetup.pl`. + +Voting allows users to be given a pot of votes which they can allocate +to bugs, to indicate that they'd like them fixed. +This allows developers to gauge +user need for a particular enhancement or bugfix. By allowing bugs with +a certain number of votes to automatically move from "UNCONFIRMED" to +"CONFIRMED", users of the bug system can help high-priority bugs garner +attention so they don't sit for a long time awaiting triage. + +To modify Voting settings: + +#. Navigate to the "Edit product" screen for the Product you + wish to modify + +#. *Maximum Votes per person*: + Setting this field to "0" disables voting. + +#. *Maximum Votes a person can put on a single + bug*: + It should probably be some number lower than the + "Maximum votes per person". Don't set this field to "0" if + "Maximum votes per person" is non-zero; that doesn't make + any sense. + +#. *Number of votes a bug in this product needs to + automatically get out of the UNCONFIRMED state*: + Setting this field to "0" disables the automatic move of + bugs from UNCONFIRMED to CONFIRMED. + +#. Once you have adjusted the values to your preference, click + "Update". + +.. _quips: + +Quips +##### + +Quips are small text messages that can be configured to appear +next to search results. A Bugzilla installation can have its own specific +quips. Whenever a quip needs to be displayed, a random selection +is made from the pool of already existing quips. + +Quip submission is controlled by the *quip_list_entry_control* +parameter. It has several possible values: open, moderated, or closed. +In order to enable quips approval you need to set this parameter to +"moderated". In this way, users are free to submit quips for addition +but an administrator must explicitly approve them before they are +actually used. + +In order to see the user interface for the quips, it is enough to click +on a quip when it is displayed together with the search results. Or +it can be seen directly in the browser by visiting the quips.cgi URL +(prefixed with the usual web location of the Bugzilla installation). +Once the quip interface is displayed, it is enough to click the +"view and edit the whole quip list" in order to see the administration +page. A page with all the quips available in the database will +be displayed. + +Next to each quip there is a checkbox, under the +"Approved" column. Quips who have this checkbox checked are +already approved and will appear next to the search results. +The ones that have it unchecked are still preserved in the +database but they will not appear on search results pages. +User submitted quips have initially the checkbox unchecked. + +Also, there is a delete link next to each quip, +which can be used in order to permanently delete a quip. + +Display of quips is controlled by the *display_quips* +user preference. Possible values are "on" and "off". + +.. _groups: + +Groups and Group Security +######################### + +Groups allow for separating bugs into logical divisions. +Groups are typically used +to isolate bugs that should only be seen by certain people. For +example, a company might create a different group for each one of its customers +or partners. Group permissions could be set so that each partner or customer would +only have access to their own bugs. Or, groups might be used to create +variable access controls for different departments within an organization. +Another common use of groups is to associate groups with products, +creating isolation and access control on a per-product basis. + +Groups and group behaviors are controlled in several places: + +#. The group configuration page. To view or edit existing groups, or to + create new groups, access the "Groups" link from the "Administration" + page. This section of the manual deals primarily with the aspect of + group controls accessed on this page. + +#. Global configuration parameters. Bugzilla has several parameters + that control the overall default group behavior and restriction + levels. For more information on the parameters that control + group behavior globally, see :ref:`param-group-security`. + +#. Product association with groups. Most of the functionality of groups + and group security is controlled at the product level. Some aspects + of group access controls for products are discussed in this section, + but for more detail see :ref:`product-group-controls`. + +#. Group access for users. See :ref:`users-and-groups` for + details on how users are assigned group access. + +Group permissions are such that if a bug belongs to a group, only members +of that group can see the bug. If a bug is in more than one group, only +members of *all* the groups that the bug is in can see +the bug. For information on granting read-only access to certain people and +full edit access to others, see :ref:`product-group-controls`. + +.. note:: By default, bugs can also be seen by the Assignee, the Reporter, and + by everyone on the CC List, regardless of whether or not the bug would + typically be viewable by them. Visibility to the Reporter and CC List can + be overridden (on a per-bug basis) by bringing up the bug, finding the + section that starts with ``Users in the roles selected below...`` + and un-checking the box next to either 'Reporter' or 'CC List' (or both). + +.. _create-groups: + +Creating Groups +=============== + +To create a new group, follow the steps below: + +#. Select the ``Administration`` link in the page footer, + and then select the ``Groups`` link from the + Administration page. + +#. A table of all the existing groups is displayed. Below the table is a + description of all the fields. To create a new group, select the + ``Add Group`` link under the table of existing groups. + +#. There are five fields to fill out. These fields are documented below + the form. Choose a name and description for the group. Decide whether + this group should be used for bugs (in all likelihood this should be + selected). Optionally, choose a regular expression that will + automatically add any matching users to the group, and choose an + icon that will help identify user comments for the group. The regular + expression can be useful, for example, to automatically put all users + from the same company into one group (if the group is for a specific + customer or partner). + + .. note:: If ``User RegExp`` is filled out, users whose email + addresses match the regular expression will automatically be + members of the group as long as their email addresses continue + to match the regular expression. If their email address changes + and no longer matches the regular expression, they will be removed + from the group. Versions 2.16 and older of Bugzilla did not automatically + remove users who's email addresses no longer matched the RegExp. + + .. warning:: If specifying a domain in the regular expression, end + the regexp with a "$". Otherwise, when granting access to + "@mycompany\\.com", access will also be granted to + 'badperson@mycompany.com.cracker.net'. Use the syntax, + '@mycompany\\.com$' for the regular expression. + +#. After the new group is created, it can be edited for additional options. + The "Edit Group" page allows for specifying other groups that should be included + in this group and which groups should be permitted to add and delete + users from this group. For more details, see :ref:`edit-groups`. + +.. _edit-groups: + +Editing Groups and Assigning Group Permissions +============================================== + +To access the "Edit Groups" page, select the +``Administration`` link in the page footer, +and then select the ``Groups`` link from the Administration page. +A table of all the existing groups is displayed. Click on a group name +you wish to edit or control permissions for. + +The "Edit Groups" page contains the same five fields present when +creating a new group. Below that are two additional sections, "Group +Permissions," and "Mass Remove". The "Mass Remove" option simply removes +all users from the group who match the regular expression entered. The +"Group Permissions" section requires further explanation. + +The "Group Permissions" section on the "Edit Groups" page contains four sets +of permissions that control the relationship of this group to other +groups. If the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter is in use (see +:ref:`parameters`) two additional sets of permissions are displayed. +Each set consists of two select boxes. On the left, a select box +with a list of all existing groups. On the right, a select box listing +all groups currently selected for this permission setting (this box will +be empty for new groups). The way these controls allow groups to relate +to one another is called *inheritance*. +Each of the six permissions is described below. + +*Groups That Are a Member of This Group* + Members of any groups selected here will automatically have + membership in this group. In other words, members of any selected + group will inherit membership in this group. + +*Groups That This Group Is a Member Of* + Members of this group will inherit membership to any group + selected here. For example, suppose the group being edited is + an Admin group. If there are two products (Product1 and Product2) + and each product has its + own group (Group1 and Group2), and the Admin group + should have access to both products, + simply select both Group1 and Group2 here. + +*Groups That Can Grant Membership in This Group* + The members of any group selected here will be able add users + to this group, even if they themselves are not in this group. + +*Groups That This Group Can Grant Membership In* + Members of this group can add users to any group selected here, + even if they themselves are not in the selected groups. + +*Groups That Can See This Group* + Members of any selected group can see the users in this group. + This setting is only visible if the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter + is enabled on the Bugzilla Configuration page. See + :ref:`parameters` for information on configuring Bugzilla. + +*Groups That This Group Can See* + Members of this group can see members in any of the selected groups. + This setting is only visible if the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter + is enabled on the the Bugzilla Configuration page. See + :ref:`parameters` for information on configuring Bugzilla. + +.. _users-and-groups: + +Assigning Users to Groups +========================= + +A User can become a member of a group in several ways: + +#. The user can be explicitly placed in the group by editing + the user's profile. This can be done by accessing the "Users" page + from the "Administration" page. Use the search form to find the user + you want to edit group membership for, and click on their email + address in the search results to edit their profile. The profile + page lists all the groups, and indicates if the user is a member of + the group either directly or indirectly. More information on indirect + group membership is below. For more details on User administration, + see :ref:`useradmin`. + +#. The group can include another group of which the user is + a member. This is indicated by square brackets around the checkbox + next to the group name in the user's profile. + See :ref:`edit-groups` for details on group inheritance. + +#. The user's email address can match the regular expression + that has been specified to automatically grant membership to + the group. This is indicated by "\*" around the check box by the + group name in the user's profile. + See :ref:`create-groups` for details on + the regular expression option when creating groups. + +Assigning Group Controls to Products +==================================== + +The primary functionality of groups is derived from the relationship of +groups to products. The concepts around segregating access to bugs with +product group controls can be confusing. For details and examples on this +topic, see :ref:`product-group-controls`. + +.. _sanitycheck: + +Checking and Maintaining Database Integrity +########################################### + +Over time it is possible for the Bugzilla database to become corrupt +or to have anomalies. +This could happen through normal usage of Bugzilla, manual database +administration outside of the Bugzilla user interface, or from some +other unexpected event. Bugzilla includes a "Sanity Check" script that +can perform several basic database checks, and repair certain problems or +inconsistencies. + +To run the "Sanity Check" script, log in as an Administrator and click the +"Sanity Check" link in the admin page. Any problems that are found will be +displayed in red letters. If the script is capable of fixing a problem, +it will present a link to initiate the fix. If the script cannot +fix the problem it will require manual database administration or recovery. + +The "Sanity Check" script can also be run from the command line via the perl +script :file:`sanitycheck.pl`. The script can also be run as +a :command:`cron` job. Results will be delivered by email. + +The "Sanity Check" script should be run on a regular basis as a matter of +best practice. + +.. warning:: The "Sanity Check" script is no substitute for a competent database + administrator. It is only designed to check and repair basic database + problems. + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/conf.py b/docs/en/rst/conf.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000..159226809 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/conf.py @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8 -*- +# +# Bugzilla documentation build configuration file, created by +# sphinx-quickstart on Tue Sep 3 16:11:00 2013. +# +# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its containing dir. +# +# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this +# autogenerated file. +# +# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out +# serve to show the default. + +import sys, os + +# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, +# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the +# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here. +#sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.')) + +# -- General configuration ----------------------------------------------------- + +# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. +#needs_sphinx = '1.0' + +# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be extensions +# coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom ones. +extensions = ['sphinx.ext.todo'] + +# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. +templates_path = ['_templates'] + +# The suffix of source filenames. +source_suffix = '.rst' + +# The encoding of source files. +#source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' + +# The master toctree document. +master_doc = 'index' + +# General information about the project. +project = u'Bugzilla' +copyright = u'2013, The Bugzilla Team' + +# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for +# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the +# built documents. +# +# The short X.Y version. +version = '4.5' +# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. +release = '4.5' + +# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation +# for a list of supported languages. +#language = None + +# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some +# non-false value, then it is used: +#today = '' +# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. +#today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' + +# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and +# directories to ignore when looking for source files. +exclude_patterns = [] + +# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all documents. +#default_role = None + +# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. +#add_function_parentheses = True + +# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description +# unit titles (such as .. function::). +#add_module_names = True + +# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the +# output. They are ignored by default. +#show_authors = False + +# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. +pygments_style = 'sphinx' + +# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. +#modindex_common_prefix = [] + + +# -- Options for HTML output --------------------------------------------------- + +# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for +# a list of builtin themes. +html_theme = 'default' + +# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme +# further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the +# documentation. +#html_theme_options = {} + +# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. +#html_theme_path = [] + +# The name for this set of Sphinx documents. If None, it defaults to +# "<project> v<release> documentation". +#html_title = None + +# A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. +#html_short_title = None + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top +# of the sidebar. +#html_logo = None + +# The name of an image file (within the static path) to use as favicon of the +# docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 +# pixels large. +#html_favicon = None + +# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, +# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, +# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". +html_static_path = ['_static'] + +# If not '', a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page bottom, +# using the given strftime format. +#html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y' + +# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to +# typographically correct entities. +#html_use_smartypants = True + +# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. +#html_sidebars = {} + +# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to +# template names. +#html_additional_pages = {} + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#html_domain_indices = True + +# If false, no index is generated. +#html_use_index = True + +# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. +#html_split_index = False + +# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. +#html_show_sourcelink = True + +# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +#html_show_sphinx = True + +# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. +#html_show_copyright = True + +# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will +# contain a <link> tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the +# base URL from which the finished HTML is served. +#html_use_opensearch = '' + +# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). +#html_file_suffix = None + +# Output file base name for HTML help builder. +htmlhelp_basename = 'Bugzilladoc' + + +# -- Options for LaTeX output -------------------------------------------------- + +latex_elements = { +# The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). +#'papersize': 'letterpaper', + +# The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). +#'pointsize': '10pt', + +# Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. +#'preamble': '', +} + +# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, documentclass [howto/manual]). +latex_documents = [ + ('index', 'Bugzilla.tex', u'Bugzilla Documentation', + u'The Bugzilla Team', 'manual'), +] + +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of +# the title page. +#latex_logo = None + +# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, +# not chapters. +#latex_use_parts = False + +# If true, show page references after internal links. +#latex_show_pagerefs = False + +# If true, show URL addresses after external links. +#latex_show_urls = False + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#latex_appendices = [] + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#latex_domain_indices = True + + +# -- Options for manual page output -------------------------------------------- + +# One entry per manual page. List of tuples +# (source start file, name, description, authors, manual section). +man_pages = [ + ('index', 'bugzilla', u'Bugzilla Documentation', + [u'The Bugzilla Team'], 1) +] + +# If true, show URL addresses after external links. +#man_show_urls = False + + +# -- Options for Texinfo output ------------------------------------------------ + +# Grouping the document tree into Texinfo files. List of tuples +# (source start file, target name, title, author, +# dir menu entry, description, category) +texinfo_documents = [ + ('index', 'Bugzilla', u'Bugzilla Documentation', + u'The Bugzilla Team', 'Bugzilla', 'One line description of project.', + 'Miscellaneous'), +] + +# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. +#texinfo_appendices = [] + +# If false, no module index is generated. +#texinfo_domain_indices = True + +# How to display URL addresses: 'footnote', 'no', or 'inline'. +#texinfo_show_urls = 'footnote' + +definitions = "../../definitions.rst" +if os.path.exists(definitions): + execfile(definitions) diff --git a/docs/en/rst/customization.rst b/docs/en/rst/customization.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4238f1650 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/customization.rst @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ + + +.. _customization: + +==================== +Customizing Bugzilla +==================== + +.. _extensions: + +Bugzilla Extensions +################### + +One of the best ways to customize Bugzilla is by writing a Bugzilla +Extension. Bugzilla Extensions let you modify both the code and +UI of Bugzilla in a way that can be distributed to other Bugzilla +users and ported forward to future versions of Bugzilla with minimal +effort. + +See the `Bugzilla Extension +documentation <../html/api/Bugzilla/Extension.html>`_ for information on how to write an Extension. + +.. _cust-skins: + +Custom Skins +############ + +Bugzilla allows you to have multiple skins. These are custom CSS and possibly +also custom images for Bugzilla. To create a new custom skin, you have two +choices: + +- Make a single CSS file, and put it in the + :file:`skins/contrib` directory. + +- Make a directory that contains all the same CSS file + names as :file:`skins/standard/`, and put + your directory in :file:`skins/contrib/`. + +After you put the file or the directory there, make sure to run checksetup.pl +so that it can reset the file permissions correctly. + +After you have installed the new skin, it will show up as an option in the +user's General Preferences. If you would like to force a particular skin on all +users, just select it in the Default Preferences and then uncheck "Enabled" on +the preference. + +.. _cust-templates: + +Template Customization +###################### + +Administrators can configure the look and feel of Bugzilla without +having to edit Perl files or face the nightmare of massive merge +conflicts when they upgrade to a newer version in the future. + +Templatization also makes localized versions of Bugzilla possible, +for the first time. It's possible to have Bugzilla's UI language +determined by the user's browser. More information is available in +:ref:`template-http-accept`. + +.. _template-directory: + +Template Directory Structure +============================ + +The template directory structure starts with top level directory +named :file:`template`, which contains a directory +for each installed localization. The next level defines the +language used in the templates. Bugzilla comes with English +templates, so the directory name is :file:`en`, +and we will discuss :file:`template/en` throughout +the documentation. Below :file:`template/en` is the +:file:`default` directory, which contains all the +standard templates shipped with Bugzilla. + +.. warning:: A directory :file:`data/templates` also exists; + this is where Template Toolkit puts the compiled versions of + the templates from either the default or custom directories. + *Do not* directly edit the files in this + directory, or all your changes will be lost the next time + Template Toolkit recompiles the templates. + +.. _template-method: + +Choosing a Customization Method +=============================== + +If you want to edit Bugzilla's templates, the first decision +you must make is how you want to go about doing so. There are two +choices, and which you use depends mainly on the scope of your +modifications, and the method you plan to use to upgrade Bugzilla. + +The first method of making customizations is to directly edit the +templates found in :file:`template/en/default`. +This is probably the best way to go about it if you are going to +be upgrading Bugzilla through Bzr, because if you then execute +a :command:`bzr update`, any changes you have made will +be merged automagically with the updated versions. + +.. note:: If you use this method, and Bzr conflicts occur during an + update, the conflicted templates (and possibly other parts + of your installation) will not work until they are resolved. + +The second method is to copy the templates to be modified +into a mirrored directory structure under +:file:`template/en/custom`. Templates in this +directory structure automatically override any identically-named +and identically-located templates in the +:file:`default` directory. + +.. note:: The :file:`custom` directory does not exist + at first and must be created if you want to use it. + +The second method of customization should be used if you +use the overwriting method of upgrade, because otherwise +your changes will be lost. This method may also be better if +you are using the Bzr method of upgrading and are going to make major +changes, because it is guaranteed that the contents of this directory +will not be touched during an upgrade, and you can then decide whether +to continue using your own templates, or make the effort to merge your +changes into the new versions by hand. + +Using this method, your installation may break if incompatible +changes are made to the template interface. Such changes should +be documented in the release notes, provided you are using a +stable release of Bugzilla. If you use using unstable code, you will +need to deal with this one yourself, although if possible the changes +will be mentioned before they occur in the deprecations section of the +previous stable release's release notes. + +.. note:: Regardless of which method you choose, it is recommended that + you run :command:`./checksetup.pl` after + editing any templates in the :file:`template/en/default` + directory, and after creating or editing any templates in + the :file:`custom` directory. + +.. warning:: It is *required* that you run :command:`./checksetup.pl` after + creating a new + template in the :file:`custom` directory. Failure + to do so will raise an incomprehensible error message. + +.. _template-edit: + +How To Edit Templates +===================== + +.. note:: If you are making template changes that you intend on submitting back + for inclusion in standard Bugzilla, you should read the relevant + sections of the + `Developers' + Guide <http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/developer.html>`_. + +The syntax of the Template Toolkit language is beyond the scope of +this guide. It's reasonably easy to pick up by looking at the current +templates; or, you can read the manual, available on the +`Template Toolkit home +page <http://www.template-toolkit.org>`_. + +One thing you should take particular care about is the need +to properly HTML filter data that has been passed into the template. +This means that if the data can possibly contain special HTML characters +such as <, and the data was not intended to be HTML, they need to be +converted to entity form, i.e. <. You use the 'html' filter in the +Template Toolkit to do this (or the 'uri' filter to encode special +characters in URLs). If you forget, you may open up your installation +to cross-site scripting attacks. + +Editing templates is a good way of doing a ``poor man's custom +fields``. +For example, if you don't use the Status Whiteboard, but want to have +a free-form text entry box for ``Build Identifier``, +then you can just +edit the templates to change the field labels. It's still be called +status_whiteboard internally, but your users don't need to know that. + +.. _template-formats: + +Template Formats and Types +========================== + +Some CGI's have the ability to use more than one template. For example, +:file:`buglist.cgi` can output itself as RDF, or as two +formats of HTML (complex and simple). The mechanism that provides this +feature is extensible. + +Bugzilla can support different types of output, which again can have +multiple formats. In order to request a certain type, you can append +the &ctype=<contenttype> (such as rdf or html) to the +:file:`<cginame>.cgi` URL. If you would like to +retrieve a certain format, you can use the &format=<format> +(such as simple or complex) in the URL. + +To see if a CGI supports multiple output formats and types, grep the +CGI for ``get_format``. If it's not present, adding +multiple format/type support isn't too hard - see how it's done in +other CGIs, e.g. config.cgi. + +To make a new format template for a CGI which supports this, +open a current template for +that CGI and take note of the INTERFACE comment (if present.) This +comment defines what variables are passed into this template. If +there isn't one, I'm afraid you'll have to read the template and +the code to find out what information you get. + +Write your template in whatever markup or text style is appropriate. + +You now need to decide what content type you want your template +served as. The content types are defined in the +:file:`Bugzilla/Constants.pm` file in the +:file:`contenttypes` +constant. If your content type is not there, add it. Remember +the three- or four-letter tag assigned to your content type. +This tag will be part of the template filename. + +.. note:: After adding or changing a content type, it's suitable to + edit :file:`Bugzilla/Constants.pm` in order to reflect + the changes. Also, the file should be kept up to date after an + upgrade if content types have been customized in the past. + +Save the template as :file:`<stubname>-<formatname>.<contenttypetag>.tmpl`. +Try out the template by calling the CGI as +:file:`<cginame>.cgi?format=<formatname>&ctype=<type>` . + +.. _template-specific: + +Particular Templates +==================== + +There are a few templates you may be particularly interested in +customizing for your installation. + +:command:`index.html.tmpl`: +This is the Bugzilla front page. + +:command:`global/header.html.tmpl`: +This defines the header that goes on all Bugzilla pages. +The header includes the banner, which is what appears to users +and is probably what you want to edit instead. However the +header also includes the HTML HEAD section, so you could for +example add a stylesheet or META tag by editing the header. + +:command:`global/banner.html.tmpl`: +This contains the ``banner``, the part of the header +that appears +at the top of all Bugzilla pages. The default banner is reasonably +barren, so you'll probably want to customize this to give your +installation a distinctive look and feel. It is recommended you +preserve the Bugzilla version number in some form so the version +you are running can be determined, and users know what docs to read. + +:command:`global/footer.html.tmpl`: +This defines the footer that goes on all Bugzilla pages. Editing +this is another way to quickly get a distinctive look and feel for +your Bugzilla installation. + +:command:`global/variables.none.tmpl`: +This defines a list of terms that may be changed in order to +``brand`` the Bugzilla instance In this way, terms +like ``bugs`` can be replaced with ``issues`` +across the whole Bugzilla installation. The name +``Bugzilla`` and other words can be customized as well. + +:command:`list/table.html.tmpl`: +This template controls the appearance of the bug lists created +by Bugzilla. Editing this template allows per-column control of +the width and title of a column, the maximum display length of +each entry, and the wrap behaviour of long entries. +For long bug lists, Bugzilla inserts a 'break' every 100 bugs by +default; this behaviour is also controlled by this template, and +that value can be modified here. + +:command:`bug/create/user-message.html.tmpl`: +This is a message that appears near the top of the bug reporting page. +By modifying this, you can tell your users how they should report +bugs. + +:command:`bug/process/midair.html.tmpl`: +This is the page used if two people submit simultaneous changes to the +same bug. The second person to submit their changes will get this page +to tell them what the first person did, and ask if they wish to +overwrite those changes or go back and revisit the bug. The default +title and header on this page read "Mid-air collision detected!" If +you work in the aviation industry, or other environment where this +might be found offensive (yes, we have true stories of this happening) +you'll want to change this to something more appropriate for your +environment. + +:command:`bug/create/create.html.tmpl` and +:command:`bug/create/comment.txt.tmpl`: +You may not wish to go to the effort of creating custom fields in +Bugzilla, yet you want to make sure that each bug report contains +a number of pieces of important information for which there is not +a special field. The bug entry system has been designed in an +extensible fashion to enable you to add arbitrary HTML widgets, +such as drop-down lists or textboxes, to the bug entry page +and have their values appear formatted in the initial comment. +A hidden field that indicates the format should be added inside +the form in order to make the template functional. Its value should +be the suffix of the template filename. For example, if the file +is called :file:`create-cust.html.tmpl`, then + +:: + + <input type="hidden" name="format" value="cust"> + +should be used inside the form. + +An example of this is the mozilla.org +`guided +bug submission form <|landfillbase|enter_bug.cgi?product=WorldControl;format=guided>`_. The code for this comes with the Bugzilla +distribution as an example for you to copy. It can be found in the +files +:file:`create-guided.html.tmpl` and +:file:`comment-guided.html.tmpl`. + +So to use this feature, create a custom template for +:file:`enter_bug.cgi`. The default template, on which you +could base it, is +:file:`custom/bug/create/create.html.tmpl`. +Call it :file:`create-<formatname>.html.tmpl`, and +in it, add widgets for each piece of information you'd like +collected - such as a build number, or set of steps to reproduce. + +Then, create a template like +:file:`custom/bug/create/comment.txt.tmpl`, and call it +:file:`comment-<formatname>.txt.tmpl`. This +template should reference the form fields you have created using +the syntax :file:`[% form.<fieldname> %]`. When a +bug report is +submitted, the initial comment attached to the bug report will be +formatted according to the layout of this template. + +For example, if your custom enter_bug template had a field + +:: + + <input type="text" name="buildid" size="30"> + +and then your comment.txt.tmpl had + +:: + + BuildID: \[% form.buildid %] + +then something like + +:: + + BuildID: 20020303 + +would appear in the initial comment. + +.. _template-http-accept: + +Configuring Bugzilla to Detect the User's Language +================================================== + +Bugzilla honours the user's Accept: HTTP header. You can install +templates in other languages, and Bugzilla will pick the most appropriate +according to a priority order defined by you. Many +language templates can be obtained from `<http://www.bugzilla.org/download.html#localizations>`_. Instructions +for submitting new languages are also available from that location. + +.. _cust-change-permissions: + +Customizing Who Can Change What +############################### + +.. warning:: This feature should be considered experimental; the Bugzilla code you + will be changing is not stable, and could change or move between + versions. Be aware that if you make modifications as outlined here, + you may have + to re-make them or port them if Bugzilla changes internally between + versions, and you upgrade. + +Companies often have rules about which employees, or classes of employees, +are allowed to change certain things in the bug system. For example, +only the bug's designated QA Contact may be allowed to VERIFY the bug. +Bugzilla has been +designed to make it easy for you to write your own custom rules to define +who is allowed to make what sorts of value transition. + +By default, assignees, QA owners and users +with *editbugs* privileges can edit all fields of bugs, +except group restrictions (unless they are members of the groups they +are trying to change). Bug reporters also have the ability to edit some +fields, but in a more restrictive manner. Other users, without +*editbugs* privileges, cannot edit +bugs, except to comment and add themselves to the CC list. + +For maximum flexibility, customizing this means editing Bugzilla's Perl +code. This gives the administrator complete control over exactly who is +allowed to do what. The relevant method is called +:file:`check_can_change_field()`, +and is found in :file:`Bug.pm` in your +Bugzilla/ directory. If you open that file and search for +``sub check_can_change_field``, you'll find it. + +This function has been carefully commented to allow you to see exactly +how it works, and give you an idea of how to make changes to it. +Certain marked sections should not be changed - these are +the ``plumbing`` which makes the rest of the function work. +In between those sections, you'll find snippets of code like: + +:: + + # Allow the assignee to change anything. + if ($ownerid eq $whoid) { + return 1; + } + +It's fairly obvious what this piece of code does. + +So, how does one go about changing this function? Well, simple changes +can be made just by removing pieces - for example, if you wanted to +prevent any user adding a comment to a bug, just remove the lines marked +``Allow anyone to change comments.`` If you don't want the +Reporter to have any special rights on bugs they have filed, just +remove the entire section that deals with the Reporter. + +More complex customizations are not much harder. Basically, you add +a check in the right place in the function, i.e. after all the variables +you are using have been set up. So, don't look at $ownerid before +$ownerid has been obtained from the database. You can either add a +positive check, which returns 1 (allow) if certain conditions are true, +or a negative check, which returns 0 (deny.) E.g.: + +:: + + if ($field eq "qacontact") { + if (Bugzilla->user->in_group("quality_assurance")) { + return 1; + } + else { + return 0; + } + } + +This says that only users in the group "quality_assurance" can change +the QA Contact field of a bug. + +Getting more weird: + +:: + + if (($field eq "priority") && + (Bugzilla->user->email =~ /.*\\@example\\.com$/)) + { + if ($oldvalue eq "P1") { + return 1; + } + else { + return 0; + } + } + +This says that if the user is trying to change the priority field, +and their email address is @example.com, they can only do so if the +old value of the field was "P1". Not very useful, but illustrative. + +.. warning:: If you are modifying :file:`process_bug.cgi` in any + way, do not change the code that is bounded by DO_NOT_CHANGE blocks. + Doing so could compromise security, or cause your installation to + stop working entirely. + +For a list of possible field names, look at the bugs table in the +database. If you need help writing custom rules for your organization, +ask in the newsgroup. + +.. _integration: + +Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools +########################################### + +Many utilities and applications can integrate with Bugzilla, +either on the client- or server-side. None of them are maintained +by the Bugzilla community, nor are they tested during our +QA tests, so use them at your own risk. They are listed at +`<https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Addons>`_. + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/gfdl.rst b/docs/en/rst/gfdl.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c831a1d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/gfdl.rst @@ -0,0 +1,408 @@ + + +.. _gfdl: + +============================== +GNU Free Documentation License +============================== + +.. COMMENT: - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF) + +.. COMMENT: LINK REV="made" HREF="mailto:webmasters@gnu.org" + +.. COMMENT: section> + <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title + +Version 1.1, March 2000 + + Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, + Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and + distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is + not allowed. + +.. _gfdl-0: + +Preamble +######## + +The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other +written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the +effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying +it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License +preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their +work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by +others. + +This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative +works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It +complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license +designed for free software. + +We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for +free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free +program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the +software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it +can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether +it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally +for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. + +.. _gfdl-1: + +Applicability and Definition +############################ + +This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a +notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under +the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such +manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed +as "you". + +A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the +Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with +modifications and/or translated into another language. + +A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section +of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the +publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject +(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly +within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a +textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any +mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection +with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, +philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. + +The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose +titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the +notice that says that the Document is released under this License. + +The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are +listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says +that the Document is released under this License. + +A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, +represented in a format whose specification is available to the general +public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and +straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of +pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available +drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for +automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text +formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose +markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification +by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called +"Opaque". + +Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain +ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or +XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML +designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, +proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word +processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not +generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word +processors for output purposes only. + +The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, +plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material +this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats +which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text +near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the +beginning of the body of the text. + +.. _gfdl-2: + +Verbatim Copying +################ + +You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either +commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the +copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to +the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other +conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical +measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the +copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in +exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies +you must also follow the conditions in section 3. + +You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, +and you may publicly display copies. + +.. _gfdl-3: + +Copying in Quantity +################### + +If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than +100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must +enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these +Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts +on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you +as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full +title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may +add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes +limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document +and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other +respects. + +If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit +legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) +on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. + +If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document +numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable +Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each +Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a +complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which +the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no +charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter +option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin +distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this +Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until +at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy +(directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the +public. + +It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of +the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to +give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the +Document. + +.. _gfdl-4: + +Modifications +############# + +You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document +under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release +the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified +Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and +modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. +In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: + +#. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title + distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous + versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History + section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous + version if the original publisher of that version gives + permission. + +#. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or + entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the + Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal + authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less + than five). + +#. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the + Modified Version, as the publisher. + +#. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + +#. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications + adjacent to the other copyright notices. + +#. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license + notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under + the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum + below. + +#. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant + Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license + notice. + +#. Include an unaltered copy of this License. + +#. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add + to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and + publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If + there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one + stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as + given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified + Version as stated in the previous sentence. + +#. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document + for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise + the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it + was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may + omit a network location for a work that was published at least four + years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the + version it refers to gives permission. + +#. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", + preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the + substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or + dedications given therein. + +#. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered + in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent + are not considered part of the section titles. + +#. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may + not be included in the Modified Version. + +#. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to + conflict in title with any Invariant Section. + +If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or +appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material +copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of +these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of +Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles +must be distinct from any other section titles. + +You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains +nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for +example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by +an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. + +You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, +and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the +list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of +Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through +arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a +cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement +made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add +another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the +previous publisher that added the old one. + +The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this +License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert +or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. + +.. _gfdl-5: + +Combining Documents +################### + +You may combine the Document with other documents released under +this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified +versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the +Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list +them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license +notice. + +The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and +multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. +If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different +contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end +of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of +that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment +to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license +notice of the combined work. + +In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled +"History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled +"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", and +any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections +entitled "Endorsements." + +.. _gfdl-6: + +Collections of Documents +######################## + +You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other +documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies +of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is +included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this +License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other +respects. + +You may extract a single document from such a collection, and +distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy +of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in +all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. + +.. _gfdl-7: + +Aggregation with Independent Works +################################## + +A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other +separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a +storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified +Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for +the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this +License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled +with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are +not themselves derivative works of the Document. + +If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these +copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of +the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers +that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must +appear on covers around the whole aggregate. + +.. _gfdl-8: + +Translation +########### + +Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may +distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. +Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special +permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations +of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of +these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License +provided that you also include the original English version of this +License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the +original English version of this License, the original English version +will prevail. + +.. _gfdl-9: + +Termination +########### + +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document +except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to +copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will +automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties +who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not +have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full +compliance. + +.. _gfdl-10: + +Future Revisions of this License +################################ + +The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of +the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions +will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in +detail to address new problems or concerns. See +`<http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>`_. + +Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version +number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of +this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of +following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of +any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) +by the Free Software Foundation. + +.. _gfdl-howto: + +How to use this License for your documents +########################################## + +To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy +of the License in the document and put the following copyright and +license notices just after the title page: + + Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, + distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free + Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by + the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST + THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the + Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the + section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". + +If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant +Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no +Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover +Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. + +If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we +recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free +software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their +use in free software. + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/glossary.rst b/docs/en/rst/glossary.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e89dea743 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/glossary.rst @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ + + +.. _glossary: + +======== +Glossary +======== + +0-9, high ascii +############### + +.htaccess + Apache web server, and other NCSA-compliant web servers, + observe the convention of using files in directories called + :file:`.htaccess` + to restrict access to certain files. In Bugzilla, they are used + to keep secret files which would otherwise + compromise your installation - e.g. the + :file:`localconfig` + file contains the password to your database. + curious. + +.. _gloss-a: + +A +# + +Apache + In this context, Apache is the web server most commonly used + for serving up Bugzilla + pages. Contrary to popular belief, the apache web server has nothing + to do with the ancient and noble Native American tribe, but instead + derived its name from the fact that it was + ``a patchy`` + version of the original + NCSA + world-wide-web server. + + Useful Directives when configuring Bugzilla + + ```AddHandler <http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.0/mod/mod_mime.html#addhandler>`_`` + Tell Apache that it's OK to run CGI scripts. + ```AllowOverride <http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#allowoverride>`_``, ```Options <http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#options>`_`` + These directives are used to tell Apache many things about + the directory they apply to. For Bugzilla's purposes, we need + them to allow script execution and :file:`.htaccess` + overrides. + ```DirectoryIndex <http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/mod_dir.html#directoryindex>`_`` + Used to tell Apache what files are indexes. If you can + not add :file:`index.cgi` to the list of valid files, + you'll need to set ``$index_html`` to + 1 in :file:`localconfig` so + :command:`./checksetup.pl` will create an + :file:`index.html` that redirects to + :file:`index.cgi`. + ```ScriptInterpreterSource <http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#scriptinterpretersource>`_`` + Used when running Apache on windows so the shebang line + doesn't have to be changed in every Bugzilla script. + + For more information about how to configure Apache for Bugzilla, + see :ref:`http-apache`. + +.. _gloss-b: + +B +# + +Bug + A + ``bug`` + in Bugzilla refers to an issue entered into the database which has an + associated number, assignments, comments, etc. Some also refer to a + ``tickets`` + or + ``issues``; + in the context of Bugzilla, they are synonymous. + +Bug Number + Each Bugzilla bug is assigned a number that uniquely identifies + that bug. The bug associated with a bug number can be pulled up via a + query, or easily from the very front page by typing the number in the + "Find" box. + +Bugzilla + Bugzilla is the world-leading free software bug tracking system. + +.. _gloss-c: + +C +# + +Common Gateway Interface (CGI) + CGI is an acronym for Common Gateway Interface. This is + a standard for interfacing an external application with a web server. Bugzilla + is an example of a CGI application. + +Component + A Component is a subsection of a Product. It should be a narrow + category, tailored to your organization. All Products must contain at + least one Component (and, as a matter of fact, creating a Product + with no Components will create an error in Bugzilla). + +Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (CPAN) + CPAN + stands for the + ``Comprehensive Perl Archive Network``. + CPAN maintains a large number of extremely useful + Perl + modules - encapsulated chunks of code for performing a + particular task. + + The :file:`contrib` directory is + a location to put scripts that have been contributed to Bugzilla but + are not a part of the official distribution. These scripts are written + by third parties and may be in languages other than perl. For those + that are in perl, there may be additional modules or other requirements + than those of the official distribution. + + .. note:: Scripts in the :file:`contrib` + directory are not officially supported by the Bugzilla team and may + break in between versions. + +.. _gloss-d: + +D +# + +daemon + A daemon is a computer program which runs in the background. In + general, most daemons are started at boot time via System V init + scripts, or through RC scripts on BSD-based systems. + mysqld, + the MySQL server, and + apache, + a web server, are generally run as daemons. + +DOS Attack + A DOS, or Denial of Service attack, is when a user attempts to + deny access to a web server by repeatedly accessing a page or sending + malformed requests to a webserver. A D-DOS, or + Distributed Denial of Service attack, is when these requests come + from multiple sources at the same time. Unfortunately, these are much + more difficult to defend against. + +.. _gloss-g: + +G +# + +Groups + The word + ``Groups`` + has a very special meaning to Bugzilla. Bugzilla's main security + mechanism comes by placing users in groups, and assigning those + groups certain privileges to view bugs in particular + Products + in the + Bugzilla + database. + +.. _gloss-j: + +J +# + +JavaScript + JavaScript is cool, we should talk about it. + +.. _gloss-m: + +M +# + +Message Transport Agent (MTA) + A Message Transport Agent is used to control the flow of email on a system. + The `Email::Send <http://search.cpan.org/dist/Email-Send/lib/Email/Send.pm>`_ + Perl module, which Bugzilla uses to send email, can be configured to + use many different underlying implementations for actually sending the + mail using the ``mail_delivery_method`` parameter. + +MySQL + MySQL is one of the supported + RDBMS for Bugzilla. MySQL + can be downloaded from `<http://www.mysql.com>`_. While you + should familiarize yourself with all of the documentation, some high + points are: + + `Backup <http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Backup.html>`_ + Methods for backing up your Bugzilla database. + `Option Files <http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Option_files.html>`_ + Information about how to configure MySQL using + :file:`my.cnf`. + `Privilege System <http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Privilege_system.html>`_ + Information about how to protect your MySQL server. + +.. _gloss-p: + +P +# + +Perl Package Manager (PPM) + `<http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Downloads/ActivePerl/PPM/>`_ + +Product + A Product is a broad category of types of bugs, normally + representing a single piece of software or entity. In general, + there are several Components to a Product. A Product may define a + group (used for security) for all bugs entered into + its Components. + +Perl + First written by Larry Wall, Perl is a remarkable program + language. It has the benefits of the flexibility of an interpreted + scripting language (such as shell script), combined with the speed + and power of a compiled language, such as C. + Bugzilla + is maintained in Perl. + +.. _gloss-q: + +Q +# + +QA + ``QA``, + ``Q/A``, and + ``Q.A.`` + are short for + ``Quality Assurance``. + In most large software development organizations, there is a team + devoted to ensuring the product meets minimum standards before + shipping. This team will also generally want to track the progress of + bugs over their life cycle, thus the need for the + ``QA Contact`` + field in a bug. + +.. _gloss-r: + +R +# + +Relational DataBase Management System (RDBMS) + A relational database management system is a database system + that stores information in tables that are related to each other. + +Regular Expression (regexp) + A regular expression is an expression used for pattern matching. + `Documentation <http://perldoc.com/perl5.6/pod/perlre.html#Regular-Expressions>`_ + +.. _gloss-s: + +S +# + +Service + In Windows NT environment, a boot-time background application + is referred to as a service. These are generally managed through the + control panel while logged in as an account with + ``Administrator`` level capabilities. For more + information, consult your Windows manual or the MSKB. + + SGML + stands for + ``Standard Generalized Markup Language``. + Created in the 1980's to provide an extensible means to maintain + documentation based upon content instead of presentation, + SGML + has withstood the test of time as a robust, powerful language. + XML + is the + ``baby brother`` + of SGML; any valid + XML + document it, by definition, a valid + SGML + document. The document you are reading is written and maintained in + SGML, + and is also valid + XML + if you modify the Document Type Definition. + +.. _gloss-t: + +T +# + +Target Milestone + Target Milestones are Product goals. They are configurable on a + per-Product basis. Most software development houses have a concept of + ``milestones`` + where the people funding a project expect certain functionality on + certain dates. Bugzilla facilitates meeting these milestones by + giving you the ability to declare by which milestone a bug will be + fixed, or an enhancement will be implemented. + +Tool Command Language (TCL) + TCL is an open source scripting language available for Windows, + Macintosh, and Unix based systems. Bugzilla 1.0 was written in TCL but + never released. The first release of Bugzilla was 2.0, which was when + it was ported to perl. + +.. _gloss-z: + +Z +# + +Zarro Boogs Found + This is just a goofy way of saying that there were no bugs + found matching your query. When asked to explain this message, + Terry had the following to say: + + *Terry Weissman*: + I've been asked to explain this ... way back when, when + Netscape released version 4.0 of its browser, we had a release + party. Naturally, there had been a big push to try and fix every + known bug before the release. Naturally, that hadn't actually + happened. (This is not unique to Netscape or to 4.0; the same thing + has happened with every software project I've ever seen.) Anyway, + at the release party, T-shirts were handed out that said something + like "Netscape 4.0: Zarro Boogs". Just like the software, the + T-shirt had no known bugs. Uh-huh. + So, when you query for a list of bugs, and it gets no results, + you can think of this as a friendly reminder. Of \*course* there are + bugs matching your query, they just aren't in the bugsystem yet... + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/index.rst b/docs/en/rst/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7d7bf94c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.. Bugzilla documentation master file, created by + sphinx-quickstart on Tue Sep 3 16:11:00 2013. + You can adapt this file completely to your liking, but it should at least + contain the root `toctree` directive. + +Bugzilla Documentation +====================== + +Contents: + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 3 + :numbered: + + about + installation + administration + security + using + customization + troubleshooting + patches + modules + gfdl + glossary + + +Indices and tables +================== + +* :ref:`genindex` +* :ref:`search` diff --git a/docs/en/rst/installation.rst b/docs/en/rst/installation.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d92c0971 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/installation.rst @@ -0,0 +1,1870 @@ + + +.. _installing-bugzilla: + +=================== +Installing Bugzilla +=================== + +.. _installation: + +Installation +############ + +.. note:: If you just want to *use* Bugzilla, + you do not need to install it. None of this chapter is relevant to + you. Ask your Bugzilla administrator for the URL to access it from + your web browser. + +The Bugzilla server software is usually installed on Linux or +Solaris. +If you are installing on another OS, check :ref:`os-specific` +before you start your installation to see if there are any special +instructions. + +This guide assumes that you have administrative access to the +Bugzilla machine. It not possible to +install and run Bugzilla itself without administrative access except +in the very unlikely event that every single prerequisite is +already installed. + +.. warning:: The installation process may make your machine insecure for + short periods of time. Make sure there is a firewall between you + and the Internet. + +You are strongly recommended to make a backup of your system +before installing Bugzilla (and at regular intervals thereafter :-). + +In outline, the installation proceeds as follows: + +#. :ref:`Install Perl <install-perl>` + (|min-perl-ver| or above) + +#. :ref:`Install a Database Engine <install-database>` + +#. :ref:`Install a Webserver <install-webserver>` + +#. :ref:`Install Bugzilla <install-bzfiles>` + +#. :ref:`Install Perl modules <install-perlmodules>` + +#. :ref:`Install a Mail Transfer Agent <install-MTA>` + (Sendmail 8.7 or above, or an MTA that is Sendmail-compatible with at least this version) + +#. Configure all of the above. + +.. _install-perl: + +Perl +==== + +Installed Version Test: +:: + + perl -v + +Any machine that doesn't have Perl on it is a sad machine indeed. +If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, +visit `<http://www.perl.org>`_. +Although Bugzilla runs with Perl |min-perl-ver|, +it's a good idea to be using the latest stable version. + +.. _install-database: + +Database Engine +=============== + +Bugzilla supports MySQL, PostgreSQL and Oracle as database servers. +You only require one of these systems to make use of Bugzilla. + +.. _install-mysql: + +MySQL +----- + +Installed Version Test: +:: + + mysql -V + +If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, +visit `<http://www.mysql.com>`_. You need MySQL version +5.0.15 or higher. + +.. note:: Many of the binary + versions of MySQL store their data files in :file:`/var`. + On some Unix systems, this is part of a smaller root partition, + and may not have room for your bug database. To change the data + directory, you have to build MySQL from source yourself, and + set it as an option to :file:`configure`. + +If you install from something other than a packaging/installation +system, such as .rpm (RPM Package Manager), .deb (Debian Package), .exe +(Windows Executable), or .msi (Windows Installer), make sure the MySQL +server is started when the machine boots. + +.. _install-pg: + +PostgreSQL +---------- + +Installed Version Test: +:: + + psql -V + +If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, +visit `<http://www.postgresql.org/>`_. You need PostgreSQL +version 8.03.0000 or higher. + +If you install from something other than a packaging/installation +system, such as .rpm (RPM Package Manager), .deb (Debian Package), .exe +(Windows Executable), or .msi (Windows Installer), make sure the +PostgreSQL server is started when the machine boots. + +.. _install-oracle: + +Oracle +------ + +Installed Version Test: +:: + + select * from v$version + +(you first have to log in into your DB) + +If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, +visit `<http://www.oracle.com/>`_. You need Oracle +version 10.02.0 or higher. + +If you install from something other than a packaging/installation +system, such as .rpm (RPM Package Manager), .deb (Debian Package), .exe +(Windows Executable), or .msi (Windows Installer), make sure the +Oracle server is started when the machine boots. + +.. _install-webserver: + +Web Server +========== + +Installed Version Test: view the default welcome page at +`http://<your-machine>/` . + +You have freedom of choice here, pretty much any web server that +is capable of running CGI +scripts will work. +However, we strongly recommend using the Apache web server +(either 1.3.x or 2.x), and the installation instructions usually assume +you are using it. If you have got Bugzilla working using another web server, +please share your experiences with us by filing a bug in +`Bugzilla Documentation <http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla;component=Documentation>`_. + +If you don't have Apache and your OS doesn't provide official packages, +visit `<http://httpd.apache.org/>`_. + +.. _install-bzfiles: + +Bugzilla +======== + +`Download a Bugzilla tarball <http://www.bugzilla.org/download/>`_ +(or `check it out from Bzr <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Bzr>`_) +and place it in a suitable directory, accessible by the default web server user +(probably ``apache`` or ``www``). +Good locations are either directly in the web server's document directories or +in :file:`/usr/local` with a symbolic link to the web server's +document directories or an alias in the web server's configuration. + +.. caution:: The default Bugzilla distribution is NOT designed to be placed + in a :file:`cgi-bin` directory. This + includes any directory which is configured using the + ``ScriptAlias`` directive of Apache. + +Once all the files are in a web accessible directory, make that +directory writable by your web server's user. This is a temporary step +until you run the +:file:`checksetup.pl` +script, which locks down your installation. + +.. _install-perlmodules: + +Perl Modules +============ + +Bugzilla's installation process is based +on a script called :file:`checksetup.pl`. +The first thing it checks is whether you have appropriate +versions of all the required +Perl modules. The aim of this section is to pass this check. +When it passes, proceed to :ref:`configuration`. + +At this point, you need to :file:`su` to root. You should +remain as root until the end of the install. To check you have the +required modules, run: + +:: + + bash# ./checksetup.pl --check-modules + +:file:`checksetup.pl` will print out a list of the +required and optional Perl modules, together with the versions +(if any) installed on your machine. +The list of required modules is reasonably long; however, you +may already have several of them installed. + +The preferred way to install missing Perl modules is to use the package +manager provided by your operating system (e.g ``rpm`` or +``yum`` on Linux distros, or ``ppm`` on Windows +if using ActivePerl, see :ref:`win32-perl-modules`). +If some Perl modules are still missing or are too old, then we recommend +using the :file:`install-module.pl` script (doesn't work +with ActivePerl on Windows). If for some reason you really need to +install the Perl modules manually, see +:ref:`install-perlmodules-manual`. For instance, on Unix, +you invoke :file:`install-module.pl` as follows: + +:: + + bash# perl install-module.pl <modulename> + +.. tip:: Many people complain that Perl modules will not install for + them. Most times, the error messages complain that they are missing a + file in + ``@INC``. + Virtually every time, this error is due to permissions being set too + restrictively for you to compile Perl modules or not having the + necessary Perl development libraries installed on your system. + Consult your local UNIX systems administrator for help solving these + permissions issues; if you + *are* + the local UNIX sysadmin, please consult the newsgroup/mailing list + for further assistance or hire someone to help you out. + +.. note:: If you are using a package-based system, and attempting to install the + Perl modules from CPAN, you may need to install the "development" packages for + MySQL and GD before attempting to install the related Perl modules. The names of + these packages will vary depending on the specific distribution you are using, + but are often called :file:`<packagename>-devel`. + +Here is a complete list of modules and their minimum versions. +Some modules have special installation notes, which follow. + +Required Perl modules: + +#. CGI (|min-cgi-ver|) + +#. Date::Format (|min-date-format-ver|) + +#. DateTime (|min-datetime-ver|) + +#. DateTime::TimeZone (|min-datetime-timezone-ver|) + +#. DBI (|min-dbi-ver|) + +#. DBD::mysql (|min-dbd-mysql-ver|) if using MySQL + +#. DBD::Pg (|min-dbd-pg-ver|) if using PostgreSQL + +#. DBD::Oracle (|min-dbd-oracle-ver|) if using Oracle + +#. Digest::SHA (|min-digest-sha-ver|) + +#. Email::Send (|min-email-send-ver|) + +#. Email::MIME (|min-email-mime-ver|) + +#. Template (|min-template-ver|) + +#. URI (|min-uri-ver|) + +Optional Perl modules: + +#. GD (|min-gd-ver|) for bug charting + +#. Template::Plugin::GD::Image + (|min-template-plugin-gd-image-ver|) for Graphical Reports + +#. Chart::Lines (|min-chart-lines-ver|) for bug charting + +#. GD::Graph (|min-gd-graph-ver|) for bug charting + +#. GD::Text (|min-gd-text-ver|) for bug charting + +#. XML::Twig (|min-xml-twig-ver|) for bug import/export + +#. MIME::Parser (|min-mime-parser-ver|) for bug import/export + +#. LWP::UserAgent + (|min-lwp-useragent-ver|) for Automatic Update Notifications + +#. PatchReader (|min-patchreader-ver|) for pretty HTML view of patches + +#. Net::LDAP + (|min-net-ldap-ver|) for LDAP Authentication + +#. Authen::SASL + (|min-authen-sasl-ver|) for SASL Authentication + +#. Authen::Radius + (|min-authen-radius-ver|) for RADIUS Authentication + +#. SOAP::Lite (|min-soap-lite-ver|) for the web service interface + +#. JSON::RPC + (|min-json-rpc-ver|) for the JSON-RPC interface + +#. Test::Taint + (|min-test-taint-ver|) for the web service interface + +#. HTML::Parser + (|min-html-parser-ver|) for More HTML in Product/Group Descriptions + +#. HTML::Scrubber + (|min-html-scrubber-ver|) for More HTML in Product/Group Descriptions + +#. Email::Reply + (|min-email-reply-ver|) for Inbound Email + +#. TheSchwartz + (|min-theschwartz-ver|) for Mail Queueing + +#. Daemon::Generic + (|min-daemon-generic-ver|) for Mail Queueing + +#. mod_perl2 + (|min-mod_perl2-ver|) for mod_perl + +.. _install-MTA: + +Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) +========================= + +Bugzilla is dependent on the availability of an e-mail system for its +user authentication and for other tasks. + +.. note:: This is not entirely true. It is possible to completely disable + email sending, or to have Bugzilla store email messages in a + file instead of sending them. However, this is mainly intended + for testing, as disabling or diverting email on a production + machine would mean that users could miss important events (such + as bug changes or the creation of new accounts). + For more information, see the ``mail_delivery_method`` parameter + in :ref:`parameters`. + +On Linux, any Sendmail-compatible MTA (Mail Transfer Agent) will +suffice. Sendmail, Postfix, qmail and Exim are examples of common +MTAs. Sendmail is the original Unix MTA, but the others are easier to +configure, and therefore many people replace Sendmail with Postfix or +Exim. They are drop-in replacements, so Bugzilla will not +distinguish between them. + +If you are using Sendmail, version 8.7 or higher is required. +If you are using a Sendmail-compatible MTA, it must be congruent with +at least version 8.7 of Sendmail. + +Consult the manual for the specific MTA you choose for detailed +installation instructions. Each of these programs will have their own +configuration files where you must configure certain parameters to +ensure that the mail is delivered properly. They are implemented +as services, and you should ensure that the MTA is in the auto-start +list of services for the machine. + +If a simple mail sent with the command-line 'mail' program +succeeds, then Bugzilla should also be fine. + +.. _using-mod_perl-with-bugzilla: + +Installing Bugzilla on mod_perl +=============================== + +It is now possible to run the Bugzilla software under ``mod_perl`` on +Apache. ``mod_perl`` has some additional requirements to that of running +Bugzilla under ``mod_cgi`` (the standard and previous way). + +Bugzilla requires ``mod_perl`` to be installed, which can be +obtained from `<http://perl.apache.org>`_ - Bugzilla requires +version 1.999022 (AKA 2.0.0-RC5) to be installed. + +.. _configuration: + +Configuration +############# + +.. warning:: Poorly-configured MySQL and Bugzilla installations have + given attackers full access to systems in the past. Please take the + security parts of these guidelines seriously, even for Bugzilla + machines hidden away behind your firewall. Be certain to + read :ref:`security` for some important security tips. + +.. _localconfig: + +localconfig +=========== + +You should now run :file:`checksetup.pl` again, this time +without the ``--check-modules`` switch. + +:: + + bash# ./checksetup.pl + +This time, :file:`checksetup.pl` should tell you that all +the correct modules are installed and will display a message about, and +write out a file called, :file:`localconfig`. This file +contains the default settings for a number of Bugzilla parameters. + +Load this file in your editor. The only two values you +*need* to change are $db_driver and $db_pass, +respectively the type of the database and the password for +the user you will create for your database. Pick a strong +password (for simplicity, it should not contain single quote +characters) and put it here. $db_driver can be either 'mysql', +'Pg', 'Oracle' or 'Sqlite'. + +.. note:: In Oracle, ``$db_name`` should actually be + the SID name of your database (e.g. "XE" if you are using Oracle XE). + +You may need to change the value of +*webservergroup* if your web server does not +run in the "apache" group. On Debian, for example, Apache runs in +the "www-data" group. If you are going to run Bugzilla on a +machine where you do not have root access (such as on a shared web +hosting account), you will need to leave +*webservergroup* empty, ignoring the warnings +that :file:`checksetup.pl` will subsequently display +every time it is run. + +.. caution:: If you are using suexec, you should use your own primary group + for *webservergroup* rather than leaving it + empty, and see the additional directions in the suexec section :ref:`suexec`. + +The other options in the :file:`localconfig` file +are documented by their accompanying comments. If you have a slightly +non-standard database setup, you may wish to change one or more of +the other "$db_*" parameters. + +.. _database-engine: + +Database Server +=============== + +This section deals with configuring your database server for use +with Bugzilla. Currently, MySQL (:ref:`mysql`), +PostgreSQL (:ref:`postgresql`), Oracle (:ref:`oracle`) +and SQLite (:ref:`sqlite`) are available. + +.. _database-schema: + +Bugzilla Database Schema +------------------------ + +The Bugzilla database schema is available at +`Ravenbrook <http://www.ravenbrook.com/project/p4dti/tool/cgi/bugzilla-schema/>`_. +This very valuable tool can generate a written description of +the Bugzilla database schema for any version of Bugzilla. It +can also generate a diff between two versions to help someone +see what has changed. + +.. _mysql: + +MySQL +----- + +.. caution:: MySQL's default configuration is insecure. + We highly recommend to run :file:`mysql_secure_installation` + on Linux or the MySQL installer on Windows, and follow the instructions. + Important points to note are: + +#. Be sure that the root account has a secure password set. +#. Do not create an anonymous account, and if it exists, say "yes" + to remove it. +#. If your web server and MySQL server are on the same machine, + you should disable the network access. + +.. _mysql-max-allowed-packet: + +Allow large attachments and many comments +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +By default, MySQL will only allow you to insert things +into the database that are smaller than 1MB. Attachments +may be larger than this. Also, Bugzilla combines all comments +on a single bug into one field for full-text searching, and the +combination of all comments on a single bug could in some cases +be larger than 1MB. + +To change MySQL's default, you need to edit your MySQL +configuration file, which is usually :file:`/etc/my.cnf` +on Linux. We recommend that you allow at least 4MB packets by +adding the "max_allowed_packet" parameter to your MySQL +configuration in the "\[mysqld]" section, like this: + +:: + + [mysqld] + # Allow packets up to 4MB + max_allowed_packet=4M + +Allow small words in full-text indexes +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +By default, words must be at least four characters in length +in order to be indexed by MySQL's full-text indexes. This causes +a lot of Bugzilla specific words to be missed, including "cc", +"ftp" and "uri". + +MySQL can be configured to index those words by setting the +ft_min_word_len param to the minimum size of the words to index. +This can be done by modifying the :file:`/etc/my.cnf` +according to the example below: + +:: + + [mysqld] + # Allow small words in full-text indexes + ft_min_word_len=2 + +Rebuilding the indexes can be done based on documentation found at +`<http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Fulltext_Fine-tuning.html>`_. + +.. _install-setupdatabase-adduser: + +Add a user to MySQL +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +You need to add a new MySQL user for Bugzilla to use. +(It's not safe to have Bugzilla use the MySQL root account.) +The following instructions assume the defaults in +:file:`localconfig`; if you changed those, +you need to modify the SQL command appropriately. You will +need the $db_pass password you +set in :file:`localconfig` in +:ref:`localconfig`. + +We use an SQL :command:`GRANT` command to create +a ``bugs`` user. This also restricts the +``bugs`` user to operations within a database +called ``bugs``, and only allows the account +to connect from ``localhost``. Modify it to +reflect your setup if you will be connecting from another +machine or as a different user. + +Run the :file:`mysql` command-line client and enter: + +:: + + mysql> GRANT SELECT, INSERT, + UPDATE, DELETE, INDEX, ALTER, CREATE, LOCK TABLES, + CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES, DROP, REFERENCES ON bugs.* + TO bugs@localhost IDENTIFIED BY '$db_pass'; + mysql> FLUSH PRIVILEGES; + +Permit attachments table to grow beyond 4GB +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +By default, MySQL will limit the size of a table to 4GB. +This limit is present even if the underlying filesystem +has no such limit. To set a higher limit, follow these +instructions. + +After you have completed the rest of the installation (or at least the +database setup parts), you should run the :file:`MySQL` +command-line client and enter the following, replacing ``$bugs_db`` +with your Bugzilla database name (*bugs* by default): + +:: + + mysql> use $bugs_db + mysql> ALTER TABLE attachments + AVG_ROW_LENGTH=1000000, MAX_ROWS=20000; + +The above command will change the limit to 20GB. Mysql will have +to make a temporary copy of your entire table to do this. Ideally, +you should do this when your attachments table is still small. + +.. note:: This does not affect Big Files, attachments that are stored directly + on disk instead of in the database. + +.. _postgresql: + +PostgreSQL +---------- + +Add a User to PostgreSQL +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +You need to add a new user to PostgreSQL for the Bugzilla +application to use when accessing the database. The following instructions +assume the defaults in :file:`localconfig`; if you +changed those, you need to modify the commands appropriately. You will +need the $db_pass password you +set in :file:`localconfig` in +:ref:`localconfig`. + +On most systems, to create the user in PostgreSQL, you will need to +login as the root user, and then + +:: + + bash# su - postgres + +As the postgres user, you then need to create a new user: + +:: + + bash$ createuser -U postgres -dRSP bugs + +When asked for a password, provide the password which will be set as +$db_pass in :file:`localconfig`. +The created user will not be a superuser (-S) and will not be able to create +new users (-R). He will only have the ability to create databases (-d). + +Configure PostgreSQL +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Now, you will need to edit :file:`pg_hba.conf` which is +usually located in :file:`/var/lib/pgsql/data/`. In this file, +you will need to add a new line to it as follows: + +``host all bugs 127.0.0.1 255.255.255.255 md5`` + +This means that for TCP/IP (host) connections, allow connections from +'127.0.0.1' to 'all' databases on this server from the 'bugs' user, and use +password authentication (md5) for that user. + +Now, you will need to restart PostgreSQL, but you will need to fully +stop and start the server rather than just restarting due to the possibility +of a change to :file:`postgresql.conf`. After the server has +restarted, you will need to edit :file:`localconfig`, finding +the ``$db_driver`` variable and setting it to +``Pg`` and changing the password in ``$db_pass`` +to the one you picked previously, while setting up the account. + +.. _oracle: + +Oracle +------ + +Create a New Tablespace +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +You can use the existing tablespace or create a new one for Bugzilla. +To create a new tablespace, run the following command: + +:: + + CREATE TABLESPACE bugs + DATAFILE '*$path_to_datafile*' SIZE 500M + AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 30M MAXSIZE UNLIMITED + +Here, the name of the tablespace is 'bugs', but you can +choose another name. *$path_to_datafile* is +the path to the file containing your database, for instance +:file:`/u01/oradata/bugzilla.dbf`. +The initial size of the database file is set in this example to 500 Mb, +with an increment of 30 Mb everytime we reach the size limit of the file. + +Add a User to Oracle +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The user name and password must match what you set in +:file:`localconfig` (``$db_user`` +and ``$db_pass``, respectively). Here, we assume that +the user name is 'bugs' and the tablespace name is the same +as above. + +:: + + CREATE USER bugs + IDENTIFIED BY "$db_pass" + DEFAULT TABLESPACE bugs + TEMPORARY TABLESPACE TEMP + PROFILE DEFAULT; + -- GRANT/REVOKE ROLE PRIVILEGES + GRANT CONNECT TO bugs; + GRANT RESOURCE TO bugs; + -- GRANT/REVOKE SYSTEM PRIVILEGES + GRANT UNLIMITED TABLESPACE TO bugs; + GRANT EXECUTE ON CTXSYS.CTX_DDL TO bugs; + +Configure the Web Server +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +If you use Apache, append these lines to :file:`httpd.conf` +to set ORACLE_HOME and LD_LIBRARY_PATH. For instance: + +:: + + SetEnv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/ + SetEnv LD_LIBRARY_PATH /u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/lib/ + +When this is done, restart your web server. + +.. _sqlite: + +SQLite +------ + +.. caution:: Due to SQLite's `concurrency + limitations <http://sqlite.org/faq.html#q5>`_ we recommend SQLite only for small and development + Bugzilla installations. + +No special configuration is required to run Bugzilla on SQLite. +The database will be stored in :file:`data/db/$db_name`, +where ``$db_name`` is the database name defined +in :file:`localconfig`. + +checksetup.pl +============= + +Next, rerun :file:`checksetup.pl`. It reconfirms +that all the modules are present, and notices the altered +localconfig file, which it assumes you have edited to your +satisfaction. It compiles the UI templates, +connects to the database using the 'bugs' +user you created and the password you defined, and creates the +'bugs' database and the tables therein. + +After that, it asks for details of an administrator account. Bugzilla +can have multiple administrators - you can create more later - but +it needs one to start off with. +Enter the email address of an administrator, his or her full name, +and a suitable Bugzilla password. + +:file:`checksetup.pl` will then finish. You may rerun +:file:`checksetup.pl` at any time if you wish. + +.. _http: + +Web server +========== + +Configure your web server according to the instructions in the +appropriate section. (If it makes a difference in your choice, +the Bugzilla Team recommends Apache.) To check whether your web server +is correctly configured, try to access :file:`testagent.cgi` +from your web server. If "OK" is displayed, then your configuration +is successful. Regardless of which web server +you are using, however, ensure that sensitive information is +not remotely available by properly applying the access controls in +:ref:`security-webserver-access`. You can run +:file:`testserver.pl` to check if your web server serves +Bugzilla files as expected. + +.. _http-apache: + +Bugzilla using Apache +--------------------- + +You have two options for running Bugzilla under Apache - +:ref:`mod_cgi <http-apache-mod_cgi>` (the default) and +:ref:`mod_perl <http-apache-mod_perl>` (new in Bugzilla +2.23) + +.. _http-apache-mod_cgi: + +Apache *httpd* with mod_cgi +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +To configure your Apache web server to work with Bugzilla while using +mod_cgi, do the following: + +#. Load :file:`httpd.conf` in your editor. + In Fedora and Red Hat Linux, this file is found in + :file:`/etc/httpd/conf`. + +#. Apache uses ``<Directory>`` + directives to permit fine-grained permission setting. Add the + following lines to a directive that applies to the location + of your Bugzilla installation. (If such a section does not + exist, you'll want to add one.) In this example, Bugzilla has + been installed at :file:`/var/www/html/bugzilla`. + + :: + <Directory /var/www/html/bugzilla> + AddHandler cgi-script .cgi + Options +ExecCGI + DirectoryIndex index.cgi index.html + AllowOverride Limit FileInfo Indexes Options + </Directory> + + These instructions: allow apache to run .cgi files found + within the bugzilla directory; instructs the server to look + for a file called :file:`index.cgi` or, if not + found, :file:`index.html` if someone + only types the directory name into the browser; and allows + Bugzilla's :file:`.htaccess` files to override + some global permissions. + + .. note:: It is possible to make these changes globally, or to the + directive controlling Bugzilla's parent directory (e.g. + ``<Directory /var/www/html/>``). + Such changes would also apply to the Bugzilla directory... + but they would also apply to many other places where they + may or may not be appropriate. In most cases, including + this one, it is better to be as restrictive as possible + when granting extra access. + + .. note:: On Windows, you may have to also add the + ``ScriptInterpreterSource Registry-Strict`` + line, see :ref:`Windows specific notes <win32-http>`. + +#. :file:`checksetup.pl` can set tighter permissions + on Bugzilla's files and directories if it knows what group the + web server runs as. Find the ``Group`` + line in :file:`httpd.conf`, place the value found + there in the *$webservergroup* variable + in :file:`localconfig`, then rerun :file:`checksetup.pl`. + +#. Optional: If Bugzilla does not actually reside in the webspace + directory, but instead has been symbolically linked there, you + will need to add the following to the + ``Options`` line of the Bugzilla + ``<Directory>`` directive + (the same one as in the step above): + + :: + +FollowSymLinks + + Without this directive, Apache will not follow symbolic links + to places outside its own directory structure, and you will be + unable to run Bugzilla. + +.. _http-apache-mod_perl: + +Apache *httpd* with mod_perl +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Some configuration is required to make Bugzilla work with Apache +and mod_perl + +#. Load :file:`httpd.conf` in your editor. + In Fedora and Red Hat Linux, this file is found in :file:`/etc/httpd/conf`. + +#. Add the following information to your httpd.conf file, substituting + where appropriate with your own local paths. + + .. note:: This should be used instead of the <Directory> block + shown above. This should also be above any other ``mod_perl`` + directives within the :file:`httpd.conf` and must be specified + in the order as below. + + .. warning:: You should also ensure that you have disabled ``KeepAlive`` + support in your Apache install when utilizing Bugzilla under mod_perl + + :: + PerlSwitches -w -T + PerlConfigRequire /var/www/html/bugzilla/mod_perl.pl + +#. :file:`checksetup.pl` can set tighter permissions + on Bugzilla's files and directories if it knows what group the + web server runs as. Find the ``Group`` + line in :file:`httpd.conf`, place the value found + there in the *$webservergroup* variable + in :file:`localconfig`, then rerun :file:`checksetup.pl`. + +On restarting Apache, Bugzilla should now be running within the +mod_perl environment. Please ensure you have run checksetup.pl to set +permissions before you restart Apache. + +.. note:: Please bear the following points in mind when looking at using + Bugzilla under mod_perl: + + - mod_perl support in Bugzilla can take up a HUGE amount of RAM. You could be + looking at 30MB per httpd child, easily. Basically, you just need a lot of RAM. + The more RAM you can get, the better. mod_perl is basically trading RAM for + speed. At least 2GB total system RAM is recommended for running Bugzilla under + mod_perl. + - Under mod_perl, you have to restart Apache if you make any manual change to + any Bugzilla file. You can't just reload--you have to actually + *restart* the server (as in make sure it stops and starts + again). You *can* change localconfig and the params file + manually, if you want, because those are re-read every time you load a page. + - You must run in Apache's Prefork MPM (this is the default). The Worker MPM + may not work--we haven't tested Bugzilla's mod_perl support under threads. + (And, in fact, we're fairly sure it *won't* work.) + - Bugzilla generally expects to be the only mod_perl application running on + your entire server. It may or may not work if there are other applications also + running under mod_perl. It does try its best to play nice with other mod_perl + applications, but it still may have conflicts. + - It is recommended that you have one Bugzilla instance running under mod_perl + on your server. Bugzilla has not been tested with more than one instance running. + +.. _http-iis: + +Microsoft *Internet Information Services* +----------------------------------------- + +If you are running Bugzilla on Windows and choose to use +Microsoft's *Internet Information Services* +or *Personal Web Server* you will need +to perform a number of other configuration steps as explained below. +You may also want to refer to the following Microsoft Knowledge +Base articles: +`245225 - HOW TO: Configure and Test a PERL Script with IIS 4.0, +5.0, and 5.1 <http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;245225>`_ +(for *Internet Information Services*) and +`231998 - HOW TO: FP2000: How to Use Perl with Microsoft Personal Web +Server on Windows 95/98 <http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;231998>`_ +(for *Personal Web Server*). + +You will need to create a virtual directory for the Bugzilla +install. Put the Bugzilla files in a directory that is named +something *other* than what you want your +end-users accessing. That is, if you want your users to access +your Bugzilla installation through +``http://<yourdomainname>/Bugzilla``, then do +*not* put your Bugzilla files in a directory +named ``Bugzilla``. Instead, place them in a different +location, and then use the IIS Administration tool to create a +Virtual Directory named "Bugzilla" that acts as an alias for the +actual location of the files. When creating that virtual directory, +make sure you add the ``Execute (such as ISAPI applications or +CGI)`` access permission. + +You will also need to tell IIS how to handle Bugzilla's +.cgi files. Using the IIS Administration tool again, open up +the properties for the new virtual directory and select the +Configuration option to access the Script Mappings. Create an +entry mapping .cgi to: + +:: + + <full path to perl.exe >\perl.exe -x<full path to Bugzilla> -wT "%s" %s + +For example: + +:: + + c:\perl\bin\perl.exe -xc:\bugzilla -wT "%s" %s + +.. note:: The ActiveState install may have already created an entry for + .pl files that is limited to ``GET,HEAD,POST``. If + so, this mapping should be *removed* as + Bugzilla's .pl files are not designed to be run via a web server. + +IIS will also need to know that the index.cgi should be treated +as a default document. On the Documents tab page of the virtual +directory properties, you need to add index.cgi as a default +document type. If you wish, you may remove the other default +document types for this particular virtual directory, since Bugzilla +doesn't use any of them. + +Also, and this can't be stressed enough, make sure that files +such as :file:`localconfig` and your +:file:`data` directory are +secured as described in :ref:`security-webserver-access`. + +.. _install-config-bugzilla: + +Bugzilla +======== + +Your Bugzilla should now be working. Access +:file:`http://<your-bugzilla-server>/` - +you should see the Bugzilla +front page. If not, consult the Troubleshooting section, +:ref:`troubleshooting`. + +.. note:: The URL above may be incorrect if you installed Bugzilla into a + subdirectory or used a symbolic link from your web site root to + the Bugzilla directory. + +Log in with the administrator account you defined in the last +:file:`checksetup.pl` run. You should go through +the Parameters page and see if there are any you wish to change. +They key parameters are documented in :ref:`parameters`; +you should certainly alter +:command:`maintainer` and :command:`urlbase`; +you may also want to alter +:command:`cookiepath` or :command:`requirelogin`. + +Bugzilla has several optional features which require extra +configuration. You can read about those in +:ref:`extraconfig`. + +.. _extraconfig: + +Optional Additional Configuration +################################# + +Bugzilla has a number of optional features. This section describes how +to configure or enable them. + +Bug Graphs +========== + +If you have installed the necessary Perl modules you +can start collecting statistics for the nifty Bugzilla +graphs. + +:: + + bash# crontab -e + +This should bring up the crontab file in your editor. +Add a cron entry like this to run +:file:`collectstats.pl` +daily at 5 after midnight: + +:: + + 5 0 * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./collectstats.pl + +After two days have passed you'll be able to view bug graphs from +the Reports page. + +.. note:: Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task + Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also + third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as + `nncron <http://www.nncron.ru/>`_. + +.. _installation-whining-cron: + +The Whining Cron +================ + +What good are +bugs if they're not annoying? To help make them more so you +can set up Bugzilla's automatic whining system to complain at engineers +which leave their bugs in the CONFIRMED state without triaging them. + +This can be done by adding the following command as a daily +crontab entry, in the same manner as explained above for bug +graphs. This example runs it at 12.55am. + +:: + + 55 0 * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./whineatnews.pl + +.. note:: Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task + Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also + third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as + `nncron <http://www.nncron.ru/>`_. + +.. _installation-whining: + +Whining +======= + +As of Bugzilla 2.20, users can configure Bugzilla to regularly annoy +them at regular intervals, by having Bugzilla execute saved searches +at certain times and emailing the results to the user. This is known +as "Whining". The process of configuring Whining is described +in :ref:`whining`, but for it to work a Perl script must be +executed at regular intervals. + +This can be done by adding the following command as a daily +crontab entry, in the same manner as explained above for bug +graphs. This example runs it every 15 minutes. + +:: + + */15 * * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./whine.pl + +.. note:: Whines can be executed as often as every 15 minutes, so if you specify + longer intervals between executions of whine.pl, some users may not + be whined at as often as they would expect. Depending on the person, + this can either be a very Good Thing or a very Bad Thing. + +.. note:: Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task + Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also + third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as + `nncron <http://www.nncron.ru/>`_. + +.. _apache-addtype: + +Serving Alternate Formats with the right MIME type +================================================== + +Some Bugzilla pages have alternate formats, other than just plain +HTML. In particular, a few Bugzilla pages can +output their contents as either XUL (a special +Mozilla format, that looks like a program GUI) +or RDF (a type of structured XML +that can be read by various programs). + +In order for your users to see these pages correctly, Apache must +send them with the right MIME type. To do this, +add the following lines to your Apache configuration, either in the +``<VirtualHost>`` section for your +Bugzilla, or in the ``<Directory>`` +section for your Bugzilla: + +:: + + AddType application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml .xul + AddType application/rdf+xml .rdf + +.. _multiple-bz-dbs: + +Multiple Bugzilla databases with a single installation +###################################################### + +The previous instructions referred to a standard installation, with +one unique Bugzilla database. However, you may want to host several +distinct installations, without having several copies of the code. This is +possible by using the PROJECT environment variable. When accessed, +Bugzilla checks for the existence of this variable, and if present, uses +its value to check for an alternative configuration file named +:file:`localconfig.<PROJECT>` in the same location as +the default one (:file:`localconfig`). It also checks for +customized templates in a directory named +:file:`<PROJECT>` in the same location as the +default one (:file:`template/<langcode>`). By default +this is :file:`template/en/default` so PROJECT's templates +would be located at :file:`template/en/PROJECT`. + +To set up an alternate installation, just export PROJECT=foo before +running :command:`checksetup.pl` for the first time. It will +result in a file called :file:`localconfig.foo` instead of +:file:`localconfig`. Edit this file as described above, with +reference to a new database, and re-run :command:`checksetup.pl` +to populate it. That's all. + +Now you have to configure the web server to pass this environment +variable when accessed via an alternate URL, such as virtual host for +instance. The following is an example of how you could do it in Apache, +other Webservers may differ. +:: + + <VirtualHost 212.85.153.228:80> + ServerName foo.bar.baz + SetEnv PROJECT foo + Alias /bugzilla /var/www/bugzilla + </VirtualHost> + +Don't forget to also export this variable before accessing Bugzilla +by other means, such as cron tasks for instance. + +.. _os-specific: + +OS-Specific Installation Notes +############################## + +Many aspects of the Bugzilla installation can be affected by the +operating system you choose to install it on. Sometimes it can be made +easier and others more difficult. This section will attempt to help you +understand both the difficulties of running on specific operating systems +and the utilities available to make it easier. + +If you have anything to add or notes for an operating system not covered, +please file a bug in `Bugzilla Documentation <http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla;component=Documentation>`_. + +.. _os-win32: + +Microsoft Windows +================= + +Making Bugzilla work on Windows is more difficult than making it +work on Unix. For that reason, we still recommend doing so on a Unix +based system such as GNU/Linux. That said, if you do want to get +Bugzilla running on Windows, you will need to make the following +adjustments. A detailed step-by-step +`installation guide for Windows <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Win32Install>`_ is also available +if you need more help with your installation. + +.. _win32-perl: + +Win32 Perl +---------- + +Perl for Windows can be obtained from +`ActiveState <http://www.activestate.com/>`_. +You should be able to find a compiled binary at `<http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Downloads/ActivePerl/>`_. +The following instructions assume that you are using version +|min-perl-ver| of ActiveState. + +.. note:: These instructions are for 32-bit versions of Windows. If you are + using a 64-bit version of Windows, you will need to install 32-bit + Perl in order to install the 32-bit modules as described below. + +.. _win32-perl-modules: + +Perl Modules on Win32 +--------------------- + +Bugzilla on Windows requires the same perl modules found in +:ref:`install-perlmodules`. The main difference is that +windows uses PPM instead +of CPAN. ActiveState provides a GUI to manage Perl modules. We highly +recommend that you use it. If you prefer to use ppm from the +command-line, type: + +:: + + C:\perl> ppm install <module name> + +If you are using Perl |min-perl-ver|, the best source for the Windows PPM modules +needed for Bugzilla is probably the theory58S website, which you can add +to your list of repositories as follows: + +:: + + ppm repo add theory58S http://cpan.uwinnipeg.ca/PPMPackages/10xx/ + +If you are using Perl 5.12 or newer, you no longer need to add +this repository. All modules you need are already available from +the ActiveState repository. + +.. note:: The PPM repository stores modules in 'packages' that may have + a slightly different name than the module. If retrieving these + modules from there, you will need to pay attention to the information + provided when you run :command:`checksetup.pl` as it will + tell you what package you'll need to install. + +.. tip:: If you are behind a corporate firewall, you will need to let the + ActiveState PPM utility know how to get through it to access + the repositories by setting the HTTP_proxy system environmental + variable. For more information on setting that variable, see + the ActiveState documentation. + +.. _win32-http: + +Serving the web pages +--------------------- + +As is the case on Unix based systems, any web server should +be able to handle Bugzilla; however, the Bugzilla Team still +recommends Apache whenever asked. No matter what web server +you choose, be sure to pay attention to the security notes +in :ref:`security-webserver-access`. More +information on configuring specific web servers can be found +in :ref:`http`. + +.. note:: The web server looks at :file:`/usr/bin/perl` to + call Perl. If you are using Apache on windows, you can set the + `ScriptInterpreterSource <http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#scriptinterpretersource>`_ + directive in your Apache config file to make it look at the + right place: insert the line + + :: + ScriptInterpreterSource Registry-Strict + + into your :file:`httpd.conf` file, and create the key + + :: + HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\\.cgi\\Shell\\ExecCGI\\Command + + with ``C:\\Perl\\bin\\perl.exe -T`` as value (adapt to your + path if needed) in the registry. When this is done, restart Apache. + +.. _win32-email: + +Sending Email +------------- + +To enable Bugzilla to send email on Windows, the server running the +Bugzilla code must be able to connect to, or act as, an SMTP server. + +.. _os-macosx: + +*Mac OS X* +========== + +Making Bugzilla work on Mac OS X requires the following +adjustments. + +.. _macosx-sendmail: + +Sendmail +-------- + +In Mac OS X 10.3 and later, +`Postfix <http://www.postfix.org/>`_ +is used as the built-in email server. Postfix provides an executable +that mimics sendmail enough to fool Bugzilla, as long as Bugzilla can +find it. Bugzilla is able to find the fake sendmail executable without +any assistance. + +.. _macosx-libraries: + +Libraries & Perl Modules on Mac OS X +------------------------------------ + +Apple does not include the GD library with Mac OS X. Bugzilla +needs this for bug graphs. + +You can use MacPorts (`<http://www.macports.org/>`_) +or Fink (`<http://sourceforge.net/projects/fink/>`_), both +of which are similar in nature to the CPAN installer, but install +common unix programs. + +Follow the instructions for setting up MacPorts or Fink. +Once you have one installed, you'll want to use it to install the +:file:`gd2` package. + +Fink will prompt you for a number of dependencies, type 'y' and hit +enter to install all of the dependencies and then watch it work. You will +then be able to use CPAN to +install the GD Perl module. + +.. note:: To prevent creating conflicts with the software that Apple + installs by default, Fink creates its own directory tree at :file:`/sw` + where it installs most of + the software that it installs. This means your libraries and headers + will be at :file:`/sw/lib` and :file:`/sw/include` instead + of :file:`/usr/lib` and :file:`/usr/include`. When the + Perl module config script asks where your :file:`libgd` + is, be sure to tell it :file:`/sw/lib`. + +Also available via MacPorts and Fink is +:file:`expat`. After installing the expat package, you +will be able to install XML::Parser using CPAN. If you use fink, there +is one caveat. Unlike recent versions of +the GD module, XML::Parser doesn't prompt for the location of the +required libraries. When using CPAN, you will need to use the following +command sequence: + +:: + + # perl -MCPAN -e'look XML::Parser' + # perl Makefile.PL EXPATLIBPATH=/sw/lib EXPATINCPATH=/sw/include + # make; make test; make install + # exit + +The :command:`look` command will download the module and spawn +a new shell with the extracted files as the current working directory. + +You should watch the output from these :command:`make` commands, +especially ``make test`` as errors may prevent +XML::Parser from functioning correctly with Bugzilla. + +The :command:`exit` command will return you to your original shell. + +.. _os-linux: + +Linux Distributions +=================== + +Many Linux distributions include Bugzilla and its +dependencies in their native package management systems. +Installing Bugzilla with root access on any Linux system +should be as simple as finding the Bugzilla package in the +package management application and installing it using the +normal command syntax. Several distributions also perform +the proper web server configuration automatically on installation. + +Please consult the documentation of your Linux +distribution for instructions on how to install packages, +or for specific instructions on installing Bugzilla with +native package management tools. There is also a +`Bugzilla Wiki Page <http://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Linux_Distro_Installation>`_ for distro-specific installation +notes. + +.. _nonroot: + +UNIX (non-root) Installation Notes +################################## + +Introduction +============ + +If you are running a \*NIX OS as non-root, either due +to lack of access (web hosts, for example) or for security +reasons, this will detail how to install Bugzilla on such +a setup. It is recommended that you read through the +:ref:`installation` +first to get an idea on the installation steps required. +(These notes will reference to steps in that guide.) + +MySQL +===== + +You may have MySQL installed as root. If you're +setting up an account with a web host, a MySQL account +needs to be set up for you. From there, you can create +the bugs account, or use the account given to you. + +.. warning:: You may have problems trying to set up :command:`GRANT` + permissions to the database. + If you're using a web host, chances are that you have a + separate database which is already locked down (or one big + database with limited/no access to the other areas), but you + may want to ask your system administrator what the security + settings are set to, and/or run the :command:`GRANT` + command for you. + Also, you will probably not be able to change the MySQL + root user password (for obvious reasons), so skip that + step. + +Running MySQL as Non-Root +------------------------- + +The Custom Configuration Method +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Create a file .my.cnf in your +home directory (using /home/foo in this example) +as follows.... + +:: + + [mysqld] + datadir=/home/foo/mymysql + socket=/home/foo/mymysql/thesock + port=8081 + [mysql] + socket=/home/foo/mymysql/thesock + port=8081 + [mysql.server] + user=mysql + basedir=/var/lib + [safe_mysqld] + err-log=/home/foo/mymysql/the.log + pid-file=/home/foo/mymysql/the.pid + +The Custom Built Method +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +You can install MySQL as a not-root, if you really need to. +Build it with PREFIX set to :file:`/home/foo/mysql`, +or use pre-installed executables, specifying that you want +to put all of the data files in :file:`/home/foo/mysql/data`. +If there is another MySQL server running on the system that you +do not own, use the -P option to specify a TCP port that is not +in use. + +Starting the Server +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +After your mysqld program is built and any .my.cnf file is +in place, you must initialize the databases (ONCE). + +:: + + bash$ mysql_install_db + +Then start the daemon with + +:: + + bash$ safe_mysql & + +After you start mysqld the first time, you then connect to +it as "root" and :command:`GRANT` permissions to other +users. (Again, the MySQL root account has nothing to do with +the \*NIX root account.) + +.. note:: You will need to start the daemons yourself. You can either + ask your system administrator to add them to system startup files, or + add a crontab entry that runs a script to check on these daemons + and restart them if needed. + +.. warning:: Do NOT run daemons or other services on a server without first + consulting your system administrator! Daemons use up system resources + and running one may be in violation of your terms of service for any + machine on which you are a user! + +Perl +==== + +On the extremely rare chance that you don't have Perl on +the machine, you will have to build the sources +yourself. The following commands should get your system +installed with your own personal version of Perl: + +:: + + bash$ wget http://perl.org/CPAN/src/stable.tar.gz + bash$ tar zvxf stable.tar.gz + bash$ cd perl-|min-perl-ver| + bash$ sh Configure -de -Dprefix=/home/foo/perl + bash$ make && make test && make install + +Once you have Perl installed into a directory (probably +in :file:`~/perl/bin`), you will need to +install the Perl Modules, described below. + +.. _install-perlmodules-nonroot: + +Perl Modules +============ + +Installing the Perl modules as a non-root user is accomplished by +running the :file:`install-module.pl` +script. For more details on this script, see the +`install-module.pl documentation <../html/api/install-module.html>`_. + +HTTP Server +=========== + +Ideally, this also needs to be installed as root and +run under a special web server account. As long as +the web server will allow the running of \*.cgi files outside of a +cgi-bin, and a way of denying web access to certain files (such as a +.htaccess file), you should be good in this department. + +Running Apache as Non-Root +-------------------------- + +You can run Apache as a non-root user, but the port will need +to be set to one above 1024. If you type :command:`httpd -V`, +you will get a list of the variables that your system copy of httpd +uses. One of those, namely HTTPD_ROOT, tells you where that +installation looks for its config information. + +From there, you can copy the config files to your own home +directory to start editing. When you edit those and then use the -d +option to override the HTTPD_ROOT compiled into the web server, you +get control of your own customized web server. + +.. note:: You will need to start the daemons yourself. You can either + ask your system administrator to add them to system startup files, or + add a crontab entry that runs a script to check on these daemons + and restart them if needed. + +.. warning:: Do NOT run daemons or other services on a server without first + consulting your system administrator! Daemons use up system resources + and running one may be in violation of your terms of service for any + machine on which you are a user! + +Bugzilla +======== + +When you run :command:`./checksetup.pl` to create +the :file:`localconfig` file, it will list the Perl +modules it finds. If one is missing, go back and double-check the +module installation from :ref:`install-perlmodules-nonroot`, +then delete the :file:`localconfig` file and try again. + +.. warning:: One option in :file:`localconfig` you + might have problems with is the web server group. If you can't + successfully browse to the :file:`index.cgi` (like + a Forbidden error), you may have to relax your permissions, + and blank out the web server group. Of course, this may pose + as a security risk. Having a properly jailed shell and/or + limited access to shell accounts may lessen the security risk, + but use at your own risk. + +.. _suexec: + +suexec or shared hosting +------------------------ + +If you are running on a system that uses suexec (most shared +hosting environments do this), you will need to set the +*webservergroup* value in :file:`localconfig` +to match *your* primary group, rather than the one +the web server runs under. You will need to run the following +shell commands after running :command:`./checksetup.pl`, +every time you run it (or modify :file:`checksetup.pl` +to do them for you via the system() command). + +:: + + for i in docs graphs images js skins; do find $i -type d -exec chmod o+rx {} \\; ; done + for i in jpg gif css js png html rdf xul; do find . -name \\*.$i -exec chmod o+r {} \\; ; done + find . -name .htaccess -exec chmod o+r {} \\; + chmod o+x . data data/webdot + +Pay particular attention to the number of semicolons and dots. +They are all important. A future version of Bugzilla will +hopefully be able to do this for you out of the box. + +.. _upgrade: + +Upgrading to New Releases +######################### + +Upgrading to new Bugzilla releases is very simple. There is +a script named :file:`checksetup.pl` included with +Bugzilla that will automatically do all of the database migration +for you. + +The following sections explain how to upgrade from one +version of Bugzilla to another. Whether you are upgrading +from one bug-fix version to another (such as 4.2 to 4.2.1) +or from one major version to another (such as from 4.0 to 4.2), +the instructions are always the same. + +.. note:: Any examples in the following sections are written as though the + user were updating to version 4.2.1, but the procedures are the + same no matter what version you're updating to. Also, in the + examples, the user's Bugzilla installation is found + at :file:`/var/www/html/bugzilla`. If that is not the + same as the location of your Bugzilla installation, simply + substitute the proper paths where appropriate. + +.. _upgrade-before: + +Before You Upgrade +================== + +Before you start your upgrade, there are a few important +steps to take: + +#. Read the `Release + Notes <http://www.bugzilla.org/releases/>`_ of the version you're upgrading to, + particularly the "Notes for Upgraders" section. + +#. View the Sanity Check (:ref:`sanitycheck`) page + on your installation before upgrading. Attempt to fix all warnings + that the page produces before you go any further, or you may + experience problems during your upgrade. + +#. Shut down your Bugzilla installation by putting some HTML or + text in the shutdownhtml parameter + (see :ref:`parameters`). + +#. Make a backup of the Bugzilla database. + *THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT*. If + anything goes wrong during the upgrade, your installation + can be corrupted beyond recovery. Having a backup keeps you safe. + + .. warning:: Upgrading is a one-way process. You cannot "downgrade" an + upgraded Bugzilla. If you wish to revert to the old Bugzilla + version for any reason, you will have to restore your database + from this backup. + + Here are some sample commands you could use to backup + your database, depending on what database system you're + using. You may have to modify these commands for your + particular setup. + + MySQL: + mysqldump --opt -u bugs -p bugs > bugs.sql + PostgreSQL: + pg_dump --no-privileges --no-owner -h localhost -U bugs + > bugs.sql + +.. _upgrade-files: + +Getting The New Bugzilla +======================== + +There are three ways to get the new version of Bugzilla. +We'll list them here briefly and then explain them +more later. + +Bzr (:ref:`upgrade-bzr`) + If you have :command:`bzr` installed on your machine + and you have Internet access, this is the easiest way to + upgrade, particularly if you have made modifications + to the code or templates of Bugzilla. + +Download the tarball (:ref:`upgrade-tarball`) + This is a very simple way to upgrade, and good if you + haven't made many (or any) modifications to the code or + templates of your Bugzilla. + +Patches (:ref:`upgrade-patches`) + If you have made modifications to your Bugzilla, and + you don't have Internet access or you don't want to use + bzr, then this is the best way to upgrade. + You can only do minor upgrades (such as 4.2 to 4.2.1 or + 4.2.1 to 4.2.2) with patches. + +.. _upgrade-modified: + +If you have modified your Bugzilla +---------------------------------- + +If you have modified the code or templates of your Bugzilla, +then upgrading requires a bit more thought and effort. +A discussion of the various methods of updating compared with +degree and methods of local customization can be found in +:ref:`template-method`. + +The larger the jump you are trying to make, the more difficult it +is going to be to upgrade if you have made local customizations. +Upgrading from 4.2 to 4.2.1 should be fairly painless even if +you are heavily customized, but going from 2.18 to 4.2 is going +to mean a fair bit of work re-writing your local changes to use +the new files, logic, templates, etc. If you have done no local +changes at all, however, then upgrading should be approximately +the same amount of work regardless of how long it has been since +your version was released. + +.. _upgrade-bzr: + +Upgrading using Bzr +------------------- + +This requires that you have bzr installed (most Unix machines do), +and requires that you are able to access +`bzr.mozilla.org <http://bzr.mozilla.org/bugzilla/>`_, +which may not be an option if you don't have Internet access. + +The following shows the sequence of commands needed to update a +Bugzilla installation via Bzr, and a typical series of results. +These commands assume that you already have Bugzilla installed +using Bzr. + +.. warning:: If your installation is still using CVS, you must first convert + it to Bzr. A very detailed step by step documentation can be + found on `wiki.mozilla.org <https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Moving_From_CVS_To_Bazaar>`_. + +:: + + bash$ cd /var/www/html/bugzilla + bash$ bzr switch 4.2 + (only run the previous command when not yet running 4.2) + bash$ bzr up -r tag:bugzilla-4.2.1 + +N extensions/MoreBugUrl/ + +N extensions/MoreBugUrl/Config.pm + +N extensions/MoreBugUrl/Extension.pm + ... + M Bugzilla/Attachment.pm + M Bugzilla/Attachment/PatchReader.pm + M Bugzilla/Bug.pm + ... + All changes applied successfully. + +.. caution:: If a line in the output from :command:`bzr up` mentions + a conflict, then that represents a file with local changes that + Bzr was unable to properly merge. You need to resolve these + conflicts manually before Bugzilla (or at least the portion using + that file) will be usable. + +.. _upgrade-tarball: + +Upgrading using the tarball +--------------------------- + +If you are unable (or unwilling) to use Bzr, another option that's +always available is to obtain the latest tarball from the `Download Page <http://www.bugzilla.org/download/>`_ and +create a new Bugzilla installation from that. + +This sequence of commands shows how to get the tarball from the +command-line; it is also possible to download it from the site +directly in a web browser. If you go that route, save the file +to the :file:`/var/www/html` +directory (or its equivalent, if you use something else) and +omit the first three lines of the example. + +:: + + bash$ cd /var/www/html + bash$ wget http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/webtools/bugzilla-4.2.1.tar.gz + ... + bash$ tar xzvf bugzilla-4.2.1.tar.gz + bugzilla-4.2.1/ + bugzilla-4.2.1/colchange.cgi + ... + bash$ cd bugzilla-4.2.1 + bash$ cp ../bugzilla/localconfig* . + bash$ cp -r ../bugzilla/data . + bash$ cd .. + bash$ mv bugzilla bugzilla.old + bash$ mv bugzilla-4.2.1 bugzilla + +.. warning:: The :command:`cp` commands both end with periods which + is a very important detail--it means that the destination + directory is the current working directory. + +.. caution:: If you have some extensions installed, you will have to copy them + to the new bugzilla directory too. Extensions are located in :file:`bugzilla/extensions/`. + Only copy those you + installed, not those managed by the Bugzilla team. + +This upgrade method will give you a clean install of Bugzilla. +That's fine if you don't have any local customizations that you +want to maintain. If you do have customizations, then you will +need to reapply them by hand to the appropriate files. + +.. _upgrade-patches: + +Upgrading using patches +----------------------- + +A patch is a collection of all the bug fixes that have been made +since the last bug-fix release. + +If you are doing a bug-fix upgrade—that is, one where only the +last number of the revision changes, such as from 4.2 to +4.2.1—then you have the option of obtaining and applying a +patch file from the `Download Page <http://www.bugzilla.org/download/>`_. + +As above, this example starts with obtaining the file via the +command line. If you have already downloaded it, you can omit the +first two commands. + +:: + + bash$ cd /var/www/html/bugzilla + bash$ wget http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/webtools/bugzilla-4.2-to-4.2.1.diff.gz + ... + bash$ gunzip bugzilla-4.2-to-4.2.1.diff.gz + bash$ patch -p1 < bugzilla-4.2-to-4.2.1.diff + patching file Bugzilla/Constants.pm + patching file enter_bug.cgi + ... + +.. warning:: Be aware that upgrading from a patch file does not change the + entries in your :file:`.bzr` directory. + This could make it more difficult to upgrade using Bzr + (:ref:`upgrade-bzr`) in the future. + +.. _upgrade-completion: + +Completing Your Upgrade +======================= + +Now that you have the new Bugzilla code, there are a few final +steps to complete your upgrade. + +#. If your new Bugzilla installation is in a different + directory or on a different machine than your old Bugzilla + installation, make sure that you have copied the + :file:`data` directory and the + :file:`localconfig` file from your old Bugzilla + installation. (If you followed the tarball instructions + above, this has already happened.) + +#. If this is a major update, check that the configuration + (:ref:`configuration`) for your new Bugzilla is + up-to-date. Sometimes the configuration requirements change + between major versions. + +#. If you didn't do it as part of the above configuration step, + now you need to run :command:`checksetup.pl`, which + will do everything required to convert your existing database + and settings for the new version: + + :: + bash$ :command:`cd /var/www/html/bugzilla` + bash$ :command:`./checksetup.pl` + + .. warning:: The period at the beginning of the + command :command:`./checksetup.pl` is important and cannot + be omitted. + + .. caution:: If this is a major upgrade (say, 3.6 to 4.2 or similar), + running :command:`checksetup.pl` on a large + installation (75,000 or more bugs) can take a long time, + possibly several hours. + +#. Clear any HTML or text that you put into the shutdownhtml + parameter, to re-activate Bugzilla. + +#. View the Sanity Check (:ref:`sanitycheck`) page in your + upgraded Bugzilla. + It is recommended that, if possible, you fix any problems + you see, immediately. Failure to do this may mean that Bugzilla + will not work correctly. Be aware that if the sanity check page + contains more errors after an upgrade, it doesn't necessarily + mean there are more errors in your database than there were + before, as additional tests are added to the sanity check over + time, and it is possible that those errors weren't being + checked for in the old version. + +.. _upgrade-notifications: + +Automatic Notifications of New Releases +======================================= + +Bugzilla 3.0 introduced the ability to automatically notify +administrators when new releases are available, based on the +``upgrade_notification`` parameter, see +:ref:`parameters`. Administrators will see these +notifications when they access the :file:`index.cgi` +page, i.e. generally when logging in. Bugzilla will check once per +day for new releases, unless the parameter is set to +``disabled``. If you are behind a proxy, you may have to set +the ``proxy_url`` parameter accordingly. If the proxy +requires authentication, use the +``http://user:pass@proxy_url/`` syntax. + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/modules.rst b/docs/en/rst/modules.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dced86bc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/modules.rst @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ + + +.. _install-perlmodules-manual: + +=================================== +Manual Installation of Perl Modules +=================================== + +.. _modules-manual-instructions: + +Instructions +############ + +If you need to install Perl modules manually, here's how it's done. +Download the module using the link given in the next section, and then +apply this magic incantation, as root: + +:: + + bash# tar -xzvf <module>.tar.gz + bash# cd <module> + bash# perl Makefile.PL + bash# make + bash# make test + bash# make install + +.. note:: In order to compile source code under Windows you will need to obtain + a 'make' utility. The :command:`nmake` utility provided with + Microsoft Visual C++ may be used. As an alternative, there is a + utility called :command:`dmake` available from CPAN which is + written entirely in Perl. + As described in :ref:`modules-manual-download`, however, most + packages already exist and are available from ActiveState or theory58S. + We highly recommend that you install them using the ppm GUI available with + ActiveState and to add the theory58S repository to your list of repositories. + +.. _modules-manual-download: + +Download Locations +################## + +.. note:: Running Bugzilla on Windows requires the use of ActiveState + Perl |min-perl-ver| or higher. Many modules already exist in the core + distribution of ActiveState Perl. Additional modules can be downloaded + from `<http://cpan.uwinnipeg.ca/PPMPackages/10xx/>`_ + if you use Perl |min-perl-ver|. + +CGI: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/CGI.pm/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://perldoc.perl.org/CGI.html>`_ + +Data-Dumper: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/Data-Dumper/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/Data-Dumper/Dumper.pm>`_ + +Date::Format (part of TimeDate): + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/TimeDate/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/TimeDate/lib/Date/Format.pm>`_ + +DBI: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBI/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://dbi.perl.org/docs/>`_ + +DBD::mysql: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-mysql/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-mysql/lib/DBD/mysql.pm>`_ + +DBD::Pg: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-Pg/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-Pg/Pg.pm>`_ + +Template-Toolkit: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/Template-Toolkit/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://www.template-toolkit.org/docs.html>`_ + +GD: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/GD/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/GD/GD.pm>`_ + +Template::Plugin::GD: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/Template-GD/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://www.template-toolkit.org/docs/aqua/Modules/index.html>`_ + +MIME::Parser (part of MIME-tools): + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/MIME-tools/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/MIME-tools/lib/MIME/Parser.pm>`_ + +.. _modules-manual-optional: + +Optional Modules +################ + +Chart::Lines: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/Chart/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/Chart/Chart.pod>`_ + +GD::Graph: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDGraph/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDGraph/Graph.pm>`_ + +GD::Text::Align (part of GD::Text::Util): + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDTextUtil/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDTextUtil/Text/Align.pm>`_ + +XML::Twig: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/dist/XML-Twig/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://standards.ieee.org/resources/spasystem/twig/twig_stable.html>`_ + +PatchReader: + +:: + + CPAN Download Page: `<http://search.cpan.org/author/JKEISER/PatchReader/>`_ + Documentation: `<http://www.johnkeiser.com/mozilla/Patch_Viewer.html>`_ + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/patches.rst b/docs/en/rst/patches.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..688d17105 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/patches.rst @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ + + +.. _patches: + +======= +Contrib +======= + +There are a number of unofficial Bugzilla add-ons in the +:file:`$BUGZILLA_ROOT/contrib/` +directory. This section documents them. + +.. _cmdline: + +Command-line Search Interface +############################# + +There are a suite of Unix utilities for searching Bugzilla from the +command line. They live in the +:file:`contrib/cmdline` directory. +There are three files - :file:`query.conf`, +:file:`buglist` and :file:`bugs`. + +.. warning:: These files pre-date the templatization work done as part of the + 2.16 release, and have not been updated. + +:file:`query.conf` contains the mapping from +options to field names and comparison types. Quoted option names +are ``grepped`` for, so it should be easy to edit this +file. Comments (#) have no effect; you must make sure these lines +do not contain any quoted ``option``. + +:file:`buglist` is a shell script that submits a +Bugzilla query and writes the resulting HTML page to stdout. +It supports both short options, (such as ``-Afoo`` +or ``-Rbar``) and long options (such +as ``--assignedto=foo`` or ``--reporter=bar``). +If the first character of an option is not ``-``, it is +treated as if it were prefixed with ``--default=``. + +The column list is taken from the COLUMNLIST environment variable. +This is equivalent to the ``Change Columns`` option +that is available when you list bugs in buglist.cgi. If you have +already used Bugzilla, grep for COLUMNLIST in your cookies file +to see your current COLUMNLIST setting. + +:file:`bugs` is a simple shell script which calls +:file:`buglist` and extracts the +bug numbers from the output. Adding the prefix +``http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?bug_id=`` +turns the bug list into a working link if any bugs are found. +Counting bugs is easy. Pipe the results through +:command:`sed -e 's/,/ /g' | wc | awk '{printf $2 "\\n"}'` + +Akkana Peck says she has good results piping +:file:`buglist` output through +:command:`w3m -T text/html -dump` + +.. _cmdline-bugmail: + +Command-line 'Send Unsent Bug-mail' tool +######################################## + +Within the :file:`contrib` directory +exists a utility with the descriptive (if compact) name +of :file:`sendunsentbugmail.pl`. The purpose of this +script is, simply, to send out any bug-related mail that should +have been sent by now, but for one reason or another has not. + +To accomplish this task, :file:`sendunsentbugmail.pl` uses +the same mechanism as the :file:`sanitycheck.cgi` script; +it scans through the entire database looking for bugs with changes that +were made more than 30 minutes ago, but where there is no record of +anyone related to that bug having been sent mail. Having compiled a list, +it then uses the standard rules to determine who gets mail, and sends it +out. + +As the script runs, it indicates the bug for which it is currently +sending mail; when it has finished, it gives a numerical count of how +many mails were sent and how many people were excluded. (Individual +user names are not recorded or displayed.) If the script produces +no output, that means no unsent mail was detected. + +*Usage*: move the sendunsentbugmail.pl script +up into the main directory, ensure it has execute permission, and run it +from the command line (or from a cron job) with no parameters. + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/security.rst b/docs/en/rst/security.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4813ffe76 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/security.rst @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + + +.. _security: + +================= +Bugzilla Security +================= + +While some of the items in this chapter are related to the operating +system Bugzilla is running on or some of the support software required to +run Bugzilla, it is all related to protecting your data. This is not +intended to be a comprehensive guide to securing Linux, Apache, MySQL, or +any other piece of software mentioned. There is no substitute for active +administration and monitoring of a machine. The key to good security is +actually right in the middle of the word: *U R It*. + +While programmers in general always strive to write secure code, +accidents can and do happen. The best approach to security is to always +assume that the program you are working with isn't 100% secure and restrict +its access to other parts of your machine as much as possible. + +.. _security-os: + +Operating System +################ + +.. _security-os-ports: + +TCP/IP Ports +============ + +.. COMMENT: TODO: Get exact number of ports + +The TCP/IP standard defines more than 65,000 ports for sending +and receiving traffic. Of those, Bugzilla needs exactly one to operate +(different configurations and options may require up to 3). You should +audit your server and make sure that you aren't listening on any ports +you don't need to be. It's also highly recommended that the server +Bugzilla resides on, along with any other machines you administer, be +placed behind some kind of firewall. + +.. _security-os-accounts: + +System User Accounts +==================== + +Many daemons, such +as Apache's :file:`httpd` or MySQL's +:file:`mysqld`, run as either ``root`` or +``nobody``. This is even worse on Windows machines where the +majority of services +run as ``SYSTEM``. While running as ``root`` or +``SYSTEM`` introduces obvious security concerns, the +problems introduced by running everything as ``nobody`` may +not be so obvious. Basically, if you run every daemon as +``nobody`` and one of them gets compromised it can +compromise every other daemon running as ``nobody`` on your +machine. For this reason, it is recommended that you create a user +account for each daemon. + +.. note:: You will need to set the ``webservergroup`` option + in :file:`localconfig` to the group your web server runs + as. This will allow :file:`./checksetup.pl` to set file + permissions on Unix systems so that nothing is world-writable. + +.. _security-os-chroot: + +The :file:`chroot` Jail +======================= + +If your system supports it, you may wish to consider running +Bugzilla inside of a :file:`chroot` jail. This option +provides unprecedented security by restricting anything running +inside the jail from accessing any information outside of it. If you +wish to use this option, please consult the documentation that came +with your system. + +.. _security-webserver: + +Web server +########## + +.. _security-webserver-access: + +Disabling Remote Access to Bugzilla Configuration Files +======================================================= + +There are many files that are placed in the Bugzilla directory +area that should not be accessible from the web server. Because of the way +Bugzilla is currently layed out, the list of what should and should not +be accessible is rather complicated. A quick way is to run +:file:`testserver.pl` to check if your web server serves +Bugzilla files as expected. If not, you may want to follow the few +steps below. + +.. tip:: Bugzilla ships with the ability to create :file:`.htaccess` + files that enforce these rules. Instructions for enabling these + directives in Apache can be found in :ref:`http-apache` + +- In the main Bugzilla directory, you should: + - Block: :file:`*.pl`, :file:`*localconfig*` + +- In :file:`data`: + - Block everything + +- In :file:`data/webdot`: + + - If you use a remote webdot server: + + - Block everything + - But allow :file:`*.dot` + only for the remote webdot server + - Otherwise, if you use a local GraphViz: + + - Block everything + - But allow: :file:`*.png`, :file:`*.gif`, :file:`*.jpg`, :file:`*.map` + - And if you don't use any dot: + + - Block everything + +- In :file:`Bugzilla`: + - Block everything + +- In :file:`template`: + - Block everything + +Be sure to test that data that should not be accessed remotely is +properly blocked. Of particular interest is the localconfig file which +contains your database password. Also, be aware that many editors +create temporary and backup files in the working directory and that +those should also not be accessible. For more information, see +`bug 186383 <http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=186383>`_ +or +`Bugtraq ID 6501 <http://online.securityfocus.com/bid/6501>`_. +To test, simply run :file:`testserver.pl`, as said above. + +.. tip:: Be sure to check :ref:`http` for instructions + specific to the web server you use. + +.. _security-bugzilla: + +Bugzilla +######## + +.. _security-bugzilla-charset: + +Prevent users injecting malicious Javascript +============================================ + +If you installed Bugzilla version 2.22 or later from scratch, +then the *utf8* parameter is switched on by default. +This makes Bugzilla explicitly set the character encoding, following +`a +CERT advisory <http://www.cert.org/tech_tips/malicious_code_mitigation.html#3>`_ recommending exactly this. +The following therefore does not apply to you; just keep +*utf8* turned on. + +If you've upgraded from an older version, then it may be possible +for a Bugzilla user to take advantage of character set encoding +ambiguities to inject HTML into Bugzilla comments. +This could include malicious scripts. +This is because due to internationalization concerns, we are unable to +turn the *utf8* parameter on by default for upgraded +installations. +Turning it on manually will prevent this problem. + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/troubleshooting.rst b/docs/en/rst/troubleshooting.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26899bc57 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/troubleshooting.rst @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ + + +.. _troubleshooting: + +=============== +Troubleshooting +=============== + +This section gives solutions to common Bugzilla installation +problems. If none of the section headings seems to match your +problem, read the general advice. + +.. _general-advice: + +General Advice +############## + +If you can't get :file:`checksetup.pl` to run to +completion, it normally explains what's wrong and how to fix it. +If you can't work it out, or if it's being uncommunicative, post +the errors in the +`mozilla.support.bugzilla <news://news.mozilla.org/mozilla.support.bugzilla>`_ +newsgroup. + +If you have made it all the way through +:ref:`installation` (Installation) and +:ref:`configuration` (Configuration) but accessing the Bugzilla +URL doesn't work, the first thing to do is to check your web server error +log. For Apache, this is often located at +:file:`/etc/logs/httpd/error_log`. The error messages +you see may be self-explanatory enough to enable you to diagnose and +fix the problem. If not, see below for some commonly-encountered +errors. If that doesn't help, post the errors to the newsgroup. + +Bugzilla can also log all user-based errors (and many code-based errors) +that occur, without polluting the web server's error log. To enable +Bugzilla error logging, create a file that Bugzilla can write to, named +:file:`errorlog`, in the Bugzilla :file:`data` +directory. Errors will be logged as they occur, and will include the type +of the error, the IP address and username (if available) of the user who +triggered the error, and the values of all environment variables; if a +form was being submitted, the data in the form will also be included. +To disable error logging, delete or rename the +:file:`errorlog` file. + +.. _trbl-testserver: + +The Apache web server is not serving Bugzilla pages +################################################### + +After you have run :command:`checksetup.pl` twice, +run :command:`testserver.pl http://yoursite.yourdomain/yoururl` +to confirm that your web server is configured properly for +Bugzilla. + +:: + + bash$ ./testserver.pl http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip + TEST-OK Webserver is running under group id in $webservergroup. + TEST-OK Got ant picture. + TEST-OK Webserver is executing CGIs. + TEST-OK Webserver is preventing fetch of http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/localconfig. + +.. _trbl-perlmodule: + +I installed a Perl module, but :file:`checksetup.pl` claims it's not installed! +############################################################################### + +This could be caused by one of two things: + +#. You have two versions of Perl on your machine. You are installing + modules into one, and Bugzilla is using the other. Rerun the CPAN + commands (or manual compile) using the full path to Perl from the + top of :file:`checksetup.pl`. This will make sure you + are installing the modules in the right place. + +#. The permissions on your library directories are set incorrectly. + They must, at the very least, be readable by the web server user or + group. It is recommended that they be world readable. + +.. _trbl-dbdSponge: + +DBD::Sponge::db prepare failed +############################## + +The following error message may appear due to a bug in DBD::mysql +(over which the Bugzilla team have no control): + +:: + + DBD::Sponge::db prepare failed: Cannot determine NUM_OF_FIELDS at D:/Perl/site/lib/DBD/mysql.pm line 248. + SV = NULL(0x0) at 0x20fc444 + REFCNT = 1 + FLAGS = (PADBUSY,PADMY) + +To fix this, go to +:file:`<path-to-perl>/lib/DBD/sponge.pm` +in your Perl installation and replace + +:: + + my $numFields; + if ($attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}) { + $numFields = $attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}; + } elsif ($attribs->{'NAME'}) { + $numFields = @{$attribs->{NAME}}; + +with + +:: + + my $numFields; + if ($attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}) { + $numFields = $attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}; + } elsif ($attribs->{'NAMES'}) { + $numFields = @{$attribs->{NAMES}}; + +(note the S added to NAME.) + +.. _paranoid-security: + +cannot chdir(/var/spool/mqueue) +############################### + +If you are installing Bugzilla on SuSE Linux, or some other +distributions with ``paranoid`` security options, it is +possible that the checksetup.pl script may fail with the error: +:: + + cannot chdir(/var/spool/mqueue): Permission denied + +This is because your :file:`/var/spool/mqueue` +directory has a mode of ``drwx------``. +Type :command:`chmod 755 :file:`/var/spool/mqueue`` +as root to fix this problem. This will allow any process running on your +machine the ability to *read* the +:file:`/var/spool/mqueue` directory. + +.. _trbl-relogin-everyone: + +Everybody is constantly being forced to relogin +############################################### + +The most-likely cause is that the ``cookiepath`` parameter +is not set correctly in the Bugzilla configuration. You can change this (if +you're a Bugzilla administrator) from the editparams.cgi page via the web interface. + +The value of the cookiepath parameter should be the actual directory +containing your Bugzilla installation, *as seen by the end-user's +web browser*. Leading and trailing slashes are mandatory. You can +also set the cookiepath to any directory which is a parent of the Bugzilla +directory (such as '/', the root directory). But you can't put something +that isn't at least a partial match or it won't work. What you're actually +doing is restricting the end-user's browser to sending the cookies back only +to that directory. + +How do you know if you want your specific Bugzilla directory or the +whole site? + +If you have only one Bugzilla running on the server, and you don't +mind having other applications on the same server with it being able to see +the cookies (you might be doing this on purpose if you have other things on +your site that share authentication with Bugzilla), then you'll want to have +the cookiepath set to "/", or to a sufficiently-high enough directory that +all of the involved apps can see the cookies. + +.. _trbl-relogin-everyone-share: + +Examples of urlbase/cookiepath pairs for sharing login cookies +============================================================== + +| urlbase is http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/ +| cookiepath is / + + +| urlbase is http://tools.mysite.tld/bugzilla/ +| but you have http://tools.mysite.tld/someotherapp/ which shares +| authentication with your Bugzilla +| +| cookiepath is / + +On the other hand, if you have more than one Bugzilla running on the +server (some people do - we do on landfill) then you need to have the +cookiepath restricted enough so that the different Bugzillas don't +confuse their cookies with one another. + +.. _trbl-relogin-everyone-restrict: + +Examples of urlbase/cookiepath pairs to restrict the login cookie +================================================================= + +| urlbase is http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/ +| cookiepath is /bugzilla-tip/ + +| urlbase is http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-4.0-branch/ +| cookiepath is /bugzilla-4.0-branch/ + +If you had cookiepath set to ``/`` at any point in the +past and need to set it to something more restrictive +(i.e. ``/bugzilla/``), you can safely do this without +requiring users to delete their Bugzilla-related cookies in their +browser (this is true starting with Bugzilla 2.18 and Bugzilla 2.16.5). + +.. _trbl-index: + +:file:`index.cgi` doesn't show up unless specified in the URL +############################################################# + +You probably need to set up your web server in such a way that it +will serve the index.cgi page as an index page. + +If you are using Apache, you can do this by adding +:file:`index.cgi` to the end of the +``DirectoryIndex`` line +as mentioned in :ref:`http-apache`. + +.. _trbl-passwd-encryption: + +checksetup.pl reports "Client does not support authentication protocol requested by server..." +############################################################################################## + +This error is occurring because you are using the new password +encryption that comes with MySQL 4.1, while your +:file:`DBD::mysql` module was compiled against an +older version of MySQL. If you recompile :file:`DBD::mysql` +against the current MySQL libraries (or just obtain a newer version +of this module) then the error may go away. + +If that does not fix the problem, or if you cannot recompile the +existing module (e.g. you're running Windows) and/or don't want to +replace it (e.g. you want to keep using a packaged version), then a +workaround is available from the MySQL docs: +`<http://dev.mysql.com/doc/mysql/en/Old_client.html>`_ + + diff --git a/docs/en/rst/using.rst b/docs/en/rst/using.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5a16bfcb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en/rst/using.rst @@ -0,0 +1,1375 @@ + + +.. _using: + +============== +Using Bugzilla +============== + +.. _using-intro: + +Introduction +############ + +This section contains information for end-users of Bugzilla. There +is a Bugzilla test installation, called +`Landfill <http://landfill.bugzilla.org/>`_, which you are +welcome to play with (if it's up). However, not all of the Bugzilla +installations there will necessarily have all Bugzilla features enabled, +and different installations run different versions, so some things may not +quite work as this document describes. + +Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) are available and answered on +`wiki.mozilla.org <http://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:FAQ>`_. +They may cover some questions you have which are left unanswered. + +.. _myaccount: + +Create a Bugzilla Account +######################### + +If you want to use Bugzilla, first you need to create an account. +Consult with the administrator responsible for your installation of +Bugzilla for the URL you should use to access it. If you're +test-driving Bugzilla, use this URL: +`<|landfillbase|>`_. + +#. On the home page :file:`index.cgi`, click the + ``Open a new Bugzilla account`` link, or the + ``New Account`` link available in the footer of pages. + Now enter your email address, then click the ``Send`` + button. + + .. note:: If none of these links is available, this means that the + administrator of the installation has disabled self-registration. + This means that only an administrator can create accounts + for other users. One reason could be that this installation is + private. + + .. note:: Also, if only some users are allowed to create an account on + the installation, you may see these links but your registration + may fail if your email address doesn't match the ones accepted + by the installation. This is another way to restrict who can + access and edit bugs in this installation. + +#. Within moments, and if your registration is accepted, you should + receive an email to the address you provided, which contains your + login name (generally the same as the email address), and two URLs + with a token (a random string generated by the installation) to + confirm, respectively cancel, your registration. This is a way to + prevent users from abusing the generation of user accounts, for + instance by entering inexistent email addresses, or email addresses + which do not belong to them. + +#. By default, you have 3 days to confirm your registration. Past this + timeframe, the token is invalidated and the registration is + automatically canceled. You can also cancel this registration sooner + by using the appropriate URL in the email you got. + +#. If you confirm your registration, Bugzilla will ask you your real name + (optional, but recommended) and your password, which must be between + 3 and 16 characters long. + +#. Now all you need to do is to click the ``Log In`` + link in the footer at the bottom of the page in your browser, + enter your email address and password you just chose into the + login form, and click the ``Log in`` button. + +You are now logged in. Bugzilla uses cookies to remember you are +logged in so, unless you have cookies disabled or your IP address changes, +you should not have to log in again during your session. + +.. _bug_page: + +Anatomy of a Bug +################ + +The core of Bugzilla is the screen which displays a particular +bug. It's a good place to explain some Bugzilla concepts. +`Bug 1 on Landfill <|landfillbase|show_bug.cgi?id=1>`_ +is a good example. Note that the labels for most fields are hyperlinks; +clicking them will take you to context-sensitive help on that +particular field. Fields marked * may not be present on every +installation of Bugzilla. + +#. *Product and Component*: + Bugs are divided up by Product and Component, with a Product + having one or more Components in it. For example, + bugzilla.mozilla.org's "Bugzilla" Product is composed of several + Components: + + Administration: + Administration of a Bugzilla installation. + Bugzilla-General: + Anything that doesn't fit in the other components, or spans + multiple components. + Creating/Changing Bugs: + Creating, changing, and viewing bugs. + Documentation: + The Bugzilla documentation, including The Bugzilla Guide. + Email: + Anything to do with email sent by Bugzilla. + Installation: + The installation process of Bugzilla. + Query/Buglist: + Anything to do with searching for bugs and viewing the + buglists. + Reporting/Charting: + Getting reports from Bugzilla. + User Accounts: + Anything about managing a user account from the user's perspective. + Saved queries, creating accounts, changing passwords, logging in, + etc. + User Interface: + General issues having to do with the user interface cosmetics (not + functionality) including cosmetic issues, HTML templates, + etc. + +#. *Status and Resolution:* + These define exactly what state the bug is in - from not even + being confirmed as a bug, through to being fixed and the fix + confirmed by Quality Assurance. The different possible values for + Status and Resolution on your installation should be documented in the + context-sensitive help for those items. + +#. *Assigned To:* + The person responsible for fixing the bug. + +#. *\*QA Contact:* + The person responsible for quality assurance on this bug. + +#. *\*URL:* + A URL associated with the bug, if any. + +#. *Summary:* + A one-sentence summary of the problem. + +#. *\*Status Whiteboard:* + (a.k.a. Whiteboard) A free-form text area for adding short notes + and tags to a bug. + +#. *\*Keywords:* + The administrator can define keywords which you can use to tag and + categorise bugs - e.g. The Mozilla Project has keywords like crash + and regression. + +#. *Platform and OS:* + These indicate the computing environment where the bug was + found. + +#. *Version:* + The "Version" field is usually used for versions of a product which + have been released, and is set to indicate which versions of a + Component have the particular problem the bug report is + about. + +#. *Priority:* + The bug assignee uses this field to prioritize his or her bugs. + It's a good idea not to change this on other people's bugs. + +#. *Severity:* + This indicates how severe the problem is - from blocker + ("application unusable") to trivial ("minor cosmetic issue"). You + can also use this field to indicate whether a bug is an enhancement + request. + +#. *\*Target:* + (a.k.a. Target Milestone) A future version by which the bug is to + be fixed. e.g. The Bugzilla Project's milestones for future + Bugzilla versions are 2.18, 2.20, 3.0, etc. Milestones are not + restricted to numbers, thought - you can use any text strings, such + as dates. + +#. *Reporter:* + The person who filed the bug. + +#. *CC list:* + A list of people who get mail when the bug changes. + +#. *\*Time Tracking:* + This form can be used for time tracking. + To use this feature, you have to be blessed group membership + specified by the ``timetrackinggroup`` parameter. + + Orig. Est.: + This field shows the original estimated time. + Current Est.: + This field shows the current estimated time. + This number is calculated from ``Hours Worked`` + and ``Hours Left``. + Hours Worked: + This field shows the number of hours worked. + Hours Left: + This field shows the ``Current Est.`` - + ``Hours Worked``. + This value + ``Hours Worked`` will become the + new Current Est. + %Complete: + This field shows what percentage of the task is complete. + Gain: + This field shows the number of hours that the bug is ahead of the + ``Orig. Est.``. + Deadline: + This field shows the deadline for this bug. + +#. *Attachments:* + You can attach files (e.g. testcases or patches) to bugs. If there + are any attachments, they are listed in this section. + +#. *\*Dependencies:* + If this bug cannot be fixed unless other bugs are fixed (depends + on), or this bug stops other bugs being fixed (blocks), their + numbers are recorded here. + +#. *\*Votes:* + Whether this bug has any votes. + +#. *Additional Comments:* + You can add your two cents to the bug discussion here, if you have + something worthwhile to say. + +.. _lifecycle: + +Life Cycle of a Bug +################### + +The life cycle of a bug, also known as workflow, is customizable to match +the needs of your organization, see :ref:`bug_status_workflow`. +:ref:`lifecycle-image` contains a graphical representation of +the default workflow using the default bug statuses. If you wish to +customize this image for your site, the +`diagram file <../images/bzLifecycle.xml>`_ +is available in `Dia's <http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia>`_ +native XML format. + +.. _lifecycle-image: + +Lifecycle of a Bugzilla Bug +=========================== + +.. image:: ../images/bzLifecycle.png + +.. _query: + +Searching for Bugs +################## + +The Bugzilla Search page is the interface where you can find +any bug report, comment, or patch currently in the Bugzilla system. You +can play with it here: +`<|landfillbase|query.cgi>`_. + +The Search page has controls for selecting different possible +values for all of the fields in a bug, as described above. For some +fields, multiple values can be selected. In those cases, Bugzilla +returns bugs where the content of the field matches any one of the selected +values. If none is selected, then the field can take any value. + +After a search is run, you can save it as a Saved Search, which +will appear in the page footer. If you are in the group defined +by the "querysharegroup" parameter, you may share your queries +with other users, see :ref:`savedsearches` for more details. + +.. _boolean: + +Boolean Charts +============== + +Highly advanced querying is done using Boolean Charts. + +The boolean charts further restrict the set of results +returned by a query. It is possible to search for bugs +based on elaborate combinations of criteria. + +The simplest boolean searches have only one term. These searches +permit the selected left *field* +to be compared using a +selectable *operator* to a +specified *value.* +Using the "And," "Or," and "Add Another Boolean Chart" buttons, +additional terms can be included in the query, further +altering the list of bugs returned by the query. + +There are three fields in each row of a boolean search. + +- *Field:* + the items being searched + +- *Operator:* + the comparison operator + +- *Value:* + the value to which the field is being compared + +.. _pronouns: + +Pronoun Substitution +-------------------- + +Sometimes, a query needs to compare a user-related field +(such as ReportedBy) with a role-specific user (such as the +user running the query or the user to whom each bug is assigned). +When the operator is either "equals" or "notequals", the value +can be "%reporter%", "%assignee%", "%qacontact%", or "%user%". +The user pronoun +refers to the user who is executing the query or, in the case +of whining reports, the user who will be the recipient +of the report. The reporter, assignee, and qacontact +pronouns refer to the corresponding fields in the bug. + +Boolean charts also let you type a group name in any user-related +field if the operator is either "equals", "notequals" or "anyexact". +This will let you query for any member belonging (or not) to the +specified group. The group name must be entered following the +"%group.foo%" syntax, where "foo" is the group name. +So if you are looking for bugs reported by any user being in the +"editbugs" group, then you can type "%group.editbugs%". + +.. _negation: + +Negation +-------- + +At first glance, negation seems redundant. Rather than +searching for + + NOT("summary" "contains the string" "foo"), + +one could search for + + ("summary" "does not contain the string" "foo"). + +However, the search + + ("CC" "does not contain the string" "@mozilla.org") + +would find every bug where anyone on the CC list did not contain +"@mozilla.org" while + + NOT("CC" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") + +would find every bug where there was nobody on the CC list who +did contain the string. Similarly, the use of negation also permits +complex expressions to be built using terms OR'd together and then +negated. Negation permits queries such as + + NOT(("product" "equals" "update") OR + ("component" "equals" "Documentation")) + +to find bugs that are neither +in the update product or in the documentation component or + + NOT(("commenter" "equals" "%assignee%") OR + ("component" "equals" "Documentation")) + +to find non-documentation +bugs on which the assignee has never commented. + +.. _multiplecharts: + +Multiple Charts +--------------- + +The terms within a single row of a boolean chart are all +constraints on a single piece of data. If you are looking for +a bug that has two different people cc'd on it, then you need +to use two boolean charts. A search for + + ("cc" "contains the string" "foo@") AND + ("cc" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") + +would return only bugs with "foo@mozilla.org" on the cc list. +If you wanted bugs where there is someone on the cc list +containing "foo@" and someone else containing "@mozilla.org", +then you would need two boolean charts. + + First chart: ("cc" "contains the string" "foo@") + Second chart: ("cc" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") + +The bugs listed will be only the bugs where ALL the charts are true. + +.. _quicksearch: + +Quicksearch +=========== + +Quicksearch is a single-text-box query tool which uses +metacharacters to indicate what is to be searched. For example, typing +"``foo|bar``" +into Quicksearch would search for "foo" or "bar" in the +summary and status whiteboard of a bug; adding +"``:BazProduct``" would +search only in that product. +You can use it to find a bug by its number or its alias, too. + +You'll find the Quicksearch box in Bugzilla's footer area. +On Bugzilla's front page, there is an additional +`Help <../../page.cgi?id=quicksearch.html>`_ +link which details how to use it. + +.. _casesensitivity: + +Case Sensitivity in Searches +============================ + +Bugzilla queries are case-insensitive and accent-insensitive, when +used with either MySQL or Oracle databases. When using Bugzilla with +PostgreSQL, however, some queries are case-sensitive. This is due to +the way PostgreSQL handles case and accent sensitivity. + +.. _list: + +Bug Lists +========= + +If you run a search, a list of matching bugs will be returned. + +The format of the list is configurable. For example, it can be +sorted by clicking the column headings. Other useful features can be +accessed using the links at the bottom of the list: + +Long Format: + this gives you a large page with a non-editable summary of the fields + of each bug. + +XML: + get the buglist in the XML format. + +CSV: + get the buglist as comma-separated values, for import into e.g. + a spreadsheet. + +Feed: + get the buglist as an Atom feed. Copy this link into your + favorite feed reader. If you are using Firefox, you can also + save the list as a live bookmark by clicking the live bookmark + icon in the status bar. To limit the number of bugs in the feed, + add a limit=n parameter to the URL. + +iCalendar: + Get the buglist as an iCalendar file. Each bug is represented as a + to-do item in the imported calendar. + +Change Columns: + change the bug attributes which appear in the list. + +Change several bugs at once: + If your account is sufficiently empowered, and more than one bug + appear in the bug list, this link is displayed which lets you make + the same change to all the bugs in the list - for example, changing + their assignee. + +Send mail to bug assignees: + If more than one bug appear in the bug list and there are at least + two distinct bug assignees, this links is displayed which lets you + easily send a mail to the assignees of all bugs on the list. + +Edit Search: + If you didn't get exactly the results you were looking for, you can + return to the Query page through this link and make small revisions + to the query you just made so you get more accurate results. + +Remember Search As: + You can give a search a name and remember it; a link will appear + in your page footer giving you quick access to run it again later. + +.. _individual-buglists: + +Adding/removing tags to/from bugs +================================= + +You can add and remove tags from individual bugs, which let you find and +manage bugs more easily. Tags are per-user and so are only visible and editable +by the user who created them. You can then run queries using tags as a criteria, +either by using the Advanced Search form, or simply by typing "tag:my_tag_name" +in the QuickSearch box at the top (or bottom) of the page. Tags can also be +displayed in buglists. + +This feature is useful when you want to keep track of several bugs, but +for different reasons. Instead of adding yourself to the CC list of all +these bugs and mixing all these reasons, you can now store these bugs in +separate lists, e.g. ``Keep in mind``, ``Interesting bugs``, +or ``Triage``. One big advantage of this way to manage bugs +is that you can easily add or remove tags from bugs one by one. + +.. _bugreports: + +Filing Bugs +########### + +.. _fillingbugs: + +Reporting a New Bug +=================== + +Years of bug writing experience has been distilled for your +reading pleasure into the +`Bug Writing Guidelines <|landfillbase|page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html>`_. +While some of the advice is Mozilla-specific, the basic principles of +reporting Reproducible, Specific bugs, isolating the Product you are +using, the Version of the Product, the Component which failed, the +Hardware Platform, and Operating System you were using at the time of +the failure go a long way toward ensuring accurate, responsible fixes +for the bug that bit you. + +The procedure for filing a bug is as follows: + +#. Click the ``New`` link available in the footer + of pages, or the ``Enter a new bug report`` link + displayed on the home page of the Bugzilla installation. + + .. note:: If you want to file a test bug to see how Bugzilla works, + you can do it on one of our test installations on + `the Landfill server <|landfillbase|>`_. + +#. You first have to select the product in which you found a bug. + +#. You now see a form where you can specify the component (part of + the product which is affected by the bug you discovered; if you have + no idea, just select ``General`` if such a component exists), + the version of the program you were using, the Operating System and + platform your program is running on and the severity of the bug (if the + bug you found crashes the program, it's probably a major or a critical + bug; if it's a typo somewhere, that's something pretty minor; if it's + something you would like to see implemented, then that's an enhancement). + +#. You now have to give a short but descriptive summary of the bug you found. + ``My program is crashing all the time`` is a very poor summary + and doesn't help developers at all. Try something more meaningful or + your bug will probably be ignored due to a lack of precision. + The next step is to give a very detailed list of steps to reproduce + the problem you encountered. Try to limit these steps to a minimum set + required to reproduce the problem. This will make the life of + developers easier, and the probability that they consider your bug in + a reasonable timeframe will be much higher. + + .. note:: Try to make sure that everything in the summary is also in the first + comment. Summaries are often updated and this will ensure your original + information is easily accessible. + +#. As you file the bug, you can also attach a document (testcase, patch, + or screenshot of the problem). + +#. Depending on the Bugzilla installation you are using and the product in + which you are filing the bug, you can also request developers to consider + your bug in different ways (such as requesting review for the patch you + just attached, requesting your bug to block the next release of the + product, and many other product specific requests). + +#. Now is a good time to read your bug report again. Remove all misspellings, + otherwise your bug may not be found by developers running queries for some + specific words, and so your bug would not get any attention. + Also make sure you didn't forget any important information developers + should know in order to reproduce the problem, and make sure your + description of the problem is explicit and clear enough. + When you think your bug report is ready to go, the last step is to + click the ``Commit`` button to add your report into the database. + +You do not need to put "any" or similar strings in the URL field. +If there is no specific URL associated with the bug, leave this +field blank. + +If you feel a bug you filed was incorrectly marked as a +DUPLICATE of another, please question it in your bug, not +the bug it was duped to. Feel free to CC the person who duped it +if they are not already CCed. + +.. _cloningbugs: + +Clone an Existing Bug +===================== + +Starting with version 2.20, Bugzilla has a feature that allows you +to clone an existing bug. The newly created bug will inherit +most settings from the old bug. This allows you to track more +easily similar concerns in a new bug. To use this, go to the bug +that you want to clone, then click the ``Clone This Bug`` +link on the bug page. This will take you to the ``Enter Bug`` +page that is filled with the values that the old bug has. +You can change those values and/or texts if needed. + +.. _attachments: + +Attachments +########### + +You should use attachments, rather than comments, for large chunks of ASCII +data, such as trace, debugging output files, or log files. That way, it +doesn't bloat the bug for everyone who wants to read it, and cause people to +receive fat, useless mails. + +You should make sure to trim screenshots. There's no need to show the +whole screen if you are pointing out a single-pixel problem. + +Bugzilla stores and uses a Content-Type for each attachment +(e.g. text/html). To download an attachment as a different +Content-Type (e.g. application/xhtml+xml), you can override this +using a 'content_type' parameter on the URL, e.g. +:file:`&content_type=text/plain`. + +Also, you can enter the URL pointing to the attachment instead of +uploading the attachment itself. For example, this is useful if you want to +point to an external application, a website or a very large file. Note that +there is no guarantee that the source file will always be available, nor +that its content will remain unchanged. + +Another way to attach data is to paste text directly in the text field, +and Bugzilla will convert it into an attachment. This is pretty useful +when you do copy and paste, and you don't want to put the text in a temporary +file first. + +.. _patchviewer: + +Patch Viewer +============ + +Viewing and reviewing patches in Bugzilla is often difficult due to +lack of context, improper format and the inherent readability issues that +raw patches present. Patch Viewer is an enhancement to Bugzilla designed +to fix that by offering increased context, linking to sections, and +integrating with Bonsai, LXR and CVS. + +Patch viewer allows you to: + ++ View patches in color, with side-by-side view rather than trying + to interpret the contents of the patch. + ++ See the difference between two patches. + ++ Get more context in a patch. + ++ Collapse and expand sections of a patch for easy + reading. + ++ Link to a particular section of a patch for discussion or + review + ++ Go to Bonsai or LXR to see more context, blame, and + cross-references for the part of the patch you are looking at + ++ Create a rawtext unified format diff out of any patch, no + matter what format it came from + +.. _patchviewer_view: + +Viewing Patches in Patch Viewer +------------------------------- + +The main way to view a patch in patch viewer is to click on the +"Diff" link next to a patch in the Attachments list on a bug. You may +also do this within the edit window by clicking the "View Attachment As +Diff" button in the Edit Attachment screen. + +.. _patchviewer_diff: + +Seeing the Difference Between Two Patches +----------------------------------------- + +To see the difference between two patches, you must first view the +newer patch in Patch Viewer. Then select the older patch from the +dropdown at the top of the page ("Differences between \[dropdown] and +this patch") and click the "Diff" button. This will show you what +is new or changed in the newer patch. + +.. _patchviewer_context: + +Getting More Context in a Patch +------------------------------- + +To get more context in a patch, you put a number in the textbox at +the top of Patch Viewer ("Patch / File / \[textbox]") and hit enter. +This will give you that many lines of context before and after each +change. Alternatively, you can click on the "File" link there and it +will show each change in the full context of the file. This feature only +works against files that were diffed using "cvs diff". + +.. _patchviewer_collapse: + +Collapsing and Expanding Sections of a Patch +-------------------------------------------- + +To view only a certain set of files in a patch (for example, if a +patch is absolutely huge and you want to only review part of it at a +time), you can click the "(+)" and "(-)" links next to each file (to +expand it or collapse it). If you want to collapse all files or expand +all files, you can click the "Collapse All" and "Expand All" links at the +top of the page. + +.. _patchviewer_link: + +Linking to a Section of a Patch +------------------------------- + +To link to a section of a patch (for example, if you want to be +able to give someone a URL to show them which part you are talking +about) you simply click the "Link Here" link on the section header. The +resulting URL can be copied and used in discussion. + +.. _patchviewer_bonsai_lxr: + +Going to Bonsai and LXR +----------------------- + +To go to Bonsai to get blame for the lines you are interested in, +you can click the "Lines XX-YY" link on the section header you are +interested in. This works even if the patch is against an old +version of the file, since Bonsai stores all versions of the file. + +To go to LXR, you click on the filename on the file header +(unfortunately, since LXR only does the most recent version, line +numbers are likely to rot). + +.. _patchviewer_unified_diff: + +Creating a Unified Diff +----------------------- + +If the patch is not in a format that you like, you can turn it +into a unified diff format by clicking the "Raw Unified" link at the top +of the page. + +.. _hintsandtips: + +Hints and Tips +############## + +This section distills some Bugzilla tips and best practices +that have been developed. + +Autolinkification +================= + +Bugzilla comments are plain text - so typing <U> will +produce less-than, U, greater-than rather than underlined text. +However, Bugzilla will automatically make hyperlinks out of certain +sorts of text in comments. For example, the text +"http://www.bugzilla.org" will be turned into a link: +`<http://www.bugzilla.org>`_. +Other strings which get linkified in the obvious manner are: + ++ bug 12345 + ++ comment 7 + ++ bug 23456, comment 53 + ++ attachment 4321 + ++ mailto:george@example.com + ++ george@example.com + ++ ftp://ftp.mozilla.org + ++ Most other sorts of URL + +A corollary here is that if you type a bug number in a comment, +you should put the word "bug" before it, so it gets autolinkified +for the convenience of others. + +.. _commenting: + +Comments +======== + +If you are changing the fields on a bug, only comment if +either you have something pertinent to say, or Bugzilla requires it. +Otherwise, you may spam people unnecessarily with bug mail. +To take an example: a user can set up their account to filter out messages +where someone just adds themselves to the CC field of a bug +(which happens a lot.) If you come along, add yourself to the CC field, +and add a comment saying "Adding self to CC", then that person +gets a pointless piece of mail they would otherwise have avoided. + +Don't use sigs in comments. Signing your name ("Bill") is acceptable, +if you do it out of habit, but full mail/news-style +four line ASCII art creations are not. + +.. _comment-wrapping: + +Server-Side Comment Wrapping +============================ + +Bugzilla stores comments unwrapped and wraps them at display time. This +ensures proper wrapping in all browsers. Lines beginning with the ">" +character are assumed to be quotes, and are not wrapped. + +.. _dependencytree: + +Dependency Tree +=============== + +On the ``Dependency tree`` page linked from each bug +page, you can see the dependency relationship from the bug as a +tree structure. + +You can change how much depth to show, and you can hide resolved bugs +from this page. You can also collaps/expand dependencies for +each bug on the tree view, using the \[-]/\[+] buttons that appear +before its summary. This option is not available for terminal +bugs in the tree (that don't have further dependencies). + +.. _timetracking: + +Time Tracking Information +######################### + +Users who belong to the group specified by the ``timetrackinggroup`` +parameter have access to time-related fields. Developers can see +deadlines and estimated times to fix bugs, and can provide time spent +on these bugs. Users who do not belong to this group can only see the deadline, +but not edit it. Other time-related fields remain invisible to them. + +At any time, a summary of the time spent by developers on bugs is +accessible either from bug lists when clicking the ``Time Summary`` +button or from individual bugs when clicking the ``Summarize time`` +link in the time tracking table. The :file:`summarize_time.cgi` +page lets you view this information either per developer or per bug, +and can be split on a month basis to have greater details on how time +is spent by developers. + +As soon as a bug is marked as RESOLVED, the remaining time expected +to fix the bug is set to zero. This lets QA people set it again for +their own usage, and it will be set to zero again when the bug will +be marked as CLOSED. + +.. _userpreferences: + +User Preferences +################ + +Once logged in, you can customize various aspects of +Bugzilla via the "Preferences" link in the page footer. +The preferences are split into five tabs: + +.. _generalpreferences: + +General Preferences +=================== + +This tab allows you to change several default settings of Bugzilla. + +- Bugzilla's general appearance (skin) - select which skin to use. + Bugzilla supports adding custom skins. + +- Quote the associated comment when you click on its reply link - sets + the behavior of the comment "Reply" link. Options include quoting the + full comment, just reference the comment number, or turn the link off. + +- Language used in email - select which language email will be sent in, + from the list of available languages. + +- After changing a bug - This controls what page is displayed after + changes to a bug are submitted. The options include to show the bug + just modified, to show the next bug in your list, or to do nothing. + +- Enable tags for bugs - turn bug tagging on or off. + +- Zoom textareas large when in use (requires JavaScript) - enable or + disable the automatic expanding of text areas when text is being + entered into them. + +- Field separator character for CSV files - + Select between a comma and semi-colon for exported CSV bug lists. + +- Automatically add me to the CC list of bugs I change - set default + behavior of CC list. Options include "Always", "Never", and "Only + if I have no role on them". + +- When viewing a bug, show comments in this order - + controls the order of comments. Options include "Oldest + to Newest", "Newest to Oldest" and "Newest to Oldest, but keep the + bug description at the top". + +- Show a quip at the top of each bug list - controls + whether a quip will be shown on the Bug list page. + +.. _emailpreferences: + +Email Preferences +================= + +This tab allows you to enable or disable email notification on +specific events. + +In general, users have almost complete control over how much (or +how little) email Bugzilla sends them. If you want to receive the +maximum amount of email possible, click the ``Enable All +Mail`` button. If you don't want to receive any email from +Bugzilla at all, click the ``Disable All Mail`` button. + +.. note:: A Bugzilla administrator can stop a user from receiving + bugmail by clicking the ``Bugmail Disabled`` checkbox + when editing the user account. This is a drastic step + best taken only for disabled accounts, as it overrides + the user's individual mail preferences. + +There are two global options -- ``Email me when someone +asks me to set a flag`` and ``Email me when someone +sets a flag I asked for``. These define how you want to +receive bugmail with regards to flags. Their use is quite +straightforward; enable the checkboxes if you want Bugzilla to +send you mail under either of the above conditions. + +If you'd like to set your bugmail to something besides +'Completely ON' and 'Completely OFF', the +``Field/recipient specific options`` table +allows you to do just that. The rows of the table +define events that can happen to a bug -- things like +attachments being added, new comments being made, the +priority changing, etc. The columns in the table define +your relationship with the bug: + +- Reporter - Where you are the person who initially + reported the bug. Your name/account appears in the + ``Reporter:`` field. + +- Assignee - Where you are the person who has been + designated as the one responsible for the bug. Your + name/account appears in the ``Assigned To:`` + field of the bug. + +- QA Contact - You are one of the designated + QA Contacts for the bug. Your account appears in the + ``QA Contact:`` text-box of the bug. + +- CC - You are on the list CC List for the bug. + Your account appears in the ``CC:`` text box + of the bug. + +- Voter - You have placed one or more votes for the bug. + Your account appears only if someone clicks on the + ``Show votes for this bug`` link on the bug. + +.. note:: Some columns may not be visible for your installation, depending + on your site's configuration. + +To fine-tune your bugmail, decide the events for which you want +to receive bugmail; then decide if you want to receive it all +the time (enable the checkbox for every column), or only when +you have a certain relationship with a bug (enable the checkbox +only for those columns). For example: if you didn't want to +receive mail when someone added themselves to the CC list, you +could uncheck all the boxes in the ``CC Field Changes`` +line. As another example, if you never wanted to receive email +on bugs you reported unless the bug was resolved, you would +un-check all boxes in the ``Reporter`` column +except for the one on the ``The bug is resolved or +verified`` row. + +.. note:: Bugzilla adds the ``X-Bugzilla-Reason`` header to + all bugmail it sends, describing the recipient's relationship + (AssignedTo, Reporter, QAContact, CC, or Voter) to the bug. + This header can be used to do further client-side filtering. + +Bugzilla has a feature called ``Users Watching``. +When you enter one or more comma-delineated user accounts (usually email +addresses) into the text entry box, you will receive a copy of all the +bugmail those users are sent (security settings permitting). +This powerful functionality enables seamless transitions as developers +change projects or users go on holiday. + +.. note:: The ability to watch other users may not be available in all + Bugzilla installations. If you don't see this feature, and feel + that you need it, speak to your administrator. + +Each user listed in the ``Users watching you`` field +has you listed in their ``Users to watch`` list +and can get bugmail according to your relationship to the bug and +their ``Field/recipient specific options`` setting. + +.. _savedsearches: + +Saved Searches +============== + +On this tab you can view and run any Saved Searches that you have +created, and also any Saved Searches that other members of the group +defined in the "querysharegroup" parameter have shared. +Saved Searches can be added to the page footer from this screen. +If somebody is sharing a Search with a group she or he is allowed to +:ref:`assign users to <groups>`, the sharer may opt to have +the Search show up in the footer of the group's direct members by default. + +.. _accountpreferences: + +Name and Password +================= + +On this tab, you can change your basic account information, +including your password, email address and real name. For security +reasons, in order to change anything on this page you must type your +*current* password into the ``Password`` +field at the top of the page. +If you attempt to change your email address, a confirmation +email is sent to both the old and new addresses, with a link to use to +confirm the change. This helps to prevent account hijacking. + +.. _permissionsettings: + +Permissions +=========== + +This is a purely informative page which outlines your current +permissions on this installation of Bugzilla. + +A complete list of permissions is below. Only users with +*editusers* privileges can change the permissions +of other users. + +admin + Indicates user is an Administrator. + +bz_canusewhineatothers + Indicates user can configure whine reports for other users. + +bz_canusewhines + Indicates user can configure whine reports for self. + +bz_quip_moderators + Indicates user can moderate quips. + +bz_sudoers + Indicates user can perform actions as other users. + +bz_sudo_protect + Indicates user cannot be impersonated by other users. + +canconfirm + Indicates user can confirm a bug or mark it a duplicate. + +creategroups + Indicates user can create and destroy groups. + +editbugs + Indicates user can edit all bug fields. + +editclassifications + Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit classifications. + +editcomponents + Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit components. + +editkeywords + Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit keywords. + +editusers + Indicates user can edit or disable users. + +tweakparams + Indicates user can change Parameters. + +.. note:: For more information on how permissions work in Bugzilla (i.e. who can + change what), see :ref:`cust-change-permissions`. + +.. _reporting: + +Reports and Charts +################## + +As well as the standard buglist, Bugzilla has two more ways of +viewing sets of bugs. These are the reports (which give different +views of the current state of the database) and charts (which plot +the changes in particular sets of bugs over time.) + +.. _reports: + +Reports +======= + +A report is a view of the current state of the bug database. + +You can run either an HTML-table-based report, or a graphical +line/pie/bar-chart-based one. The two have different pages to +define them, but are close cousins - once you've defined and +viewed a report, you can switch between any of the different +views of the data at will. + +Both report types are based on the idea of defining a set of bugs +using the standard search interface, and then choosing some +aspect of that set to plot on the horizontal and/or vertical axes. +You can also get a form of 3-dimensional report by choosing to have +multiple images or tables. + +So, for example, you could use the search form to choose "all +bugs in the WorldControl product", and then plot their severity +against their component to see which component had had the largest +number of bad bugs reported against it. + +Once you've defined your parameters and hit "Generate Report", +you can switch between HTML, CSV, Bar, Line and Pie. (Note: Pie +is only available if you didn't define a vertical axis, as pie +charts don't have one.) The other controls are fairly self-explanatory; +you can change the size of the image if you find text is overwriting +other text, or the bars are too thin to see. + +.. _charts: + +Charts +====== + +A chart is a view of the state of the bug database over time. + +Bugzilla currently has two charting systems - Old Charts and New +Charts. Old Charts have been part of Bugzilla for a long time; they +chart each status and resolution for each product, and that's all. +They are deprecated, and going away soon - we won't say any more +about them. +New Charts are the future - they allow you to chart anything you +can define as a search. + +.. note:: Both charting forms require the administrator to set up the + data-gathering script. If you can't see any charts, ask them whether + they have done so. + +An individual line on a chart is called a data set. +All data sets are organised into categories and subcategories. The +data sets that Bugzilla defines automatically use the Product name +as a Category and Component names as Subcategories, but there is no +need for you to follow that naming scheme with your own charts if +you don't want to. + +Data sets may be public or private. Everyone sees public data sets in +the list, but only their creator sees private data sets. Only +administrators can make data sets public. +No two data sets, even two private ones, can have the same set of +category, subcategory and name. So if you are creating private data +sets, one idea is to have the Category be your username. + +Creating Charts +--------------- + +You create a chart by selecting a number of data sets from the +list, and pressing Add To List for each. In the List Of Data Sets +To Plot, you can define the label that data set will have in the +chart's legend, and also ask Bugzilla to Sum a number of data sets +(e.g. you could Sum data sets representing RESOLVED, VERIFIED and +CLOSED in a particular product to get a data set representing all +the resolved bugs in that product.) + +If you've erroneously added a data set to the list, select it +using the checkbox and click Remove. Once you add more than one +data set, a "Grand Total" line +automatically appears at the bottom of the list. If you don't want +this, simply remove it as you would remove any other line. + +You may also choose to plot only over a certain date range, and +to cumulate the results - that is, to plot each one using the +previous one as a baseline, so the top line gives a sum of all +the data sets. It's easier to try than to explain :-) + +Once a data set is in the list, one can also perform certain +actions on it. For example, one can edit the +data set's parameters (name, frequency etc.) if it's one you +created or if you are an administrator. + +Once you are happy, click Chart This List to see the chart. + +.. _charts-new-series: + +Creating New Data Sets +---------------------- + +You may also create new data sets of your own. To do this, +click the "create a new data set" link on the Create Chart page. +This takes you to a search-like interface where you can define +the search that Bugzilla will plot. At the bottom of the page, +you choose the category, sub-category and name of your new +data set. + +If you have sufficient permissions, you can make the data set public, +and reduce the frequency of data collection to less than the default +seven days. + +.. _flags: + +Flags +##### + +A flag is a kind of status that can be set on bugs or attachments +to indicate that the bugs/attachments are in a certain state. +Each installation can define its own set of flags that can be set +on bugs or attachments. + +If your installation has defined a flag, you can set or unset that flag, +and if your administrator has enabled requesting of flags, you can submit +a request for another user to set the flag. + +To set a flag, select either "+" or "-" from the drop-down menu next to +the name of the flag in the "Flags" list. The meaning of these values are +flag-specific and thus cannot be described in this documentation, +but by way of example, setting a flag named "review" to "+" may indicate +that the bug/attachment has passed review, while setting it to "-" +may indicate that the bug/attachment has failed review. + +To unset a flag, click its drop-down menu and select the blank value. +Note that marking an attachment as obsolete automatically cancels all +pending requests for the attachment. + +If your administrator has enabled requests for a flag, request a flag +by selecting "?" from the drop-down menu and then entering the username +of the user you want to set the flag in the text field next to the menu. + +A set flag appears in bug reports and on "edit attachment" pages with the +abbreviated username of the user who set the flag prepended to the +flag name. For example, if Jack sets a "review" flag to "+", it appears +as Jack: review [ + ] + +A requested flag appears with the user who requested the flag prepended +to the flag name and the user who has been requested to set the flag +appended to the flag name within parentheses. For example, if Jack +asks Jill for review, it appears as Jack: review [ ? ] (Jill). + +You can browse through open requests made of you and by you by selecting +'My Requests' from the footer. You can also look at open requests limited +by other requesters, requestees, products, components, and flag names from +this page. Note that you can use '-' for requestee to specify flags with +'no requestee' set. + +.. _whining: + +Whining +####### + +Whining is a feature in Bugzilla that can regularly annoy users at +specified times. Using this feature, users can execute saved searches +at specific times (i.e. the 15th of the month at midnight) or at +regular intervals (i.e. every 15 minutes on Sundays). The results of the +searches are sent to the user, either as a single email or as one email +per bug, along with some descriptive text. + +.. warning:: Throughout this section it will be assumed that all users are members + of the bz_canusewhines group, membership in which is required in order + to use the Whining system. You can easily make all users members of + the bz_canusewhines group by setting the User RegExp to ".*" (without + the quotes). + + Also worth noting is the bz_canusewhineatothers group. Members of this + group can create whines for any user or group in Bugzilla using a + extended form of the whining interface. Features only available to + members of the bz_canusewhineatothers group will be noted in the + appropriate places. + +.. note:: For whining to work, a special Perl script must be executed at regular + intervals. More information on this is available in :ref:`installation-whining`. + +.. note:: This section does not cover the whineatnews.pl script. + See :ref:`installation-whining-cron` for more information on + The Whining Cron. + +.. _whining-overview: + +The Event +========= + +The whining system defines an "Event" as one or more queries being +executed at regular intervals, with the results of said queries (if +there are any) being emailed to the user. Events are created by +clicking on the "Add new event" button. + +Once a new event is created, the first thing to set is the "Email +subject line". The contents of this field will be used in the subject +line of every email generated by this event. In addition to setting a +subject, space is provided to enter some descriptive text that will be +included at the top of each message (to help you in understanding why +you received the email in the first place). + +The next step is to specify when the Event is to be run (the Schedule) +and what searches are to be performed (the Searches). + +.. _whining-schedule: + +Whining Schedule +================ + +Each whining event is associated with zero or more schedules. A +schedule is used to specify when the search (specified below) is to be +run. A new event starts out with no schedules (which means it will +never run, as it is not scheduled to run). To add a schedule, press +the "Add a new schedule" button. + +Each schedule includes an interval, which you use to tell Bugzilla +when the event should be run. An event can be run on certain days of +the week, certain days of the month, during weekdays (defined as +Monday through Friday), or every day. + +.. warning:: Be careful if you set your event to run on the 29th, 30th, or 31st of + the month, as your event may not run exactly when expected. If you + want your event to run on the last day of the month, select "Last day + of the month" as the interval. + +Once you have specified the day(s) on which the event is to be run, you +should now specify the time at which the event is to be run. You can +have the event run at a certain hour on the specified day(s), or +every hour, half-hour, or quarter-hour on the specified day(s). + +If a single schedule does not execute an event as many times as you +would want, you can create another schedule for the same event. For +example, if you want to run an event on days whose numbers are +divisible by seven, you would need to add four schedules to the event, +setting the schedules to run on the 7th, 14th, 21st, and 28th (one day +per schedule) at whatever time (or times) you choose. + +.. note:: If you are a member of the bz_canusewhineatothers group, then you + will be presented with another option: "Mail to". Using this you + can control who will receive the emails generated by this event. You + can choose to send the emails to a single user (identified by email + address) or a single group (identified by group name). To send to + multiple users or groups, create a new schedule for each additional + user/group. + +.. _whining-query: + +Whining Searches +================ + +Each whining event is associated with zero or more searches. A search +is any saved search to be run as part of the specified schedule (see +above). You start out without any searches associated with the event +(which means that the event will not run, as there will never be any +results to return). To add a search, press the "Add a search" button. + +The first field to examine in your newly added search is the Sort field. +Searches are run, and results included, in the order specified by the +Sort field. Searches with smaller Sort values will run before searches +with bigger Sort values. + +The next field to examine is the Search field. This is where you +choose the actual search that is to be run. Instead of defining search +parameters here, you are asked to choose from the list of saved +searches (the same list that appears at the bottom of every Bugzilla +page). You are only allowed to choose from searches that you have +saved yourself (the default saved search, "My Bugs", is not a valid +choice). If you do not have any saved searches, you can take this +opportunity to create one (see :ref:`list`). + +.. note:: When running searches, the whining system acts as if you are the user + executing the search. This means that the whining system will ignore + bugs that match your search, but that you cannot access. + +Once you have chosen the saved search to be executed, give the search a +descriptive title. This title will appear in the email, above the +results of the search. If you choose "One message per bug", the search +title will appear at the top of each email that contains a bug matching +your search. + +Finally, decide if the results of the search should be sent in a single +email, or if each bug should appear in its own email. + +.. warning:: Think carefully before checking the "One message per bug" box. If + you create a search that matches thousands of bugs, you will receive + thousands of emails! + +Saving Your Changes +=================== + +Once you have defined at least one schedule, and created at least one +search, go ahead and "Update/Commit". This will save your Event and make +it available for immediate execution. + +.. note:: If you ever feel like deleting your event, you may do so using the + "Remove Event" button in the upper-right corner of each Event. You + can also modify an existing event, so long as you "Update/Commit" + after completing your modifications. + + diff --git a/docs/en/xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml b/docs/en/xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 1017f559f..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<!-- Coding standards for this document - -* Other than the GFDL, please use the "section" tag instead of "sect1", - "sect2", etc. -* Use Entities to include files for new chapters in Bugzilla-Guide.xml. -* Try to use Entities for frequently-used passages of text as well. -* Ensure all documents compile cleanly to HTML after modification. - The warning, "DTDDECL catalog types not supported" is normal. -* Try to index important terms wherever possible. -* Use "glossterm" whenever you introduce a new term. -* Follow coding standards at http://www.tldp.org, and - check out the KDE guidelines (they are nice, too) - http://i18n.kde.org/doc/markup.html -* All tags should be lowercase. -* Please use sensible spacing. The comments at the very end of each - file define reasonable defaults for PSGML mode in EMACS. -* Double-indent tags, use double spacing whenever possible, and - try to avoid clutter and feel free to waste space in the code to make it - more readable. - ---> - -<book id="index"> - -<!-- Header --> - - <bookinfo> - <title>The Bugzilla Guide - &bz-ver; - <!-- BZ-DEVEL -->Development <!-- /BZ-DEVEL --> - Release</title> - - <authorgroup> - <corpauthor>The Bugzilla Team</corpauthor> - </authorgroup> - - <pubdate>&bz-date;</pubdate> - - <abstract> - <para> - This is the documentation for Bugzilla, a - bug-tracking system from mozilla.org. - Bugzilla is an enterprise-class piece of software - that tracks millions of bugs and issues for hundreds of - organizations around the world. - </para> - - <para> - The most current version of this document can always be found on the - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/">Bugzilla - Documentation Page</ulink>. - </para> - - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bugzilla</keyword> - <keyword>Guide</keyword> - <keyword>installation</keyword> - <keyword>FAQ</keyword> - <keyword>administration</keyword> - <keyword>integration</keyword> - <keyword>MySQL</keyword> - <keyword>Mozilla</keyword> - <keyword>webtools</keyword> - </keywordset> - </bookinfo> - -<!-- About This Guide --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="about.xml"/> - -<!-- Installing Bugzilla --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="installation.xml"/> - -<!-- Administering Bugzilla --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="administration.xml"/> - -<!-- Securing Bugzilla --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="security.xml"/> - -<!-- Using Bugzilla --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="using.xml"/> - -<!-- Customizing Bugzilla --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="customization.xml"/> - -<!-- Appendix: Troubleshooting --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="troubleshooting.xml"/> - -<!-- Appendix: Custom Patches --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="patches.xml"/> - -<!-- Appendix: Manually Installing Perl Modules --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="modules.xml"/> - -<!-- Appendix: GNU Free Documentation License --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="gfdl.xml"/> - -<!-- Glossary --> -<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="glossary.xml"/> - -</book> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/about.xml b/docs/en/xml/about.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 758b0b609..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/about.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<chapter id="about"> -<title>About This Guide</title> - - <section id="copyright"> - <title>Copyright Information</title> - - <para>This document is copyright (c) 2000-¤t-year; by the various - Bugzilla contributors who wrote it.</para> - - <blockquote> - <para> - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no - Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of - the license is included in <xref linkend="gfdl"/>. - </para> - </blockquote> - <para> - If you have any questions regarding this document, its - copyright, or publishing this document in non-electronic form, - please contact the Bugzilla Team. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="disclaimer"> - <title>Disclaimer</title> - <para> - No liability for the contents of this document can be accepted. - Follow the instructions herein at your own risk. - This document may contain errors - and inaccuracies that may damage your system, cause your partner - to leave you, your boss to fire you, your cats to - pee on your furniture and clothing, and global thermonuclear - war. Proceed with caution. - </para> - <para> - Naming of particular products or brands should not be seen as - endorsements, with the exception of the term "GNU/Linux". We - wholeheartedly endorse the use of GNU/Linux; it is an extremely - versatile, stable, - and robust operating system that offers an ideal operating - environment for Bugzilla. - </para> - <para> - Although the Bugzilla development team has taken great care to - ensure that all exploitable bugs have been fixed, security holes surely - exist in any piece of code. Great care should be taken both in - the installation and usage of this software. The Bugzilla development - team members assume no liability for your use of Bugzilla. You have - the source code, and are responsible for auditing it yourself to ensure - your security needs are met. - </para> - </section> - -<!-- Section 2: New Versions --> - - <section id="newversions"> - <title>New Versions</title> - <para> - This is the &bz-ver; version of The Bugzilla Guide. It is so named - to match the current version of Bugzilla. - <!-- BZ-DEVEL --> This version of the guide, like its associated Bugzilla version, is a - development version.<!-- /BZ-DEVEL --> - </para> - <para> - The latest version of this guide can always be found at <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/"/>. However, you should read - the version which came with the Bugzilla release you are using. - </para> - - <para> - In addition, there are Bugzilla template localization projects in - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download/#localizations">several languages</ulink>. - They may have translated documentation available. If you would like to - volunteer to translate the Guide into additional languages, please visit the - <ulink url="https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:L10n">Bugzilla L10n team</ulink> - page. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="credits"> - <title>Credits</title> - <para> - The people listed below have made enormous contributions to the - creation of this Guide, through their writing, dedicated hacking efforts, - numerous e-mail and IRC support sessions, and overall excellent - contribution to the Bugzilla community: - </para> - - <!-- TODO: This is evil... there has to be a valid way to get this look --> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Matthew P. Barnson <email>mbarnson@sisna.com</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for the Herculean task of pulling together the Bugzilla Guide - and shepherding it to 2.14. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Terry Weissman <email>terry@mozilla.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for initially writing Bugzilla and creating the README upon - which the UNIX installation documentation is largely based. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Tara Hernandez <email>tara@tequilarists.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for keeping Bugzilla development going strong after Terry left - mozilla.org and for running landfill. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Dave Lawrence <email>dkl@redhat.com</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for providing insight into the key differences between Red - Hat's customized Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Dawn Endico <email>endico@mozilla.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for being a hacker extraordinaire and putting up with Matthew's - incessant questions and arguments on irc.mozilla.org in #mozwebtools - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Jacob Steenhagen <email>jake@bugzilla.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for taking over documentation during the 2.17 development - period. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Dave Miller <email>justdave@bugzilla.org</email></term> - <listitem> - <para>for taking over as project lead when Tara stepped down and - continually pushing for the documentation to be the best it can be. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - - <para> - Thanks also go to the following people for significant contributions - to this documentation: - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member>Kevin Brannen</member> - <member>Vlad Dascalu</member> - <member>Ben FrantzDale</member> - <member>Eric Hanson</member> - <member>Zach Lipton</member> - <member>Gervase Markham</member> - <member>Andrew Pearson</member> - <member>Joe Robins</member> - <member>Spencer Smith</member> - <member>Ron Teitelbaum</member> - <member>Shane Travis</member> - <member>Martin Wulffeld</member> - </simplelist>. - </para> - - <para> - Also, thanks are due to the members of the - <ulink url="news://news.mozilla.org/mozilla.support.bugzilla"> - mozilla.support.bugzilla</ulink> - newsgroup (and its predecessor, netscape.public.mozilla.webtools). - Without your discussions, insight, suggestions, and patches, - this could never have happened. - </para> - </section> - - <!-- conventions used here (didn't want to give it a chapter of its own) --> - <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="conventions.xml" /> -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: --> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/administration.xml b/docs/en/xml/administration.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0d32cdb52..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/administration.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3244 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<chapter id="administration"> - <title>Administering Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="parameters"> - <title>Bugzilla Configuration</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla is configured by changing various parameters, accessed - from the "Parameters" link in the Administration page (the - Administration page can be found by clicking the "Administration" - link in the footer). The parameters are divided into several categories, - accessed via the menu on the left. Following is a description of the - different categories and important parameters within those categories. - </para> - - <section id="param-requiredsettings"> - <title>Required Settings</title> - - <para> - The core required parameters for any Bugzilla installation are set - here. These parameters must be set before a new Bugzilla installation - can be used. Administrators should review this list before - deploying a new Bugzilla installation. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - maintainer - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Email address of the person - responsible for maintaining this Bugzilla installation. - The address need not be that of a valid Bugzilla account. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - urlbase - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines the fully qualified domain name and web - server path to this Bugzilla installation. - </para> - <para> - For example, if the Bugzilla query page is - <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/query.cgi</filename>, - the <quote>urlbase</quote> should be set - to <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - docs_urlbase - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines path to the Bugzilla documentation. This can be a fully - qualified domain name, or a path relative to "urlbase". - </para> - <para> - For example, if the "Bugzilla Configuration" page - of the documentation is - <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/docs/html/parameters.html</filename>, - set the <quote>docs_urlbase</quote> - to <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/docs/html/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - sslbase - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines the fully qualified domain name and web - server path for HTTPS (SSL) connections to this Bugzilla installation. - </para> - <para> - For example, if the Bugzilla main page is - <filename>https://www.foo.com/bugzilla/index.cgi</filename>, - the <quote>sslbase</quote> should be set - to <filename>https://www.foo.com/bugzilla/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - ssl_redirect - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - If enabled, Bugzilla will force HTTPS (SSL) connections, by - automatically redirecting any users who try to use a non-SSL - connection. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - cookiedomain - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines the domain for Bugzilla cookies. This is typically left blank. - If there are multiple hostnames that point to the same webserver, which - require the same cookie, then this parameter can be utilized. For - example, If your website is at - <filename>https://www.foo.com/</filename>, setting this to - <filename>.foo.com/</filename> will also allow - <filename>bar.foo.com/</filename> to access Bugzilla cookies. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - cookiepath - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines a path, relative to the web server root, that Bugzilla - cookies will be restricted to. For example, if the - <command>urlbase</command> is set to - <filename>http://www.foo.com/bugzilla/</filename>, the - <command>cookiepath</command> should be set to - <filename>/bugzilla/</filename>. Setting it to "/" will allow all sites - served by this web server or virtual host to read Bugzilla cookies. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - utf8 - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Determines whether to use UTF-8 (Unicode) encoding for all text in - Bugzilla. New installations should set this to true to avoid character - encoding problems. Existing databases should set this to true only - after the data has been converted from existing legacy character - encoding to UTF-8, using the - <filename>contrib/recode.pl</filename> script. - </para> - <note> - <para> - If you turn this parameter from "off" to "on", you must re-run - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> immediately afterward. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - shutdownhtml - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - If there is any text in this field, this Bugzilla installation will - be completely disabled and this text will appear instead of all - Bugzilla pages for all users, including Admins. Used in the event - of site maintenance or outage situations. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Although regular log-in capability is disabled while - <command>shutdownhtml</command> - is enabled, safeguards are in place to protect the unfortunate - admin who loses connection to Bugzilla. Should this happen to you, - go directly to the <filename>editparams.cgi</filename> (by typing - the URL in manually, if necessary). Doing this will prompt you to - log in, and your name/password will be accepted here (but nowhere - else). - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - announcehtml - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Any text in this field will be displayed at the top of every HTML - page in this Bugzilla installation. The text is not wrapped in any - tags. For best results, wrap the text in a <quote><div></quote> - tag. Any style attributes from the CSS can be applied. For example, - to make the text green inside of a red box, add <quote>id=message</quote> - to the <quote><div></quote> tag. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - proxy_url - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - If this Bugzilla installation is behind a proxy, enter the proxy - information here to enable Bugzilla to access the Internet. Bugzilla - requires Internet access to utilize the - <command>upgrade_notification</command> parameter (below). If the - proxy requires authentication, use the syntax: - <filename>http://user:pass@proxy_url/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - upgrade_notification - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Enable or disable a notification on the homepage of this Bugzilla - installation when a newer version of Bugzilla is available. This - notification is only visible to administrators. Choose "disabled", - to turn off the notification. Otherwise, choose which version of - Bugzilla you want to be notified about: "development_snapshot" is the - latest release on the trunk; "latest_stable_release" is the most - recent release available on the most recent stable branch; - "stable_branch_release" the most recent release on the branch - this installation is based on. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-admin-policies"> - <title>Administrative Policies</title> - <para> - This page contains parameters for basic administrative functions. - Options include whether to allow the deletion of bugs and users, - and whether to allow users to change their email address. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="param-user-authentication"> - <title>User Authentication</title> - <para> - This page contains the settings that control how this Bugzilla - installation will do its authentication. Choose what authentication - mechanism to use (the Bugzilla database, or an external source such - as LDAP), and set basic behavioral parameters. For example, choose - whether to require users to login to browse bugs, the management - of authentication cookies, and the regular expression used to - validate email addresses. Some parameters are highlighted below. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - emailregexp - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Defines the regular expression used to validate email addresses - used for login names. The default attempts to match fully - qualified email addresses (i.e. 'user@example.com') in a slightly - more restrictive way than what is allowed in RFC 2822. - Some Bugzilla installations allow only local user names (i.e 'user' - instead of 'user@example.com'). In that case, this parameter - should be used to define the email domain. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - emailsuffix - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This string is appended to login names when actually sending - email to a user. For example, - If <command>emailregexp</command> has been set to allow - local usernames, - then this parameter would contain the email domain for all users - (i.e. '@example.com'). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-attachments"> - <title>Attachments</title> - <para> - This page allows for setting restrictions and other parameters - regarding attachments to bugs. For example, control size limitations - and whether to allow pointing to external files via a URI. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="param-bug-change-policies"> - <title>Bug Change Policies</title> - <para> - Set policy on default behavior for bug change events. For example, - choose which status to set a bug to when it is marked as a duplicate, - and choose whether to allow bug reporters to set the priority or - target milestone. Also allows for configuration of what changes - should require the user to make a comment, described below. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - commenton* - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - All these fields allow you to dictate what changes can pass - without comment, and which must have a comment from the - person who changed them. Often, administrators will allow - users to add themselves to the CC list, accept bugs, or - change the Status Whiteboard without adding a comment as to - their reasons for the change, yet require that most other - changes come with an explanation. - </para> - - <para> - Set the "commenton" options according to your site policy. It - is a wise idea to require comments when users resolve, reassign, or - reopen bugs at the very least. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - It is generally far better to require a developer comment - when resolving bugs than not. Few things are more annoying to bug - database users than having a developer mark a bug "fixed" without - any comment as to what the fix was (or even that it was truly - fixed!) - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - noresolveonopenblockers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This option will prevent users from resolving bugs as FIXED if - they have unresolved dependencies. Only the FIXED resolution - is affected. Users will be still able to resolve bugs to - resolutions other than FIXED if they have unresolved dependent - bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-bugfields"> - <title>Bug Fields</title> - <para> - The parameters in this section determine the default settings of - several Bugzilla fields for new bugs, and also control whether - certain fields are used. For example, choose whether to use the - "target milestone" field or the "status whiteboard" field. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - useqacontact - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This allows you to define an email address for each component, - in addition to that of the default assignee, who will be sent - carbon copies of incoming bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - usestatuswhiteboard - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This defines whether you wish to have a free-form, overwritable field - associated with each bug. The advantage of the Status Whiteboard is - that it can be deleted or modified with ease, and provides an - easily-searchable field for indexing some bugs that have some trait - in common. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-bugmoving"> - <title>Bug Moving</title> - <para> - This page controls whether this Bugzilla installation allows certain - users to move bugs to an external database. If bug moving is enabled, - there are a number of parameters that control bug moving behaviors. - For example, choose which users are allowed to move bugs, the location - of the external database, and the default product and component that - bugs moved <emphasis>from</emphasis> other bug databases to this - Bugzilla installation are assigned to. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="param-graphs"> - <title>Graphs</title> - <para> - This page contains parameters to control how graphs are generated. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - webdotbase - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This sets the location of a Web Dot server, or of the Web Dot - binary on the local system, that is used to generate dependency - graphs. Web Dot is a CGI program that creates images from - <filename>.dot</filename> graphic description files. If no Web Dot - server or binary is specified, then dependency graphs will be disabled. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - font_file - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This defines the full path to a TrueType font file which will be - used to display text in charts and graphical reports. The recommended - font is Unifont which supports all languages in the Basic Multilingual - Plane. On Linux, the path is of the form - <filename>/usr/share/fonts/TTF/unifont/unifont-6.3.20131006.ttf</filename> - and on Windows, the path would be - <filename>C:\Windows\Fonts\unifont-6.3.20131006.ttf</filename>. - </para> - <para> - If you don't have this font installed, you can download it from the - <ulink url="http://unifoundry.com/unifont.html">Unifoundry.com</ulink> - website and install it at the location specified above. This font - is free of charge and can be installed on all operating systems. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </section> - - <section id="param-group-security"> - <title>Group Security</title> - <para> - Bugzilla allows for the creation of different groups, with the - ability to restrict the visibility of bugs in a group to a set of - specific users. Specific products can also be associated with - groups, and users restricted to only see products in their groups. - Several parameters are described in more detail below. Most of the - configuration of groups and their relationship to products is done - on the "Groups" and "Product" pages of the "Administration" area. - The options on this page control global default behavior. - For more information on Groups and Group Security, see - <xref linkend="groups"/> - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - makeproductgroups - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Determines whether or not to automatically create groups - when new products are created. If this is on, the groups will be - used for querying bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - usevisibilitygroups - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - If selected, user visibility will be restricted to members of - groups, as selected in the group configuration settings. - Each user-defined group can be allowed to see members of selected - other groups. - For details on configuring groups (including the visibility - restrictions) see <xref linkend="edit-groups"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - querysharegroup - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - The name of the group of users who are allowed to share saved - searches with one another. For more information on using - saved searches, see <xref linkend="savedsearches"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="bzldap"> - <title>LDAP Authentication</title> - - <para>LDAP authentication is a module for Bugzilla's plugin - authentication architecture. This page contains all the parameters - necessary to configure Bugzilla for use with LDAP authentication. - </para> - - <para> - The existing authentication - scheme for Bugzilla uses email addresses as the primary user ID, and a - password to authenticate that user. All places within Bugzilla that - require a user ID (e.g assigning a bug) use the email - address. The LDAP authentication builds on top of this scheme, rather - than replacing it. The initial log-in is done with a username and - password for the LDAP directory. Bugzilla tries to bind to LDAP using - those credentials and, if successful, tries to map this account to a - Bugzilla account. If an LDAP mail attribute is defined, the value of this - attribute is used, otherwise the "emailsuffix" parameter is appended to LDAP - username to form a full email address. If an account for this address - already exists in the Bugzilla installation, it will log in to that account. - If no account for that email address exists, one is created at the time - of login. (In this case, Bugzilla will attempt to use the "displayName" - or "cn" attribute to determine the user's full name.) After - authentication, all other user-related tasks are still handled by email - address, not LDAP username. For example, bugs are still assigned by - email address and users are still queried by email address. - </para> - - <caution> - <para>Because the Bugzilla account is not created until the first time - a user logs in, a user who has not yet logged is unknown to Bugzilla. - This means they cannot be used as an assignee or QA contact (default or - otherwise), added to any CC list, or any other such operation. One - possible workaround is the <filename>bugzilla_ldapsync.rb</filename> - script in the - <glossterm linkend="gloss-contrib"> - <filename class="directory">contrib</filename></glossterm> - directory. Another possible solution is fixing - <ulink url="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=201069">bug - 201069</ulink>. - </para> - </caution> - - <para>Parameters required to use LDAP Authentication:</para> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry id="param-user_verify_class_for_ldap"> - <term>user_verify_class</term> - <listitem> - <para>If you want to list <quote>LDAP</quote> here, - make sure to have set up the other parameters listed below. - Unless you have other (working) authentication methods listed as - well, you may otherwise not be able to log back in to Bugzilla once - you log out. - If this happens to you, you will need to manually edit - <filename>data/params</filename> and set user_verify_class to - <quote>DB</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPserver"> - <term>LDAPserver</term> - <listitem> - <para>This parameter should be set to the name (and optionally the - port) of your LDAP server. If no port is specified, it assumes - the default LDAP port of 389. - </para> - <para>For example: <quote>ldap.company.com</quote> - or <quote>ldap.company.com:3268</quote> - </para> - <para>You can also specify a LDAP URI, so as to use other - protocols, such as LDAPS or LDAPI. If port was not specified in - the URI, the default is either 389 or 636 for 'LDAP' and 'LDAPS' - schemes respectively. - </para> - <tip> - <para> - In order to use SSL with LDAP, specify a URI with "ldaps://". - This will force the use of SSL over port 636. - </para> - </tip> - <para>For example, normal LDAP: - <quote>ldap://ldap.company.com</quote>, LDAP over SSL: - <quote>ldaps://ldap.company.com</quote> or LDAP over a UNIX - domain socket <quote>ldapi://%2fvar%2flib%2fldap_sock</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPbinddn"> - <term>LDAPbinddn [Optional]</term> - <listitem> - <para>Some LDAP servers will not allow an anonymous bind to search - the directory. If this is the case with your configuration you - should set the LDAPbinddn parameter to the user account Bugzilla - should use instead of the anonymous bind. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>cn=default,cn=user:password</quote></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPBaseDN"> - <term>LDAPBaseDN</term> - <listitem> - <para>The LDAPBaseDN parameter should be set to the location in - your LDAP tree that you would like to search for email addresses. - Your uids should be unique under the DN specified here. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>ou=People,o=Company</quote></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPuidattribute"> - <term>LDAPuidattribute</term> - <listitem> - <para>The LDAPuidattribute parameter should be set to the attribute - which contains the unique UID of your users. The value retrieved - from this attribute will be used when attempting to bind as the - user to confirm their password. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>uid</quote></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-LDAPmailattribute"> - <term>LDAPmailattribute</term> - <listitem> - <para>The LDAPmailattribute parameter should be the name of the - attribute which contains the email address your users will enter - into the Bugzilla login boxes. - </para> - <para>Ex. <quote>mail</quote></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="bzradius"> - <title>RADIUS Authentication</title> - - <para> - RADIUS authentication is a module for Bugzilla's plugin - authentication architecture. This page contains all the parameters - necessary for configuring Bugzilla to use RADIUS authentication. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Most caveats that apply to LDAP authentication apply to RADIUS - authentication as well. See <xref linkend="bzldap"/> for details. - </para> - </note> - - <para>Parameters required to use RADIUS Authentication:</para> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry id="param-user_verify_class_for_radius"> - <term>user_verify_class</term> - <listitem> - <para>If you want to list <quote>RADIUS</quote> here, - make sure to have set up the other parameters listed below. - Unless you have other (working) authentication methods listed as - well, you may otherwise not be able to log back in to Bugzilla once - you log out. - If this happens to you, you will need to manually edit - <filename>data/params</filename> and set user_verify_class to - <quote>DB</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-RADIUS_server"> - <term>RADIUS_server</term> - <listitem> - <para>This parameter should be set to the name (and optionally the - port) of your RADIUS server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-RADIUS_secret"> - <term>RADIUS_secret</term> - <listitem> - <para>This parameter should be set to the RADIUS server's secret. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry id="param-RADIUS_email_suffix"> - <term>RADIUS_email_suffix</term> - <listitem> - <para>Bugzilla needs an e-mail address for each user account. - Therefore, it needs to determine the e-mail address corresponding - to a RADIUS user. - Bugzilla offers only a simple way to do this: it can concatenate - a suffix to the RADIUS user name to convert it into an e-mail - address. - You can specify this suffix in the RADIUS_email_suffix parameter. - </para> - <para>If this simple solution does not work for you, you'll - probably need to modify - <filename>Bugzilla/Auth/Verify/RADIUS.pm</filename> to match your - requirements. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-email"> - <title>Email</title> - <para> - This page contains all of the parameters for configuring how - Bugzilla deals with the email notifications it sends. See below - for a summary of important options. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - mail_delivery_method - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is used to specify how email is sent, or if it is sent at - all. There are several options included for different MTAs, - along with two additional options that disable email sending. - "Test" does not send mail, but instead saves it in - <filename>data/mailer.testfile</filename> for later review. - "None" disables email sending entirely. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - mailfrom - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is the email address that will appear in the "From" field - of all emails sent by this Bugzilla installation. Some email - servers require mail to be from a valid email address, therefore - it is recommended to choose a valid email address here. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - smtpserver - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is the SMTP server address, if the <quote>mail_delivery_method</quote> - parameter is set to SMTP. Use "localhost" if you have a local MTA - running, otherwise use a remote SMTP server. Append ":" and the port - number, if a non-default port is needed. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - smtp_username - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Username to use for SASL authentication to the SMTP server. Leave - this parameter empty if your server does not require authentication. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - smtp_password - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Password to use for SASL authentication to the SMTP server. This - parameter will be ignored if the <quote>smtp_username</quote> - parameter is left empty. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - smtp_ssl - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Enable SSL support for connection to the SMTP server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - smtp_debug - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This parameter allows you to enable detailed debugging output. - Log messages are printed the web server's error log. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - whinedays - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Set this to the number of days you want to let bugs go - in the CONFIRMED state before notifying people they have - untouched new bugs. If you do not plan to use this feature, simply - do not set up the whining cron job described in the installation - instructions, or set this value to "0" (never whine). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - globalwatcher - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This allows you to define specific users who will - receive notification each time a new bug in entered, or when - an existing bug changes, according to the normal groupset - permissions. It may be useful for sending notifications to a - mailing-list, for instance. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="param-patchviewer"> - <title>Patch Viewer</title> - <para> - This page contains configuration parameters for the CVS server, - Bonsai server and LXR server that Bugzilla will use to enable the - features of the Patch Viewer. Bonsai is a tool that enables queries - to a CVS tree. LXR is a tool that can cross reference and index source - code. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="param-querydefaults"> - <title>Query Defaults</title> - <para> - This page controls the default behavior of Bugzilla in regards to - several aspects of querying bugs. Options include what the default - query options are, what the "My Bugs" page returns, whether users - can freely add bugs to the quip list, and how many duplicate bugs are - needed to add a bug to the "most frequently reported" list. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="param-shadowdatabase"> - <title>Shadow Database</title> - <para> - This page controls whether a shadow database is used, and all the - parameters associated with the shadow database. Versions of Bugzilla - prior to 3.2 used the MyISAM table type, which supports - only table-level write locking. With MyISAM, any time someone is making a change to - a bug, the entire table is locked until the write operation is complete. - Locking for write also blocks reads until the write is complete. - </para> - <para> - The <quote>shadowdb</quote> parameter was designed to get around - this limitation. While only a single user is allowed to write to - a table at a time, reads can continue unimpeded on a read-only - shadow copy of the database. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - As of version 3.2, Bugzilla no longer uses the MyISAM table type. - Instead, InnoDB is used, which can do transaction-based locking. - Therefore, the limitations the Shadow Database feature was designed - to workaround no longer exist. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - <section id="admin-usermatching"> - <title>User Matching</title> - <para> - The settings on this page control how users are selected and queried - when adding a user to a bug. For example, users need to be selected - when choosing who the bug is assigned to, adding to the CC list or - selecting a QA contact. With the "usemenuforusers" parameter, it is - possible to configure Bugzilla to - display a list of users in the fields instead of an empty text field. - This should only be used in Bugzilla installations with a small number - of users. If users are selected via a text box, this page also - contains parameters for how user names can be queried and matched - when entered. - </para> - <para> - Another setting called 'ajax_user_autocompletion' enables certain - user fields to display a list of matched user names as a drop down after typing - a few characters. Note that it is recommended to use mod_perl when - enabling 'ajax_user_autocompletion'. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="useradmin"> - <title>User Administration</title> - - <section id="defaultuser"> - <title>Creating the Default User</title> - - <para>When you first run checksetup.pl after installing Bugzilla, it - will prompt you for the administrative username (email address) and - password for this "super user". If for some reason you delete - the "super user" account, re-running checksetup.pl will again prompt - you for this username and password.</para> - - <tip> - <para>If you wish to add more administrative users, add them to - the "admin" group and, optionally, edit the tweakparams, editusers, - creategroups, editcomponents, and editkeywords groups to add the - entire admin group to those groups (which is the case by default). - </para> - </tip> - </section> - - <section id="manageusers"> - <title>Managing Other Users</title> - - <section id="user-account-search"> - <title>Searching for existing users</title> - - <para> - If you have <quote>editusers</quote> privileges or if you are allowed - to grant privileges for some groups, the <quote>Users</quote> link - will appear in the Administration page. - </para> - - <para> - The first screen is a search form to search for existing user - accounts. You can run searches based either on the user ID, real - name or login name (i.e. the email address, or just the first part - of the email address if the "emailsuffix" parameter is set). - The search can be conducted - in different ways using the listbox to the right of the text entry - box. You can match by case-insensitive substring (the default), - regular expression, a <emphasis>reverse</emphasis> regular expression - match (which finds every user name which does NOT match the regular - expression), or the exact string if you know exactly who you are - looking for. The search can be restricted to users who are in a - specific group. By default, the restriction is turned off. - </para> - - <para> - The search returns a list of - users matching your criteria. User properties can be edited by clicking - the login name. The Account History of a user can be viewed by clicking - the "View" link in the Account History column. The Account History - displays changes that have been made to the user account, the time of - the change and the user who made the change. For example, the Account - History page will display details of when a user was added or removed - from a group. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="createnewusers"> - <title>Creating new users</title> - - <section id="self-registration"> - <title>Self-registration</title> - - <para> - By default, users can create their own user accounts by clicking the - <quote>New Account</quote> link at the bottom of each page (assuming - they aren't logged in as someone else already). If you want to disable - this self-registration, or if you want to restrict who can create his - own user account, you have to edit the <quote>createemailregexp</quote> - parameter in the <quote>Configuration</quote> page, see - <xref linkend="parameters" />. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="user-account-creation"> - <title>Accounts created by an administrator</title> - - <para> - Users with <quote>editusers</quote> privileges, such as administrators, - can create user accounts for other users: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>After logging in, click the "Users" link at the footer of - the query page, and then click "Add a new user".</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Fill out the form presented. This page is self-explanatory. - When done, click "Submit".</para> - - <note> - <para>Adding a user this way will <emphasis>not</emphasis> - send an email informing them of their username and password. - While useful for creating dummy accounts (watchers which - shuttle mail to another system, for instance, or email - addresses which are a mailing list), in general it is - preferable to log out and use the <quote>New Account</quote> - button to create users, as it will pre-populate all the - required fields and also notify the user of her account name - and password.</para> - </note> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="modifyusers"> - <title>Modifying Users</title> - - <para>Once you have found your user, you can change the following - fields:</para> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Login Name</emphasis>: - This is generally the user's full email address. However, if you - are using the <quote>emailsuffix</quote> parameter, this may - just be the user's login name. Note that users can now change their - login names themselves (to any valid email address). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Real Name</emphasis>: The user's real name. Note that - Bugzilla does not require this to create an account.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Password</emphasis>: - You can change the user's password here. Users can automatically - request a new password, so you shouldn't need to do this often. - If you want to disable an account, see Disable Text below. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Bugmail Disabled</emphasis>: - Mark this checkbox to disable bugmail and whinemail completely - for this account. This checkbox replaces the data/nomail file - which existed in older versions of Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Disable Text</emphasis>: - If you type anything in this box, including just a space, the - user is prevented from logging in, or making any changes to - bugs via the web interface. - The HTML you type in this box is presented to the user when - they attempt to perform these actions, and should explain - why the account was disabled. - </para> - <para> - Users with disabled accounts will continue to receive - mail from Bugzilla; furthermore, they will not be able - to log in themselves to change their own preferences and - stop it. If you want an account (disabled or active) to - stop receiving mail, simply check the - <quote>Bugmail Disabled</quote> checkbox above. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Even users whose accounts have been disabled can still - submit bugs via the e-mail gateway, if one exists. - The e-mail gateway should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be - enabled for secure installations of Bugzilla. - </para> - </note> - <warning> - <para> - Don't disable all the administrator accounts! - </para> - </warning> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis><groupname></emphasis>: - If you have created some groups, e.g. "securitysensitive", then - checkboxes will appear here to allow you to add users to, or - remove them from, these groups. The first checkbox gives the - user the ability to add and remove other users as members of - this group. The second checkbox adds the user himself as a member - of the group. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>canconfirm</emphasis>: - This field is only used if you have enabled the "unconfirmed" - status. If you enable this for a user, - that user can then move bugs from "Unconfirmed" to a "Confirmed" - status (e.g.: "New" status).</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>creategroups</emphasis>: - This option will allow a user to create and destroy groups in - Bugzilla.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>editbugs</emphasis>: - Unless a user has this bit set, they can only edit those bugs - for which they are the assignee or the reporter. Even if this - option is unchecked, users can still add comments to bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>editcomponents</emphasis>: - This flag allows a user to create new products and components, - as well as modify and destroy those that have no bugs associated - with them. If a product or component has bugs associated with it, - those bugs must be moved to a different product or component - before Bugzilla will allow them to be destroyed. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>editkeywords</emphasis>: - If you use Bugzilla's keyword functionality, enabling this - feature allows a user to create and destroy keywords. As always, - the keywords for existing bugs containing the keyword the user - wishes to destroy must be changed before Bugzilla will allow it - to die.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>editusers</emphasis>: - This flag allows a user to do what you're doing right now: edit - other users. This will allow those with the right to do so to - remove administrator privileges from other users or grant them to - themselves. Enable with care.</para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>tweakparams</emphasis>: - This flag allows a user to change Bugzilla's Params - (using <filename>editparams.cgi</filename>.)</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis><productname></emphasis>: - This allows an administrator to specify the products - in which a user can see bugs. If you turn on the - <quote>makeproductgroups</quote> parameter in - the Group Security Panel in the Parameters page, - then Bugzilla creates one group per product (at the time you create - the product), and this group has exactly the same name as the - product itself. Note that for products that already exist when - the parameter is turned on, the corresponding group will not be - created. The user must still have the <quote>editbugs</quote> - privilege to edit bugs in these products.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </section> - - <section id="user-account-deletion"> - <title>Deleting Users</title> - <para> - If the <quote>allowuserdeletion</quote> parameter is turned on, see - <xref linkend="parameters" />, then you can also delete user accounts. - Note that this is most of the time not the best thing to do. If only - a warning in a yellow box is displayed, then the deletion is safe. - If a warning is also displayed in a red box, then you should NOT try - to delete the user account, else you will get referential integrity - problems in your database, which can lead to unexpected behavior, - such as bugs not appearing in bug lists anymore, or data displaying - incorrectly. You have been warned! - </para> - </section> - - <section id="impersonatingusers"> - <title>Impersonating Users</title> - - <para> - There may be times when an administrator would like to do something as - another user. The <command>sudo</command> feature may be used to do - this. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - To use the sudo feature, you must be in the - <emphasis>bz_sudoers</emphasis> group. By default, all - administrators are in this group.</para> - </note> - - <para> - If you have access to this feature, you may start a session by - going to the Edit Users page, Searching for a user and clicking on - their login. You should see a link below their login name titled - "Impersonate this user". Click on the link. This will take you - to a page where you will see a description of the feature and - instructions for using it. After reading the text, simply - enter the login of the user you would like to impersonate, provide - a short message explaining why you are doing this, and press the - button.</para> - - <para> - As long as you are using this feature, everything you do will be done - as if you were logged in as the user you are impersonating.</para> - - <warning> - <para> - The user you are impersonating will not be told about what you are - doing. If you do anything that results in mail being sent, that - mail will appear to be from the user you are impersonating. You - should be extremely careful while using this feature.</para> - </warning> - </section> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="classifications" xreflabel="Classifications"> - <title>Classifications</title> - - <para>Classifications tend to be used in order to group several related - products into one distinct entity.</para> - - <para>The classifications layer is disabled by default; it can be turned - on or off using the useclassification parameter, - in the <emphasis>Bug Fields</emphasis> section of the edit parameters screen.</para> - - <para>Access to the administration of classifications is controlled using - the <emphasis>editclassifications</emphasis> system group, which defines - a privilege for creating, destroying, and editing classifications.</para> - - <para>When activated, classifications will introduce an additional - step when filling bugs (dedicated to classification selection), and they - will also appear in the advanced search form.</para> - </section> - - <section id="products" xreflabel="Products"> - <title>Products</title> - - <para> - <glossterm linkend="gloss-product" baseform="product"> - Products</glossterm> typically represent real-world - shipping products. Products can be given - <xref linkend="classifications"/>. - For example, if a company makes computer games, - they could have a classification of "Games", and a separate - product for each game. This company might also have a - <quote>Common</quote> product for units of technology used - in multiple games, and perhaps a few special products that - represent items that are not actually shipping products - (for example, "Website", or "Administration"). - </para> - - <para> - Many of Bugzilla's settings are configurable on a per-product - basis. The number of <quote>votes</quote> available to - users is set per-product, as is the number of votes - required to move a bug automatically from the UNCONFIRMED - status to the CONFIRMED status. - </para> - - <para> - When creating or editing products the following options are - available: - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Product - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - The name of the product - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Description - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - A brief description of the product - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Default milestone - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the default milestone for this product. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Closed for bug entry - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select this box to prevent new bugs from being - entered against this product. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Maximum votes per person - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Maximum votes a user is allowed to give for this - product - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Maximum votes a person can put on a single bug - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Maximum votes a user is allowed to give for this - product in a single bug - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Confirmation threshold - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Number of votes needed to automatically remove any - bug against this product from the UNCONFIRMED state - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Version - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Specify which version of the product bugs will be - entered against. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - Create chart datasets for this product - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select to make chart datasets available for this product. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - <para> - When editing a product there is also a link to edit Group Access Controls, - see <xref linkend="product-group-controls"/>. - </para> - - <section id="create-product"> - <title>Creating New Products</title> - - <para> - To create a new product: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <quote>Administration</quote> from the footer and then - choose <quote>Products</quote> from the main administration page. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Select the <quote>Add</quote> link in the bottom right. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the name of the product and a description. The - Description field may contain HTML. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - When the product is created, Bugzilla will give a message - stating that a component must be created before any bugs can - be entered against the new product. Follow the link to create - a new component. See <xref linkend="components"/> for more - information. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - </section> - - <section id="edit-products"> - <title>Editing Products</title> - - <para> - To edit an existing product, click the "Products" link from the - "Administration" page. If the 'useclassification' parameter is - turned on, a table of existing classifications is displayed, - including an "Unclassified" category. The table indicates how many products - are in each classification. Click on the classification name to see its - products. If the 'useclassification' parameter is not in use, the table - lists all products directly. The product table summarizes the information - about the product defined - when the product was created. Click on the product name to edit these - properties, and to access links to other product attributes such as the - product's components, versions, milestones, and group access controls. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="comps-vers-miles-products"> - <title>Adding or Editing Components, Versions and Target Milestones</title> - <para> - To edit existing, or add new, Components, Versions or Target Milestones - to a Product, select the "Edit Components", "Edit Versions" or "Edit - Milestones" links from the "Edit Product" page. A table of existing - Components, Versions or Milestones is displayed. Click on a item name - to edit the properties of that item. Below the table is a link to add - a new Component, Version or Milestone. - </para> - <para> - For more information on components, see <xref linkend="components"/>. - </para> - <para> - For more information on versions, see <xref linkend="versions"/>. - </para> - <para> - For more information on milestones, see <xref linkend="milestones"/>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="product-group-controls"> - <title>Assigning Group Controls to Products</title> - - <para> - On the <quote>Edit Product</quote> page, there is a link called - <quote>Edit Group Access Controls</quote>. The settings on this page - control the relationship of the groups to the product being edited. - </para> - - <para> - Group Access Controls are an important aspect of using groups for - isolating products and restricting access to bugs filed against those - products. For more information on groups, including how to create, edit - add users to, and alter permission of, see <xref linkend="groups"/>. - </para> - - <para> - After selecting the "Edit Group Access Controls" link from the "Edit - Product" page, a table containing all user-defined groups for this - Bugzilla installation is displayed. The system groups that are created - when Bugzilla is installed are not applicable to Group Access Controls. - Below is description of what each of these fields means. - </para> - - <para> - Groups may be applicable (e.g bugs in this product can be associated - with this group) , default (e.g. bugs in this product are in this group - by default), and mandatory (e.g. bugs in this product must be associated - with this group) for each product. Groups can also control access - to bugs for a given product, or be used to make bugs for a product - totally read-only unless the group restrictions are met. The best way to - understand these relationships is by example. See - <xref linkend="group-control-examples"/> for examples of - product and group relationships. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Products and Groups are not limited to a one-to-one relationship. - Multiple groups can be associated with the same product, and groups - can be associated with more than one product. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - If any group has <emphasis>Entry</emphasis> selected, then the - product will restrict bug entry to only those users - who are members of <emphasis>all</emphasis> the groups with - <emphasis>Entry</emphasis> selected. - </para> - - <para> - If any group has <emphasis>Canedit</emphasis> selected, - then the product will be read-only for any users - who are not members of <emphasis>all</emphasis> of the groups with - <emphasis>Canedit</emphasis> selected. <emphasis>Only</emphasis> users who - are members of all the <emphasis>Canedit</emphasis> groups - will be able to edit bugs for this product. This is an additional - restriction that enables finer-grained control over products rather - than just all-or-nothing access levels. - </para> - - <para> - The following settings let you - choose privileges on a <emphasis>per-product basis</emphasis>. - This is a convenient way to give privileges to - some users for some products only, without having - to give them global privileges which would affect - all products. - </para> - - <para> - Any group having <emphasis>editcomponents</emphasis> - selected allows users who are in this group to edit all - aspects of this product, including components, milestones - and versions. - </para> - - <para> - Any group having <emphasis>canconfirm</emphasis> selected - allows users who are in this group to confirm bugs - in this product. - </para> - - <para> - Any group having <emphasis>editbugs</emphasis> selected allows - users who are in this group to edit all fields of - bugs in this product. - </para> - - <para> - The <emphasis>MemberControl</emphasis> and - <emphasis>OtherControl</emphasis> are used in tandem to determine which - bugs will be placed in this group. The only allowable combinations of - these two parameters are listed in a table on the "Edit Group Access Controls" - page. Consult this table for details on how these fields can be used. - Examples of different uses are described below. - </para> - - <section id="group-control-examples"> - <title>Common Applications of Group Controls</title> - - <para> - The use of groups is best explained by providing examples that illustrate - configurations for common use cases. The examples follow a common syntax: - <emphasis>Group: Entry, MemberControl, OtherControl, CanEdit, - EditComponents, CanConfirm, EditBugs</emphasis>. Where "Group" is the name - of the group being edited for this product. The other fields all - correspond to the table on the "Edit Group Access Controls" page. If any - of these options are not listed, it means they are not checked. - </para> - - <para> - Basic Product/Group Restriction - </para> - - <para> - Suppose there is a product called "Bar". The - "Bar" product can only have bugs entered against it by users in the - group "Foo". Additionally, bugs filed against product "Bar" must stay - restricted to users to "Foo" at all times. Furthermore, only members - of group "Foo" can edit bugs filed against product "Bar", even if other - users could see the bug. This arrangement would achieved by the - following: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product Bar: -foo: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY, CANEDIT - </programlisting> - - <para> - Perhaps such strict restrictions are not needed for product "Bar". A - more lenient way to configure product "Bar" and group "Foo" would be: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product Bar: -foo: ENTRY, SHOWN/SHOWN, EDITCOMPONENTS, CANCONFIRM, EDITBUGS - </programlisting> - - <para> - The above indicates that for product "Bar", members of group "Foo" can - enter bugs. Any one with permission to edit a bug against product "Bar" - can put the bug - in group "Foo", even if they themselves are not in "Foo". Anyone in group - "Foo" can edit all aspects of the components of product "Bar", can confirm - bugs against product "Bar", and can edit all fields of any bug against - product "Bar". - </para> - - <para> - General User Access With Security Group - </para> - - <para> - To permit any user to file bugs against "Product A", - and to permit any user to submit those bugs into a - group called "Security": - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product A: -security: SHOWN/SHOWN - </programlisting> - - <para> - General User Access With A Security Product - </para> - - <para> - To permit any user to file bugs against product called "Security" - while keeping those bugs from becoming visible to anyone - outside the group "SecurityWorkers" (unless a member of the - "SecurityWorkers" group removes that restriction): - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product Security: -securityworkers: DEFAULT/MANDATORY - </programlisting> - - <para> - Product Isolation With a Common Group - </para> - - <para> - To permit users of "Product A" to access the bugs for - "Product A", users of "Product B" to access the bugs for - "Product B", and support staff, who are members of the "Support - Group" to access both, three groups are needed: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para>Support Group: Contains members of the support staff.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>AccessA Group: Contains users of product A and the Support group.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>AccessB Group: Contains users of product B and the Support group.</para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - - <para> - Once these three groups are defined, the product group controls - can be set to: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product A: -AccessA: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY -Product B: -AccessB: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY - </programlisting> - - <para> - Perhaps the "Support Group" wants more control. For example, - the "Support Group" could be permitted to make bugs inaccessible to - users of both groups "AccessA" and "AccessB". - Then, the "Support Group" could be permitted to publish - bugs relevant to all users in a third product (let's call it - "Product Common") that is read-only - to anyone outside the "Support Group". In this way the "Support Group" - could control bugs that should be seen by both groups. - That configuration would be: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product A: -AccessA: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY -Support: SHOWN/NA -Product B: -AccessB: ENTRY, MANDATORY/MANDATORY -Support: SHOWN/NA -Product Common: -Support: ENTRY, DEFAULT/MANDATORY, CANEDIT - </programlisting> - - <para> - Make a Product Read Only - </para> - - <para> - Sometimes a product is retired and should no longer have - new bugs filed against it (for example, an older version of a software - product that is no longer supported). A product can be made read-only - by creating a group called "readonly" and adding products to the - group as needed: - </para> - - <programlisting> -Product A: -ReadOnly: ENTRY, NA/NA, CANEDIT - </programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - For more information on Groups outside of how they relate to products - see <xref linkend="groups"/>. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="components" xreflabel="Components"> - <title>Components</title> - - <para>Components are subsections of a Product. E.g. the computer game - you are designing may have a "UI" - component, an "API" component, a "Sound System" component, and a - "Plugins" component, each overseen by a different programmer. It - often makes sense to divide Components in Bugzilla according to the - natural divisions of responsibility within your Product or - company.</para> - - <para> - Each component has a default assignee and (if you turned it on in the parameters), - a QA Contact. The default assignee should be the primary person who fixes bugs in - that component. The QA Contact should be the person who will ensure - these bugs are completely fixed. The Assignee, QA Contact, and Reporter - will get email when new bugs are created in this Component and when - these bugs change. Default Assignee and Default QA Contact fields only - dictate the - <emphasis>default assignments</emphasis>; - these can be changed on bug submission, or at any later point in - a bug's life.</para> - - <para>To create a new Component:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Select the <quote>Edit components</quote> link - from the <quote>Edit product</quote> page</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Select the <quote>Add</quote> link in the bottom right.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Fill out the <quote>Component</quote> field, a - short <quote>Description</quote>, the - <quote>Default Assignee</quote>, <quote>Default CC List</quote> - and <quote>Default QA Contact</quote> (if enabled). - The <quote>Component Description</quote> field may contain a - limited subset of HTML tags. The <quote>Default Assignee</quote> - field must be a login name already existing in the Bugzilla database. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="versions"> - <title>Versions</title> - - <para>Versions are the revisions of the product, such as "Flinders - 3.1", "Flinders 95", and "Flinders 2000". Version is not a multi-select - field; the usual practice is to select the earliest version known to have - the bug. - </para> - - <para>To create and edit Versions:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>From the "Edit product" screen, select "Edit Versions"</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>You will notice that the product already has the default - version "undefined". Click the "Add" link in the bottom right.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Enter the name of the Version. This field takes text only. - Then click the "Add" button.</para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="milestones"> - <title>Milestones</title> - - <para>Milestones are "targets" that you plan to get a bug fixed by. For - example, you have a bug that you plan to fix for your 3.0 release, it - would be assigned the milestone of 3.0.</para> - - <note> - <para>Milestone options will only appear for a Product if you turned - on the "usetargetmilestone" parameter in the "Bug Fields" tab of the - "Parameters" page. - </para> - </note> - - <para>To create new Milestones, and set Default Milestones:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Select "Edit milestones" from the "Edit product" page.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Select "Add" in the bottom right corner.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Enter the name of the Milestone in the "Milestone" field. You - can optionally set the "sortkey", which is a positive or negative - number (-32768 to 32767) that defines where in the list this particular - milestone appears. This is because milestones often do not - occur in alphanumeric order For example, "Future" might be - after "Release 1.2". Select "Add".</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="flags-overview"> - <title>Flags</title> - - <para> - Flags are a way to attach a specific status to a bug or attachment, - either <quote>+</quote> or <quote>-</quote>. The meaning of these symbols depends on the text - the flag itself, but contextually they could mean pass/fail, - accept/reject, approved/denied, or even a simple yes/no. If your site - allows requestable flags, then users may set a flag to <quote>?</quote> as a - request to another user that they look at the bug/attachment, and set - the flag to its correct status. - </para> - - <section id="flags-simpleexample"> - <title>A Simple Example</title> - - <para> - A developer might want to ask their manager, - <quote>Should we fix this bug before we release version 2.0?</quote> - They might want to do this for a <emphasis>lot</emphasis> of bugs, - so it would be nice to streamline the process... - </para> - <para> - In Bugzilla, it would work this way: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - The Bugzilla administrator creates a flag type called - <quote>blocking2.0</quote> that shows up on all bugs in - your product. - </para> - - <para> - It shows up on the <quote>Show Bug</quote> screen - as the text <quote>blocking2.0</quote> with a drop-down box next - to it. The drop-down box contains four values: an empty space, - <quote>?</quote>, <quote>-</quote>, and <quote>+</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>The developer sets the flag to <quote>?</quote>.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The manager sees the <computeroutput>blocking2.0</computeroutput> - flag with a <quote>?</quote> value. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If the manager thinks the feature should go into the product - before version 2.0 can be released, he sets the flag to - <quote>+</quote>. Otherwise, he sets it to <quote>-</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Now, every Bugzilla user who looks at the bug knows whether or - not the bug needs to be fixed before release of version 2.0. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="flags-about"> - <title>About Flags</title> - - <section id="flag-values"> - <title>Values</title> - <para> - Flags can have three values: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput>?</computeroutput></term> - <listitem><simpara> - A user is requesting that a status be set. (Think of it as 'A question is being asked'.) - </simpara></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput>-</computeroutput></term> - <listitem><simpara> - The status has been set negatively. (The question has been answered <quote>no</quote>.) - </simpara></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput>+</computeroutput></term> - <listitem><simpara> - The status has been set positively. - (The question has been answered <quote>yes</quote>.) - </simpara></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - Actually, there's a fourth value a flag can have -- - <quote>unset</quote> -- which shows up as a blank space. This - just means that nobody has expressed an opinion (or asked - someone else to express an opinion) about this bug or attachment. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="flag-askto"> - <title>Using flag requests</title> - <para> - If a flag has been defined as 'requestable', and a user has enough privileges - to request it (see below), the user can set the flag's status to <quote>?</quote>. - This status indicates that someone (a.k.a. <quote>the requester</quote>) is asking - someone else to set the flag to either <quote>+</quote> or <quote>-</quote>. - </para> - <para> - If a flag has been defined as 'specifically requestable', - a text box will appear next to the flag into which the requester may - enter a Bugzilla username. That named person (a.k.a. <quote>the requestee</quote>) - will receive an email notifying them of the request, and pointing them - to the bug/attachment in question. - </para> - <para> - If a flag has <emphasis>not</emphasis> been defined as 'specifically requestable', - then no such text-box will appear. A request to set this flag cannot be made of - any specific individual, but must be asked <quote>to the wind</quote>. - A requester may <quote>ask the wind</quote> on any flag simply by leaving the text-box blank. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flag-types"> - <title>Two Types of Flags</title> - - <para> - Flags can go in two places: on an attachment, or on a bug. - </para> - - <section id="flag-type-attachment"> - <title>Attachment Flags</title> - - <para> - Attachment flags are used to ask a question about a specific - attachment on a bug. - </para> - <para> - Many Bugzilla installations use this to - request that one developer <quote>review</quote> another - developer's code before they check it in. They attach the code to - a bug report, and then set a flag on that attachment called - <quote>review</quote> to - <computeroutput>review?boss@domain.com</computeroutput>. - boss@domain.com is then notified by email that - he has to check out that attachment and approve it or deny it. - </para> - - <para> - For a Bugzilla user, attachment flags show up in three places: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - On the list of attachments in the <quote>Show Bug</quote> - screen, you can see the current state of any flags that - have been set to ?, +, or -. You can see who asked about - the flag (the requester), and who is being asked (the - requestee). - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When you <quote>Edit</quote> an attachment, you can - see any settable flag, along with any flags that have - already been set. This <quote>Edit Attachment</quote> - screen is where you set flags to ?, -, +, or unset them. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Requests are listed in the <quote>Request Queue</quote>, which - is accessible from the <quote>My Requests</quote> link (if you are - logged in) or <quote>Requests</quote> link (if you are logged out) - visible in the footer of all pages. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="flag-type-bug"> - <title>Bug Flags</title> - - <para> - Bug flags are used to set a status on the bug itself. You can - see Bug Flags in the <quote>Show Bug</quote> and <quote>Requests</quote> - screens, as described above. - </para> - <para> - Only users with enough privileges (see below) may set flags on bugs. - This doesn't necessarily include the assignee, reporter, or users with the - <computeroutput>editbugs</computeroutput> permission. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="flags-admin"> - <title>Administering Flags</title> - - <para> - If you have the <quote>editcomponents</quote> permission, you can - edit Flag Types from the main administration page. Clicking the - <quote>Flags</quote> link will bring you to the <quote>Administer - Flag Types</quote> page. Here, you can select whether you want - to create (or edit) a Bug flag, or an Attachment flag. - </para> - <para> - No matter which you choose, the interface is the same, so we'll - just go over it once. - </para> - - <section id="flags-edit"> - <title>Editing a Flag</title> - <para> - To edit a flag's properties, just click the flag's name. - That will take you to the same - form as described below (<xref linkend="flags-create"/>). - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create"> - <title>Creating a Flag</title> - - <para> - When you click on the <quote>Create a Flag Type for...</quote> - link, you will be presented with a form. Here is what the fields in - the form mean: - </para> - - <section id="flags-create-field-name"> - <title>Name</title> - <para> - This is the name of the flag. This will be displayed - to Bugzilla users who are looking at or setting the flag. - The name may contain any valid Unicode characters except commas - and spaces. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-description"> - <title>Description</title> - <para> - The description describes the flag in more detail. It is visible - in a tooltip when hovering over a flag either in the <quote>Show Bug</quote> - or <quote>Edit Attachment</quote> pages. This field can be as - long as you like, and can contain any character you want. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-category"> - <title>Category</title> - - <para> - Default behaviour for a newly-created flag is to appear on - products and all components, which is why <quote>__Any__:__Any__</quote> - is already entered in the <quote>Inclusions</quote> box. - If this is not your desired behaviour, you must either set some - exclusions (for products on which you don't want the flag to appear), - or you must remove <quote>__Any__:__Any__</quote> from the Inclusions box - and define products/components specifically for this flag. - </para> - - <para> - To create an Inclusion, select a Product from the top drop-down box. - You may also select a specific component from the bottom drop-down box. - (Setting <quote>__Any__</quote> for Product translates to, - <quote>all the products in this Bugzilla</quote>. - Selecting <quote>__Any__</quote> in the Component field means - <quote>all components in the selected product.</quote>) - Selections made, press <quote>Include</quote>, and your - Product/Component pairing will show up in the <quote>Inclusions</quote> box on the right. - </para> - - <para> - To create an Exclusion, the process is the same; select a Product from the - top drop-down box, select a specific component if you want one, and press - <quote>Exclude</quote>. The Product/Component pairing will show up in the - <quote>Exclusions</quote> box on the right. - </para> - - <para> - This flag <emphasis>will</emphasis> and <emphasis>can</emphasis> be set for any - products/components that appearing in the <quote>Inclusions</quote> box - (or which fall under the appropriate <quote>__Any__</quote>). - This flag <emphasis>will not</emphasis> appear (and therefore cannot be set) on - any products appearing in the <quote>Exclusions</quote> box. - <emphasis> IMPORTANT: Exclusions override inclusions.</emphasis> - </para> - - <para> - You may select a Product without selecting a specific Component, - but you can't select a Component without a Product, or to select a - Component that does not belong to the named Product. If you do so, - Bugzilla will display an error message, even if all your products - have a component by that name. - </para> - - <para><emphasis>Example:</emphasis> Let's say you have a product called - <quote>Jet Plane</quote> that has thousands of components. You want - to be able to ask if a problem should be fixed in the next model of - plane you release. We'll call the flag <quote>fixInNext</quote>. - But, there's one component in <quote>Jet Plane,</quote> - called <quote>Pilot.</quote> It doesn't make sense to release a - new pilot, so you don't want to have the flag show up in that component. - So, you include <quote>Jet Plane:__Any__</quote> and you exclude - <quote>Jet Plane:Pilot</quote>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-sortkey"> - <title>Sort Key</title> - <para> - Flags normally show up in alphabetical order. If you want them to - show up in a different order, you can use this key set the order on each flag. - Flags with a lower sort key will appear before flags with a higher - sort key. Flags that have the same sort key will be sorted alphabetically, - but they will still be after flags with a lower sort key, and before flags - with a higher sort key. - </para> - <para> - <emphasis>Example:</emphasis> I have AFlag (Sort Key 100), BFlag (Sort Key 10), - CFlag (Sort Key 10), and DFlag (Sort Key 1). These show up in - the order: DFlag, BFlag, CFlag, AFlag. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-active"> - <title>Active</title> - <para> - Sometimes, you might want to keep old flag information in the - Bugzilla database, but stop users from setting any new flags of this type. - To do this, uncheck <quote>active</quote>. Deactivated - flags will still show up in the UI if they are ?, +, or -, but they - may only be cleared (unset), and cannot be changed to a new value. - Once a deactivated flag is cleared, it will completely disappear from a - bug/attachment, and cannot be set again. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-requestable"> - <title>Requestable</title> - <para> - New flags are, by default, <quote>requestable</quote>, meaning that they - offer users the <quote>?</quote> option, as well as <quote>+</quote> - and <quote>-</quote>. - To remove the ? option, uncheck <quote>requestable</quote>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-specific"> - <title>Specifically Requestable</title> - <para> - By default this box is checked for new flags, meaning that users may make - flag requests of specific individuals. Unchecking this box will remove the - text box next to a flag; if it is still requestable, then requests may - only be made <quote>to the wind.</quote> Removing this after specific - requests have been made will not remove those requests; that data will - stay in the database (though it will no longer appear to the user). - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-multiplicable"> - <title>Multiplicable</title> - <para> - Any flag with <quote>Multiplicable</quote> set (default for new flags is 'on') - may be set more than once. After being set once, an unset flag - of the same type will appear below it with <quote>addl.</quote> (short for - <quote>additional</quote>) before the name. There is no limit to the number of - times a Multiplicable flags may be set on the same bug/attachment. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-field-cclist"> - <title>CC List</title> - - <para> - If you want certain users to be notified every time this flag is - set to ?, -, +, or unset, add them here. This is a comma-separated - list of email addresses that need not be restricted to Bugzilla usernames. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-grant-group"> - <title>Grant Group</title> - <para> - When this field is set to some given group, only users in the group - can set the flag to <quote>+</quote> and <quote>-</quote>. This - field does not affect who can request or cancel the flag. For that, - see the <quote>Request Group</quote> field below. If this field - is left blank, all users can set or delete this flag. This field is - useful for restricting which users can approve or reject requests. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="flags-create-request-group"> - <title>Request Group</title> - <para> - When this field is set to some given group, only users in the group - can request or cancel this flag. Note that this field has no effect - if the <quote>grant group</quote> field is empty. You can set the - value of this field to a different group, but both fields have to be - set to a group for this field to have an effect. - </para> - </section> - </section> <!-- flags-create --> - - <section id="flags-delete"> - <title>Deleting a Flag</title> - - <para> - When you are at the <quote>Administer Flag Types</quote> screen, - you will be presented with a list of Bug flags and a list of Attachment - Flags. - </para> - <para> - To delete a flag, click on the <quote>Delete</quote> link next to - the flag description. - </para> - <warning> - <para> - Once you delete a flag, it is <emphasis>gone</emphasis> from - your Bugzilla. All the data for that flag will be deleted. - Everywhere that flag was set, it will disappear, - and you cannot get that data back. If you want to keep flag data, - but don't want anybody to set any new flags or change current flags, - unset <quote>active</quote> in the flag Edit form. - </para> - </warning> - </section> - - </section> <!-- flags-admin --> - - <!-- XXX We should add a "Uses of Flags" section, here, with examples. --> - - </section> <!-- flags --> - - <section id="keywords"> - <title>Keywords</title> - - <para> - The administrator can define keywords which can be used to tag and - categorise bugs. For example, the keyword "regression" is commonly used. - A company might have a policy stating all regressions - must be fixed by the next release - this keyword can make tracking those - bugs much easier. - </para> - <para> - Keywords are global, rather than per-product. If the administrator changes - a keyword currently applied to any bugs, the keyword cache must be rebuilt - using the <xref linkend="sanitycheck"/> script. Currently keywords cannot - be marked obsolete to prevent future usage. - </para> - <para> - Keywords can be created, edited or deleted by clicking the "Keywords" - link in the admin page. There are two fields for each keyword - the keyword - itself and a brief description. Once created, keywords can be selected - and applied to individual bugs in that bug's "Details" section. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="custom-fields"> - <title>Custom Fields</title> - - <para> - The release of Bugzilla 3.0 added the ability to create Custom Fields. - Custom Fields are treated like any other field - they can be set in bugs - and used for search queries. Administrators should keep in mind that - adding too many fields can make the user interface more complicated and - harder to use. Custom Fields should be added only when necessary and with - careful consideration. - </para> - <tip> - <para> - Before adding a Custom Field, make sure that Bugzilla cannot already - do the desired behavior. Many Bugzilla options are not enabled by - default, and many times Administrators find that simply enabling - certain options that already exist is sufficient. - </para> - </tip> - <para> - Administrators can manage Custom Fields using the - <quote>Custom Fields</quote> link on the Administration page. The Custom - Fields administration page displays a list of Custom Fields, if any exist, - and a link to "Add a new custom field". - </para> - - <section id="add-custom-fields"> - <title>Adding Custom Fields</title> - - <para> - To add a new Custom Field, click the "Add a new custom field" link. This - page displays several options for the new field, described below. - </para> - - <para> - The following attributes must be set for each new custom field: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Name:</emphasis> - The name of the field in the database, used internally. This name - MUST begin with <quote>cf_</quote> to prevent confusion with - standard fields. If this string is omitted, it will - be automatically added to the name entered. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Description:</emphasis> - A brief string which is used as the label for this Custom Field. - That is the string that users will see, and should be - short and explicit. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Type:</emphasis> - The type of field to create. There are - several types available: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Bug ID:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A field where you can enter the ID of another bug from - the same Bugzilla installation. To point to a bug in a remote - installation, use the See Also field instead. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Large Text Box:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A multiple line box for entering free text. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Free Text:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A single line box for entering free text. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Multiple-Selection Box:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A list box where multiple options - can be selected. After creating this field, it must be edited - to add the selection options. See - <xref linkend="edit-values-list" /> for information about - editing legal values. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Drop Down:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A list box where only one option can be selected. - After creating this field, it must be edited to add the - selection options. See - <xref linkend="edit-values-list" /> for information about - editing legal values. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Date/Time:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A date field. This field appears with a - calendar widget for choosing the date. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Sortkey:</emphasis> - Integer that determines in which order Custom Fields are - displayed in the User Interface, especially when viewing a bug. - Fields with lower values are displayed first. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Reverse Relationship Description:</emphasis> - When the custom field is of type <quote>Bug ID</quote>, you can - enter text here which will be used as label in the referenced - bug to list bugs which point to it. This gives you the ability - to have a mutual relationship between two bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Can be set on bug creation:</emphasis> - Boolean that determines whether this field can be set on - bug creation. If not selected, then a bug must be created - before this field can be set. See <xref linkend="bugreports" /> - for information about filing bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Displayed in bugmail for new bugs:</emphasis> - Boolean that determines whether the value set on this field - should appear in bugmail when the bug is filed. This attribute - has no effect if the field cannot be set on bug creation. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Is obsolete:</emphasis> - Boolean that determines whether this field should - be displayed at all. Obsolete Custom Fields are hidden. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Is mandatory:</emphasis> - Boolean that determines whether this field must be set. - For single and multi-select fields, this means that a (non-default) - value must be selected, and for text and date fields, some text - must be entered. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Field only appears when:</emphasis> - A custom field can be made visible when some criteria is met. - For instance, when the bug belongs to one or more products, - or when the bug is of some given severity. If left empty, then - the custom field will always be visible, in all bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Field that controls the values that appear in this field:</emphasis> - When the custom field is of type <quote>Drop Down</quote> or - <quote>Multiple-Selection Box</quote>, you can restrict the - availability of the values of the custom field based on the - value of another field. This criteria is independent of the - criteria used in the <quote>Field only appears when</quote> - setting. For instance, you may decide that some given value - <quote>valueY</quote> is only available when the bug status - is RESOLVED while the value <quote>valueX</quote> should - always be listed. - Once you have selected the field which should control the - availability of the values of this custom field, you can - edit values of this custom field to set the criteria, see - <xref linkend="edit-values-list" />. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </section> - - <section id="edit-custom-fields"> - <title>Editing Custom Fields</title> - - <para> - As soon as a Custom Field is created, its name and type cannot be - changed. If this field is a drop down menu, its legal values can - be set as described in <xref linkend="edit-values-list" />. All - other attributes can be edited as described above. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="delete-custom-fields"> - <title>Deleting Custom Fields</title> - - <para> - Only custom fields which are marked as obsolete, and which never - have been used, can be deleted completely (else the integrity - of the bug history would be compromised). For custom fields marked - as obsolete, a "Delete" link will appear in the <quote>Action</quote> - column. If the custom field has been used in the past, the deletion - will be rejected. But marking the field as obsolete is sufficient - to hide it from the user interface entirely. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="edit-values"> - <title>Legal Values</title> - - <para> - Legal values for the operating system, platform, bug priority and - severity, custom fields of type <quote>Drop Down</quote> and - <quote>Multiple-Selection Box</quote> (see <xref linkend="custom-fields" />), - as well as the list of valid bug statuses and resolutions can be - customized from the same interface. You can add, edit, disable and - remove values which can be used with these fields. - </para> - - <section id="edit-values-list"> - <title>Viewing/Editing legal values</title> - <para> - Editing legal values requires <quote>admin</quote> privileges. - Select "Field Values" from the Administration page. A list of all - fields, both system fields and Custom Fields, for which legal values - can be edited appears. Click a field name to edit its legal values. - </para> - <para> - There is no limit to how many values a field can have, but each value - must be unique to that field. The sortkey is important to display these - values in the desired order. - </para> - <para> - When the availability of the values of a custom field is controlled - by another field, you can select from here which value of the other field - must be set for the value of the custom field to appear. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="edit-values-delete"> - <title>Deleting legal values</title> - <para> - Legal values from Custom Fields can be deleted, but only if the - following two conditions are respected: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>The value is not used by default for the field.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>No bug is currently using this value.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para> - If any of these conditions is not respected, the value cannot be deleted. - The only way to delete these values is to reassign bugs to another value - and to set another value as default for the field. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="bug_status_workflow"> - <title>Bug Status Workflow</title> - - <para> - The bug status workflow is no longer hardcoded but can be freely customized - from the web interface. Only one bug status cannot be renamed nor deleted, - UNCONFIRMED, but the workflow involving it is free. The configuration - page displays all existing bug statuses twice, first on the left for bug - statuses we come from and on the top for bug statuses we move to. - If the checkbox is checked, then the transition between the two bug statuses - is legal, else it's forbidden independently of your privileges. The bug status - used for the "duplicate_or_move_bug_status" parameter must be part of the - workflow as that is the bug status which will be used when duplicating or - moving a bug, so it must be available from each bug status. - </para> - <para> - When the workflow is set, the "View Current Triggers" link below the table - lets you set which transitions require a comment from the user. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="voting"> - <title>Voting</title> - - <para>All of the code for voting in Bugzilla has been moved into an - extension, called "Voting", in the <filename>extensions/Voting/</filename> - directory. To enable it, you must remove the <filename>disabled</filename> - file from that directory, and run <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>.</para> - - <para>Voting allows users to be given a pot of votes which they can allocate - to bugs, to indicate that they'd like them fixed. - This allows developers to gauge - user need for a particular enhancement or bugfix. By allowing bugs with - a certain number of votes to automatically move from "UNCONFIRMED" to - "CONFIRMED", users of the bug system can help high-priority bugs garner - attention so they don't sit for a long time awaiting triage.</para> - - <para>To modify Voting settings:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Navigate to the "Edit product" screen for the Product you - wish to modify</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Maximum Votes per person</emphasis>: - Setting this field to "0" disables voting.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Maximum Votes a person can put on a single - bug</emphasis>: - It should probably be some number lower than the - "Maximum votes per person". Don't set this field to "0" if - "Maximum votes per person" is non-zero; that doesn't make - any sense.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><emphasis>Number of votes a bug in this product needs to - automatically get out of the UNCONFIRMED state</emphasis>: - Setting this field to "0" disables the automatic move of - bugs from UNCONFIRMED to CONFIRMED. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Once you have adjusted the values to your preference, click - "Update".</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="quips"> - <title>Quips</title> - - <para> - Quips are small text messages that can be configured to appear - next to search results. A Bugzilla installation can have its own specific - quips. Whenever a quip needs to be displayed, a random selection - is made from the pool of already existing quips. - </para> - - <para> - Quip submission is controlled by the <emphasis>quip_list_entry_control</emphasis> - parameter. It has several possible values: open, moderated, or closed. - In order to enable quips approval you need to set this parameter to - "moderated". In this way, users are free to submit quips for addition - but an administrator must explicitly approve them before they are - actually used. - </para> - - <para> - In order to see the user interface for the quips, it is enough to click - on a quip when it is displayed together with the search results. Or - it can be seen directly in the browser by visiting the quips.cgi URL - (prefixed with the usual web location of the Bugzilla installation). - Once the quip interface is displayed, it is enough to click the - "view and edit the whole quip list" in order to see the administration - page. A page with all the quips available in the database will - be displayed. - </para> - - <para> - Next to each quip there is a checkbox, under the - "Approved" column. Quips who have this checkbox checked are - already approved and will appear next to the search results. - The ones that have it unchecked are still preserved in the - database but they will not appear on search results pages. - User submitted quips have initially the checkbox unchecked. - </para> - - <para> - Also, there is a delete link next to each quip, - which can be used in order to permanently delete a quip. - </para> - - <para> - Display of quips is controlled by the <emphasis>display_quips</emphasis> - user preference. Possible values are "on" and "off". - </para> - </section> - - <section id="groups"> - <title>Groups and Group Security</title> - - <para> - Groups allow for separating bugs into logical divisions. - Groups are typically used - to isolate bugs that should only be seen by certain people. For - example, a company might create a different group for each one of its customers - or partners. Group permissions could be set so that each partner or customer would - only have access to their own bugs. Or, groups might be used to create - variable access controls for different departments within an organization. - Another common use of groups is to associate groups with products, - creating isolation and access control on a per-product basis. - </para> - - <para> - Groups and group behaviors are controlled in several places: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - The group configuration page. To view or edit existing groups, or to - create new groups, access the "Groups" link from the "Administration" - page. This section of the manual deals primarily with the aspect of - group controls accessed on this page. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Global configuration parameters. Bugzilla has several parameters - that control the overall default group behavior and restriction - levels. For more information on the parameters that control - group behavior globally, see <xref linkend="param-group-security"/>. - </para> - - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Product association with groups. Most of the functionality of groups - and group security is controlled at the product level. Some aspects - of group access controls for products are discussed in this section, - but for more detail see <xref linkend="product-group-controls"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Group access for users. See <xref linkend="users-and-groups"/> for - details on how users are assigned group access. - </para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - - <para> - Group permissions are such that if a bug belongs to a group, only members - of that group can see the bug. If a bug is in more than one group, only - members of <emphasis>all</emphasis> the groups that the bug is in can see - the bug. For information on granting read-only access to certain people and - full edit access to others, see <xref linkend="product-group-controls"/>. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - By default, bugs can also be seen by the Assignee, the Reporter, and - by everyone on the CC List, regardless of whether or not the bug would - typically be viewable by them. Visibility to the Reporter and CC List can - be overridden (on a per-bug basis) by bringing up the bug, finding the - section that starts with <quote>Users in the roles selected below...</quote> - and un-checking the box next to either 'Reporter' or 'CC List' (or both). - </para> - </note> - - <section id="create-groups"> - <title>Creating Groups</title> - - <para> - To create a new group, follow the steps below: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - Select the <quote>Administration</quote> link in the page footer, - and then select the <quote>Groups</quote> link from the - Administration page. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - A table of all the existing groups is displayed. Below the table is a - description of all the fields. To create a new group, select the - <quote>Add Group</quote> link under the table of existing groups. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - There are five fields to fill out. These fields are documented below - the form. Choose a name and description for the group. Decide whether - this group should be used for bugs (in all likelihood this should be - selected). Optionally, choose a regular expression that will - automatically add any matching users to the group, and choose an - icon that will help identify user comments for the group. The regular - expression can be useful, for example, to automatically put all users - from the same company into one group (if the group is for a specific - customer or partner). - </para> - <note> - <para> - If <quote>User RegExp</quote> is filled out, users whose email - addresses match the regular expression will automatically be - members of the group as long as their email addresses continue - to match the regular expression. If their email address changes - and no longer matches the regular expression, they will be removed - from the group. Versions 2.16 and older of Bugzilla did not automatically - remove users who's email addresses no longer matched the RegExp. - </para> - </note> - <warning> - <para> - If specifying a domain in the regular expression, end - the regexp with a "$". Otherwise, when granting access to - "@mycompany\.com", access will also be granted to - 'badperson@mycompany.com.cracker.net'. Use the syntax, - '@mycompany\.com$' for the regular expression. - </para> - </warning> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - After the new group is created, it can be edited for additional options. - The "Edit Group" page allows for specifying other groups that should be included - in this group and which groups should be permitted to add and delete - users from this group. For more details, see <xref linkend="edit-groups"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - </section> - - <section id="edit-groups"> - <title>Editing Groups and Assigning Group Permissions</title> - - <para> - To access the "Edit Groups" page, select the - <quote>Administration</quote> link in the page footer, - and then select the <quote>Groups</quote> link from the Administration page. - A table of all the existing groups is displayed. Click on a group name - you wish to edit or control permissions for. - </para> - - <para> - The "Edit Groups" page contains the same five fields present when - creating a new group. Below that are two additional sections, "Group - Permissions," and "Mass Remove". The "Mass Remove" option simply removes - all users from the group who match the regular expression entered. The - "Group Permissions" section requires further explanation. - </para> - - <para> - The "Group Permissions" section on the "Edit Groups" page contains four sets - of permissions that control the relationship of this group to other - groups. If the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter is in use (see - <xref linkend="parameters"/>) two additional sets of permissions are displayed. - Each set consists of two select boxes. On the left, a select box - with a list of all existing groups. On the right, a select box listing - all groups currently selected for this permission setting (this box will - be empty for new groups). The way these controls allow groups to relate - to one another is called <emphasis>inheritance</emphasis>. - Each of the six permissions is described below. - </para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That Are a Member of This Group</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of any groups selected here will automatically have - membership in this group. In other words, members of any selected - group will inherit membership in this group. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That This Group Is a Member Of</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of this group will inherit membership to any group - selected here. For example, suppose the group being edited is - an Admin group. If there are two products (Product1 and Product2) - and each product has its - own group (Group1 and Group2), and the Admin group - should have access to both products, - simply select both Group1 and Group2 here. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That Can Grant Membership in This Group</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - The members of any group selected here will be able add users - to this group, even if they themselves are not in this group. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That This Group Can Grant Membership In</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of this group can add users to any group selected here, - even if they themselves are not in the selected groups. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That Can See This Group</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of any selected group can see the users in this group. - This setting is only visible if the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter - is enabled on the Bugzilla Configuration page. See - <xref linkend="parameters"/> for information on configuring Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - - <term> - <emphasis>Groups That This Group Can See</emphasis> - </term> - - <listitem> - <para> - Members of this group can see members in any of the selected groups. - This setting is only visible if the 'usevisibilitygroups' parameter - is enabled on the the Bugzilla Configuration page. See - <xref linkend="parameters"/> for information on configuring Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - </section> - - <section id="users-and-groups"> - <title>Assigning Users to Groups</title> - - <para> - A User can become a member of a group in several ways: - </para> - - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - The user can be explicitly placed in the group by editing - the user's profile. This can be done by accessing the "Users" page - from the "Administration" page. Use the search form to find the user - you want to edit group membership for, and click on their email - address in the search results to edit their profile. The profile - page lists all the groups, and indicates if the user is a member of - the group either directly or indirectly. More information on indirect - group membership is below. For more details on User administration, - see <xref linkend="useradmin"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - The group can include another group of which the user is - a member. This is indicated by square brackets around the checkbox - next to the group name in the user's profile. - See <xref linkend="edit-groups"/> for details on group inheritance. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - The user's email address can match the regular expression - that has been specified to automatically grant membership to - the group. This is indicated by "*" around the check box by the - group name in the user's profile. - See <xref linkend="create-groups"/> for details on - the regular expression option when creating groups. - </para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - - </section> - - <section> - <title>Assigning Group Controls to Products</title> - - <para> - The primary functionality of groups is derived from the relationship of - groups to products. The concepts around segregating access to bugs with - product group controls can be confusing. For details and examples on this - topic, see <xref linkend="product-group-controls" />. - </para> - - </section> - </section> - - <section id="sanitycheck"> - <title>Checking and Maintaining Database Integrity</title> - - <para> - Over time it is possible for the Bugzilla database to become corrupt - or to have anomalies. - This could happen through normal usage of Bugzilla, manual database - administration outside of the Bugzilla user interface, or from some - other unexpected event. Bugzilla includes a "Sanity Check" script that - can perform several basic database checks, and repair certain problems or - inconsistencies. - </para> - <para> - To run the "Sanity Check" script, log in as an Administrator and click the - "Sanity Check" link in the admin page. Any problems that are found will be - displayed in red letters. If the script is capable of fixing a problem, - it will present a link to initiate the fix. If the script cannot - fix the problem it will require manual database administration or recovery. - </para> - <para> - The "Sanity Check" script can also be run from the command line via the perl - script <filename>sanitycheck.pl</filename>. The script can also be run as - a <command>cron</command> job. Results will be delivered by email. - </para> - <para> - The "Sanity Check" script should be run on a regular basis as a matter of - best practice. - </para> - <warning> - <para> - The "Sanity Check" script is no substitute for a competent database - administrator. It is only designed to check and repair basic database - problems. - </para> - </warning> - - </section> - - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/conventions.xml b/docs/en/xml/conventions.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 707146551..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/conventions.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE section PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<section id="conventions"> - <title>Document Conventions</title> - - <para>This document uses the following conventions:</para> - - <caution> - <para>This is a caution. Make sure to read this to not be in trouble!</para> - </caution> - - <tip> - <para>This is a hint or tip, especially about some configuration tweaks.</para> - </tip> - - <note> - <para>This is just a note, for your information.</para> - </note> - - <warning> - <para>This is a warning, something you should take care of.</para> - </warning> - - <para> - A filename or a path to a filename is displayed like this: - <filename>/path/to/filename.ext</filename> - </para> - - <para> - A command to type in the shell is displayed like this: - <command>command --arguments</command> - </para> - - <para>bash$ represents a normal user's prompt under bash shell</para> - - <para>bash# represents a root user's prompt under bash shell</para> - - <para> - A word which is in the glossary will appear like this: - <glossterm linkend="gloss-bugzilla">Bugzilla</glossterm> - </para> - - <para> - A sample of code is illustrated like this: - <programlisting> -First Line of Code -Second Line of Code -... - </programlisting> - </para> - - <para> - This documentation is maintained in DocBook 4.2 XML format. - Changes are best submitted as plain text or XML diffs, attached - to a bug filed in the <ulink url="&bzg-bugs;">Bugzilla Documentation</ulink> - component. - </para> -</section> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/customization.xml b/docs/en/xml/customization.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c140acf77..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/customization.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,612 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<chapter id="customization"> - <title>Customizing Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="extensions"> - <title>Bugzilla Extensions</title> - - <para> - One of the best ways to customize Bugzilla is by writing a Bugzilla - Extension. Bugzilla Extensions let you modify both the code and - UI of Bugzilla in a way that can be distributed to other Bugzilla - users and ported forward to future versions of Bugzilla with minimal - effort. - </para> - - <para> - See the <ulink url="../html/api/Bugzilla/Extension.html">Bugzilla Extension - documentation</ulink> for information on how to write an Extension. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="cust-skins"> - <title>Custom Skins</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla allows you to have multiple skins. These are custom CSS and possibly - also custom images for Bugzilla. To create a new custom skin, you have two - choices: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Make a single CSS file, and put it in the - <filename>skins/contrib</filename> directory. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Make a directory that contains all the same CSS file - names as <filename>skins/standard/</filename>, and put - your directory in <filename>skins/contrib/</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para> - After you put the file or the directory there, make sure to run checksetup.pl - so that it can reset the file permissions correctly. - </para> - <para> - After you have installed the new skin, it will show up as an option in the - user's General Preferences. If you would like to force a particular skin on all - users, just select it in the Default Preferences and then uncheck "Enabled" on - the preference. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="cust-templates"> - <title>Template Customization</title> - - <para> - Administrators can configure the look and feel of Bugzilla without - having to edit Perl files or face the nightmare of massive merge - conflicts when they upgrade to a newer version in the future. - </para> - - <para> - Templatization also makes localized versions of Bugzilla possible, - for the first time. It's possible to have Bugzilla's UI language - determined by the user's browser. More information is available in - <xref linkend="template-http-accept"/>. - </para> - - <section id="template-directory"> - <title>Template Directory Structure</title> - <para> - The template directory structure starts with top level directory - named <filename>template</filename>, which contains a directory - for each installed localization. The next level defines the - language used in the templates. Bugzilla comes with English - templates, so the directory name is <filename>en</filename>, - and we will discuss <filename>template/en</filename> throughout - the documentation. Below <filename>template/en</filename> is the - <filename>default</filename> directory, which contains all the - standard templates shipped with Bugzilla. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - A directory <filename>data/templates</filename> also exists; - this is where Template Toolkit puts the compiled versions of - the templates from either the default or custom directories. - <emphasis>Do not</emphasis> directly edit the files in this - directory, or all your changes will be lost the next time - Template Toolkit recompiles the templates. - </para> - </warning> - </section> - - <section id="template-method"> - <title>Choosing a Customization Method</title> - <para> - If you want to edit Bugzilla's templates, the first decision - you must make is how you want to go about doing so. There are two - choices, and which you use depends mainly on the scope of your - modifications, and the method you plan to use to upgrade Bugzilla. - </para> - - <para> - The first method of making customizations is to directly edit the - templates found in <filename>template/en/default</filename>. - This is probably the best way to go about it if you are going to - be upgrading Bugzilla through Bzr, because if you then execute - a <command>bzr update</command>, any changes you have made will - be merged automagically with the updated versions. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If you use this method, and Bzr conflicts occur during an - update, the conflicted templates (and possibly other parts - of your installation) will not work until they are resolved. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - The second method is to copy the templates to be modified - into a mirrored directory structure under - <filename>template/en/custom</filename>. Templates in this - directory structure automatically override any identically-named - and identically-located templates in the - <filename>default</filename> directory. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - The <filename>custom</filename> directory does not exist - at first and must be created if you want to use it. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - The second method of customization should be used if you - use the overwriting method of upgrade, because otherwise - your changes will be lost. This method may also be better if - you are using the Bzr method of upgrading and are going to make major - changes, because it is guaranteed that the contents of this directory - will not be touched during an upgrade, and you can then decide whether - to continue using your own templates, or make the effort to merge your - changes into the new versions by hand. - </para> - - <para> - Using this method, your installation may break if incompatible - changes are made to the template interface. Such changes should - be documented in the release notes, provided you are using a - stable release of Bugzilla. If you use using unstable code, you will - need to deal with this one yourself, although if possible the changes - will be mentioned before they occur in the deprecations section of the - previous stable release's release notes. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Regardless of which method you choose, it is recommended that - you run <command>./checksetup.pl</command> after - editing any templates in the <filename>template/en/default</filename> - directory, and after creating or editing any templates in the - <filename>custom</filename> directory. - </para> - </note> - - <warning> - <para> - It is <emphasis>required</emphasis> that you run - <command>./checksetup.pl</command> after creating a new - template in the <filename>custom</filename> directory. Failure - to do so will raise an incomprehensible error message. - </para> - </warning> - </section> - - <section id="template-edit"> - <title>How To Edit Templates</title> - - <note> - <para> - If you are making template changes that you intend on submitting back - for inclusion in standard Bugzilla, you should read the relevant - sections of the - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/docs/developer.html">Developers' - Guide</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - The syntax of the Template Toolkit language is beyond the scope of - this guide. It's reasonably easy to pick up by looking at the current - templates; or, you can read the manual, available on the - <ulink url="http://www.template-toolkit.org">Template Toolkit home - page</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - One thing you should take particular care about is the need - to properly HTML filter data that has been passed into the template. - This means that if the data can possibly contain special HTML characters - such as <, and the data was not intended to be HTML, they need to be - converted to entity form, i.e. &lt;. You use the 'html' filter in the - Template Toolkit to do this (or the 'uri' filter to encode special - characters in URLs). If you forget, you may open up your installation - to cross-site scripting attacks. - </para> - - <para> - Editing templates is a good way of doing a <quote>poor man's custom - fields</quote>. - For example, if you don't use the Status Whiteboard, but want to have - a free-form text entry box for <quote>Build Identifier</quote>, - then you can just - edit the templates to change the field labels. It's still be called - status_whiteboard internally, but your users don't need to know that. - </para> - - </section> - - - <section id="template-formats"> - <title>Template Formats and Types</title> - - <para> - Some CGI's have the ability to use more than one template. For example, - <filename>buglist.cgi</filename> can output itself as RDF, or as two - formats of HTML (complex and simple). The mechanism that provides this - feature is extensible. - </para> - - <para> - Bugzilla can support different types of output, which again can have - multiple formats. In order to request a certain type, you can append - the &ctype=<contenttype> (such as rdf or html) to the - <filename><cginame>.cgi</filename> URL. If you would like to - retrieve a certain format, you can use the &format=<format> - (such as simple or complex) in the URL. - </para> - - <para> - To see if a CGI supports multiple output formats and types, grep the - CGI for <quote>get_format</quote>. If it's not present, adding - multiple format/type support isn't too hard - see how it's done in - other CGIs, e.g. config.cgi. - </para> - - <para> - To make a new format template for a CGI which supports this, - open a current template for - that CGI and take note of the INTERFACE comment (if present.) This - comment defines what variables are passed into this template. If - there isn't one, I'm afraid you'll have to read the template and - the code to find out what information you get. - </para> - - <para> - Write your template in whatever markup or text style is appropriate. - </para> - - <para> - You now need to decide what content type you want your template - served as. The content types are defined in the - <filename>Bugzilla/Constants.pm</filename> file in the - <filename>contenttypes</filename> - constant. If your content type is not there, add it. Remember - the three- or four-letter tag assigned to your content type. - This tag will be part of the template filename. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - After adding or changing a content type, it's suitable to edit - <filename>Bugzilla/Constants.pm</filename> in order to reflect - the changes. Also, the file should be kept up to date after an - upgrade if content types have been customized in the past. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Save the template as <filename><stubname>-<formatname>.<contenttypetag>.tmpl</filename>. - Try out the template by calling the CGI as - <filename><cginame>.cgi?format=<formatname>&ctype=<type></filename> . - </para> - </section> - - - <section id="template-specific"> - <title>Particular Templates</title> - - <para> - There are a few templates you may be particularly interested in - customizing for your installation. - </para> - - <para> - <command>index.html.tmpl</command>: - This is the Bugzilla front page. - </para> - - <para> - <command>global/header.html.tmpl</command>: - This defines the header that goes on all Bugzilla pages. - The header includes the banner, which is what appears to users - and is probably what you want to edit instead. However the - header also includes the HTML HEAD section, so you could for - example add a stylesheet or META tag by editing the header. - </para> - - <para> - <command>global/banner.html.tmpl</command>: - This contains the <quote>banner</quote>, the part of the header - that appears - at the top of all Bugzilla pages. The default banner is reasonably - barren, so you'll probably want to customize this to give your - installation a distinctive look and feel. It is recommended you - preserve the Bugzilla version number in some form so the version - you are running can be determined, and users know what docs to read. - </para> - - <para> - <command>global/footer.html.tmpl</command>: - This defines the footer that goes on all Bugzilla pages. Editing - this is another way to quickly get a distinctive look and feel for - your Bugzilla installation. - </para> - - <para> - <command>global/variables.none.tmpl</command>: - This defines a list of terms that may be changed in order to - <quote>brand</quote> the Bugzilla instance In this way, terms - like <quote>bugs</quote> can be replaced with <quote>issues</quote> - across the whole Bugzilla installation. The name - <quote>Bugzilla</quote> and other words can be customized as well. - </para> - - <para> - <command>list/table.html.tmpl</command>: - This template controls the appearance of the bug lists created - by Bugzilla. Editing this template allows per-column control of - the width and title of a column, the maximum display length of - each entry, and the wrap behaviour of long entries. - For long bug lists, Bugzilla inserts a 'break' every 100 bugs by - default; this behaviour is also controlled by this template, and - that value can be modified here. - </para> - - <para> - <command>bug/create/user-message.html.tmpl</command>: - This is a message that appears near the top of the bug reporting page. - By modifying this, you can tell your users how they should report - bugs. - </para> - - <para> - <command>bug/process/midair.html.tmpl</command>: - This is the page used if two people submit simultaneous changes to the - same bug. The second person to submit their changes will get this page - to tell them what the first person did, and ask if they wish to - overwrite those changes or go back and revisit the bug. The default - title and header on this page read "Mid-air collision detected!" If - you work in the aviation industry, or other environment where this - might be found offensive (yes, we have true stories of this happening) - you'll want to change this to something more appropriate for your - environment. - </para> - - <para> - <command>bug/create/create.html.tmpl</command> and - <command>bug/create/comment.txt.tmpl</command>: - You may not wish to go to the effort of creating custom fields in - Bugzilla, yet you want to make sure that each bug report contains - a number of pieces of important information for which there is not - a special field. The bug entry system has been designed in an - extensible fashion to enable you to add arbitrary HTML widgets, - such as drop-down lists or textboxes, to the bug entry page - and have their values appear formatted in the initial comment. - A hidden field that indicates the format should be added inside - the form in order to make the template functional. Its value should - be the suffix of the template filename. For example, if the file - is called <filename>create-cust.html.tmpl</filename>, then - <programlisting><input type="hidden" name="format" value="cust"></programlisting> - should be used inside the form. - </para> - - <para> - An example of this is the mozilla.org - <ulink url="http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/enter_bug.cgi?product=WorldControl;format=guided">guided - bug submission form</ulink>. The code for this comes with the Bugzilla - distribution as an example for you to copy. It can be found in the - files - <filename>create-guided.html.tmpl</filename> and - <filename>comment-guided.html.tmpl</filename>. - </para> - - <para> - So to use this feature, create a custom template for - <filename>enter_bug.cgi</filename>. The default template, on which you - could base it, is - <filename>custom/bug/create/create.html.tmpl</filename>. - Call it <filename>create-<formatname>.html.tmpl</filename>, and - in it, add widgets for each piece of information you'd like - collected - such as a build number, or set of steps to reproduce. - </para> - - <para> - Then, create a template like - <filename>custom/bug/create/comment.txt.tmpl</filename>, and call it - <filename>comment-<formatname>.txt.tmpl</filename>. This - template should reference the form fields you have created using - the syntax <filename>[% form.<fieldname> %]</filename>. When a - bug report is - submitted, the initial comment attached to the bug report will be - formatted according to the layout of this template. - </para> - - <para> - For example, if your custom enter_bug template had a field - <programlisting><input type="text" name="buildid" size="30"></programlisting> - and then your comment.txt.tmpl had - <programlisting>BuildID: [% form.buildid %]</programlisting> - then something like - <programlisting>BuildID: 20020303</programlisting> - would appear in the initial comment. - </para> - </section> - - - <section id="template-http-accept"> - <title>Configuring Bugzilla to Detect the User's Language</title> - - <para>Bugzilla honours the user's Accept: HTTP header. You can install - templates in other languages, and Bugzilla will pick the most appropriate - according to a priority order defined by you. Many - language templates can be obtained from <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download.html#localizations"/>. Instructions - for submitting new languages are also available from that location. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="cust-change-permissions"> - <title>Customizing Who Can Change What</title> - - <warning> - <para> - This feature should be considered experimental; the Bugzilla code you - will be changing is not stable, and could change or move between - versions. Be aware that if you make modifications as outlined here, - you may have - to re-make them or port them if Bugzilla changes internally between - versions, and you upgrade. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - Companies often have rules about which employees, or classes of employees, - are allowed to change certain things in the bug system. For example, - only the bug's designated QA Contact may be allowed to VERIFY the bug. - Bugzilla has been - designed to make it easy for you to write your own custom rules to define - who is allowed to make what sorts of value transition. - </para> - - <para> - By default, assignees, QA owners and users - with <emphasis>editbugs</emphasis> privileges can edit all fields of bugs, - except group restrictions (unless they are members of the groups they - are trying to change). Bug reporters also have the ability to edit some - fields, but in a more restrictive manner. Other users, without - <emphasis>editbugs</emphasis> privileges, cannot edit - bugs, except to comment and add themselves to the CC list. - </para> - - <para> - For maximum flexibility, customizing this means editing Bugzilla's Perl - code. This gives the administrator complete control over exactly who is - allowed to do what. The relevant method is called - <filename>check_can_change_field()</filename>, - and is found in <filename>Bug.pm</filename> in your - Bugzilla/ directory. If you open that file and search for - <quote>sub check_can_change_field</quote>, you'll find it. - </para> - - <para> - This function has been carefully commented to allow you to see exactly - how it works, and give you an idea of how to make changes to it. - Certain marked sections should not be changed - these are - the <quote>plumbing</quote> which makes the rest of the function work. - In between those sections, you'll find snippets of code like: - <programlisting> # Allow the assignee to change anything. - if ($ownerid eq $whoid) { - return 1; - }</programlisting> - It's fairly obvious what this piece of code does. - </para> - - <para> - So, how does one go about changing this function? Well, simple changes - can be made just by removing pieces - for example, if you wanted to - prevent any user adding a comment to a bug, just remove the lines marked - <quote>Allow anyone to change comments.</quote> If you don't want the - Reporter to have any special rights on bugs they have filed, just - remove the entire section that deals with the Reporter. - </para> - - <para> - More complex customizations are not much harder. Basically, you add - a check in the right place in the function, i.e. after all the variables - you are using have been set up. So, don't look at $ownerid before - $ownerid has been obtained from the database. You can either add a - positive check, which returns 1 (allow) if certain conditions are true, - or a negative check, which returns 0 (deny.) E.g.: - <programlisting> if ($field eq "qacontact") { - if (Bugzilla->user->in_group("quality_assurance")) { - return 1; - } - else { - return 0; - } - }</programlisting> - This says that only users in the group "quality_assurance" can change - the QA Contact field of a bug. - </para> - - <para> - Getting more weird: - <programlisting><![CDATA[ if (($field eq "priority") && - (Bugzilla->user->email =~ /.*\@example\.com$/)) - { - if ($oldvalue eq "P1") { - return 1; - } - else { - return 0; - } - }]]></programlisting> - This says that if the user is trying to change the priority field, - and their email address is @example.com, they can only do so if the - old value of the field was "P1". Not very useful, but illustrative. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - If you are modifying <filename>process_bug.cgi</filename> in any - way, do not change the code that is bounded by DO_NOT_CHANGE blocks. - Doing so could compromise security, or cause your installation to - stop working entirely. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - For a list of possible field names, look at the bugs table in the - database. If you need help writing custom rules for your organization, - ask in the newsgroup. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="integration"> - <title>Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools</title> - - <para> - Many utilities and applications can integrate with Bugzilla, - either on the client- or server-side. None of them are maintained - by the Bugzilla community, nor are they tested during our - QA tests, so use them at your own risk. They are listed at - <ulink url="https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Addons" />. - </para> - </section> - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/gfdl.xml b/docs/en/xml/gfdl.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4d10f28f0..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/gfdl.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,457 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<appendix id="gfdl"> - <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title> - -<!-- - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF) --> -<!-- LINK REV="made" HREF="mailto:webmasters@gnu.org" --> -<!-- section> - <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title --> - <para>Version 1.1, March 2000</para> - - <blockquote> - <para>Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and - distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is - not allowed.</para> - </blockquote> - - <section label="0" id="gfdl-0"> - <title>Preamble</title> - - <para>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other - written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the - effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying - it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License - preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their - work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by - others.</para> - - <para>This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative - works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It - complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license - designed for free software.</para> - - <para>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for - free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free - program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the - software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it - can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether - it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally - for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</para> - </section> - - <section label="1" id="gfdl-1"> - <title>Applicability and Definition</title> - - <para>This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under - the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such - manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed - as "you".</para> - - <para>A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the - Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with - modifications and/or translated into another language.</para> - - <para>A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section - of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the - publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject - (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly - within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any - mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection - with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, - philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.</para> - - <para>The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose - titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the Document is released under this License.</para> - - <para>The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are - listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says - that the Document is released under this License.</para> - - <para>A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, - represented in a format whose specification is available to the general - public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and - straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of - pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available - drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for - automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text - formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose - markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification - by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called - "Opaque".</para> - - <para>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain - ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or - XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML - designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, - proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word - processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not - generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word - processors for output purposes only.</para> - - <para>The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, - plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material - this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats - which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text - near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text.</para> - </section> - - <section label="2" id="gfdl-2"> - <title>Verbatim Copying</title> - - <para>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either - commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the - copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to - the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other - conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical - measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the - copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in - exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies - you must also follow the conditions in section 3.</para> - - <para>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, - and you may publicly display copies.</para> - </section> - - <section label="3" id="gfdl-3"> - <title>Copying in Quantity</title> - - <para>If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than - 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must - enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts - on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you - as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full - title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may - add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document - and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects.</para> - - <para>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit - legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) - on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.</para> - - <para>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document - numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable - Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each - Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a - complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which - the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no - charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter - option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin - distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this - Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until - at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy - (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the - public.</para> - - <para>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of - the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to - give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the - Document.</para> - </section> - - <section label="4" id="gfdl-4"> - <title>Modifications</title> - - <para>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document - under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release - the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified - Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and - modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. - In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</para> - - <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem> - <para>Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title - distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous - versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History - section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous - version if the original publisher of that version gives - permission.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or - entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the - Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal - authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less - than five).</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the - Modified Version, as the publisher.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license - notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum - below.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant - Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license - notice.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Include an unaltered copy of this License.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add - to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and - publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If - there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as - given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified - Version as stated in the previous sentence.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document - for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise - the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it - was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may - omit a network location for a work that was published at least four - years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the - version it refers to gives permission.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", - preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the - substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered - in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent - are not considered part of the section titles.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may - not be included in the Modified Version.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to - conflict in title with any Invariant Section.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or - appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material - copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of - these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of - Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles - must be distinct from any other section titles.</para> - - <para>You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains - nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for - example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by - an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.</para> - - <para>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, - and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the - list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of - Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through - arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a - cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement - made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add - another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the - previous publisher that added the old one.</para> - - <para>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this - License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert - or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.</para> - </section> - - <section label="5" id="gfdl-5"> - <title>Combining Documents</title> - - <para>You may combine the Document with other documents released under - this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified - versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the - Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list - them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license - notice.</para> - - <para>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and - multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. - If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end - of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of - that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment - to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license - notice of the combined work.</para> - - <para>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - "History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled - "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", and - any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections - entitled "Endorsements."</para> - </section> - - <section label="6" id="gfdl-6"> - <title>Collections of Documents</title> - - <para>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other - documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is - included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this - License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other - respects.</para> - - <para>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and - distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy - of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in - all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para> - </section> - - <section label="7" id="gfdl-7"> - <title>Aggregation with Independent Works</title> - - <para>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other - separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a - storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified - Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for - the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this - License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled - with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are - not themselves derivative works of the Document.</para> - - <para>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of - the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers - that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must - appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</para> - </section> - - <section label="8" id="gfdl-8"> - <title>Translation</title> - - <para>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. - Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special - permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations - of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of - these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License - provided that you also include the original English version of this - License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the - original English version of this License, the original English version - will prevail.</para> - </section> - - <section label="9" id="gfdl-9"> - <title>Termination</title> - - <para>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document - except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to - copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties - who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not - have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full - compliance.</para> - </section> - - <section label="10" id="gfdl-10"> - <title>Future Revisions of this License</title> - - <para>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of - the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in - detail to address new problems or concerns. See - <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"/>.</para> - - <para>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of - this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of - following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of - any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free - Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of - this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) - by the Free Software Foundation.</para> - </section> - - <section label="" id="gfdl-howto"> - <title>How to use this License for your documents</title> - - <para>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy - of the License in the document and put the following copyright and - license notices just after the title page:</para> - - <blockquote> - <para>Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, - distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free - Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by - the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the - Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the - section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".</para> - </blockquote> - - <para>If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant - Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no - Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover - Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.</para> - - <para>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we - recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free - software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their - use in free software.</para> - </section> -</appendix> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/glossary.xml b/docs/en/xml/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5458fa32d..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,561 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE glossary PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<glossary id="glossary"> - <glossdiv> - <title>0-9, high ascii</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-htaccess"> - <glossterm>.htaccess</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>Apache web server, and other NCSA-compliant web servers, - observe the convention of using files in directories called - <filename>.htaccess</filename> - - to restrict access to certain files. In Bugzilla, they are used - to keep secret files which would otherwise - compromise your installation - e.g. the - <filename>localconfig</filename> - file contains the password to your database. - curious.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-a"> - <title>A</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-apache"> - <glossterm>Apache</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>In this context, Apache is the web server most commonly used - for serving up Bugzilla - pages. Contrary to popular belief, the apache web server has nothing - to do with the ancient and noble Native American tribe, but instead - derived its name from the fact that it was - <quote>a patchy</quote> - version of the original - <acronym>NCSA</acronym> - world-wide-web server.</para> - - <variablelist> - <title>Useful Directives when configuring Bugzilla</title> - - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.0/mod/mod_mime.html#addhandler">AddHandler</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <listitem> - <para>Tell Apache that it's OK to run CGI scripts.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#options">Options</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <listitem> - <para>These directives are used to tell Apache many things about - the directory they apply to. For Bugzilla's purposes, we need - them to allow script execution and <filename>.htaccess</filename> - overrides. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <listitem> - <para>Used to tell Apache what files are indexes. If you can - not add <filename>index.cgi</filename> to the list of valid files, - you'll need to set <computeroutput>$index_html</computeroutput> to - 1 in <filename>localconfig</filename> so - <command>./checksetup.pl</command> will create an - <filename>index.html</filename> that redirects to - <filename>index.cgi</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><computeroutput><ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#scriptinterpretersource">ScriptInterpreterSource</ulink></computeroutput></term> - <listitem> - <para>Used when running Apache on windows so the shebang line - doesn't have to be changed in every Bugzilla script. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - <para>For more information about how to configure Apache for Bugzilla, - see <xref linkend="http-apache"/>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-b"> - <title>B</title> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm>Bug</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A - <quote>bug</quote> - - in Bugzilla refers to an issue entered into the database which has an - associated number, assignments, comments, etc. Some also refer to a - <quote>tickets</quote> - or - <quote>issues</quote>; - in the context of Bugzilla, they are synonymous.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm>Bug Number</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>Each Bugzilla bug is assigned a number that uniquely identifies - that bug. The bug associated with a bug number can be pulled up via a - query, or easily from the very front page by typing the number in the - "Find" box.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-bugzilla"> - <glossterm>Bugzilla</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>Bugzilla is the world-leading free software bug tracking system. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-c"> - <title>C</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-cgi"> - <glossterm>Common Gateway Interface</glossterm> - <acronym>CGI</acronym> - <glossdef> - <para><acronym>CGI</acronym> is an acronym for Common Gateway Interface. This is - a standard for interfacing an external application with a web server. Bugzilla - is an example of a <acronym>CGI</acronym> application. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-component"> - <glossterm>Component</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A Component is a subsection of a Product. It should be a narrow - category, tailored to your organization. All Products must contain at - least one Component (and, as a matter of fact, creating a Product - with no Components will create an error in Bugzilla).</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-cpan"> - <glossterm>Comprehensive Perl Archive Network</glossterm> - <acronym>CPAN</acronym> - - <!-- TODO: Rewrite def for CPAN --> - <glossdef> - <para> - <acronym>CPAN</acronym> - - stands for the - <quote>Comprehensive Perl Archive Network</quote>. - CPAN maintains a large number of extremely useful - <glossterm>Perl</glossterm> - modules - encapsulated chunks of code for performing a - particular task.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-contrib"> - <glossterm><filename class="directory">contrib</filename></glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>The <filename class="directory">contrib</filename> directory is - a location to put scripts that have been contributed to Bugzilla but - are not a part of the official distribution. These scripts are written - by third parties and may be in languages other than perl. For those - that are in perl, there may be additional modules or other requirements - than those of the official distribution. - <note> - <para>Scripts in the <filename class="directory">contrib</filename> - directory are not officially supported by the Bugzilla team and may - break in between versions. - </para> - </note> - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-d"> - <title>D</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-daemon"> - <glossterm>daemon</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A daemon is a computer program which runs in the background. In - general, most daemons are started at boot time via System V init - scripts, or through RC scripts on BSD-based systems. - <glossterm>mysqld</glossterm>, - the MySQL server, and - <glossterm>apache</glossterm>, - a web server, are generally run as daemons.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-dos"> - <glossterm>DOS Attack</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A DOS, or Denial of Service attack, is when a user attempts to - deny access to a web server by repeatedly accessing a page or sending - malformed requests to a webserver. A D-DOS, or - Distributed Denial of Service attack, is when these requests come - from multiple sources at the same time. Unfortunately, these are much - more difficult to defend against. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-g"> - <title>G</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-groups"> - <glossterm>Groups</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>The word - <quote>Groups</quote> - - has a very special meaning to Bugzilla. Bugzilla's main security - mechanism comes by placing users in groups, and assigning those - groups certain privileges to view bugs in particular - <glossterm>Products</glossterm> - in the - <glossterm>Bugzilla</glossterm> - database.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-j"> - <title>J</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-javascript"> - <glossterm>JavaScript</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para>JavaScript is cool, we should talk about it. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-m"> - <title>M</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-mta"> - <glossterm>Message Transport Agent</glossterm> - <acronym>MTA</acronym> - - <glossdef> - <para>A Message Transport Agent is used to control the flow of email on a system. - The <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Email-Send/lib/Email/Send.pm">Email::Send</ulink> - Perl module, which Bugzilla uses to send email, can be configured to - use many different underlying implementations for actually sending the - mail using the <option>mail_delivery_method</option> parameter. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-mysql"> - <glossterm>MySQL</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>MySQL is one of the supported - <glossterm linkend="gloss-rdbms">RDBMS</glossterm> for Bugzilla. MySQL - can be downloaded from <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com"/>. While you - should familiarize yourself with all of the documentation, some high - points are: - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Backup.html">Backup</ulink></term> - <listitem> - <para>Methods for backing up your Bugzilla database. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Option_files.html">Option Files</ulink></term> - <listitem> - <para>Information about how to configure MySQL using - <filename>my.cnf</filename>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Privilege_system.html">Privilege System</ulink></term> - <listitem> - <para>Information about how to protect your MySQL server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-p"> - <title>P</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-ppm"> - <glossterm>Perl Package Manager</glossterm> - <acronym>PPM</acronym> - - <glossdef> - <para><ulink url="http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Downloads/ActivePerl/PPM/"/> - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm id="gloss-product">Product</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>A Product is a broad category of types of bugs, normally - representing a single piece of software or entity. In general, - there are several Components to a Product. A Product may define a - group (used for security) for all bugs entered into - its Components.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm>Perl</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>First written by Larry Wall, Perl is a remarkable program - language. It has the benefits of the flexibility of an interpreted - scripting language (such as shell script), combined with the speed - and power of a compiled language, such as C. - <glossterm>Bugzilla</glossterm> - - is maintained in Perl.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-q"> - <title>Q</title> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm>QA</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para> - <quote>QA</quote>, - <quote>Q/A</quote>, and - <quote>Q.A.</quote> - are short for - <quote>Quality Assurance</quote>. - In most large software development organizations, there is a team - devoted to ensuring the product meets minimum standards before - shipping. This team will also generally want to track the progress of - bugs over their life cycle, thus the need for the - <quote>QA Contact</quote> - - field in a bug.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-r"> - <title>R</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-rdbms"> - <glossterm>Relational DataBase Management System</glossterm> - <acronym>RDBMS</acronym> - - <glossdef> - <para>A relational database management system is a database system - that stores information in tables that are related to each other. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-regexp"> - <glossterm>Regular Expression</glossterm> - <acronym>regexp</acronym> - - <glossdef> - <para>A regular expression is an expression used for pattern matching. - <ulink url="http://perldoc.com/perl5.6/pod/perlre.html#Regular-Expressions">Documentation</ulink> - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-s"> - <title>S</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-service"> - <glossterm>Service</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>In Windows NT environment, a boot-time background application - is referred to as a service. These are generally managed through the - control panel while logged in as an account with - <quote>Administrator</quote> level capabilities. For more - information, consult your Windows manual or the MSKB. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry> - <glossterm> - <acronym>SGML</acronym> - </glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para> - <acronym>SGML</acronym> - - stands for - <quote>Standard Generalized Markup Language</quote>. - Created in the 1980's to provide an extensible means to maintain - documentation based upon content instead of presentation, - <acronym>SGML</acronym> - - has withstood the test of time as a robust, powerful language. - <glossterm> - <acronym>XML</acronym> - </glossterm> - - is the - <quote>baby brother</quote> - - of SGML; any valid - <acronym>XML</acronym> - - document it, by definition, a valid - <acronym>SGML</acronym> - - document. The document you are reading is written and maintained in - <acronym>SGML</acronym>, - and is also valid - <acronym>XML</acronym> - - if you modify the Document Type Definition.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-t"> - <title>T</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-target-milestone" xreflabel="Target Milestone"> - <glossterm>Target Milestone</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>Target Milestones are Product goals. They are configurable on a - per-Product basis. Most software development houses have a concept of - - <quote>milestones</quote> - - where the people funding a project expect certain functionality on - certain dates. Bugzilla facilitates meeting these milestones by - giving you the ability to declare by which milestone a bug will be - fixed, or an enhancement will be implemented.</para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="gloss-tcl"> - <glossterm>Tool Command Language</glossterm> - <acronym>TCL</acronym> - <glossdef> - <para>TCL is an open source scripting language available for Windows, - Macintosh, and Unix based systems. Bugzilla 1.0 was written in TCL but - never released. The first release of Bugzilla was 2.0, which was when - it was ported to perl. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> - - <glossdiv id="gloss-z"> - <title>Z</title> - - <glossentry id="gloss-zarro"> - <glossterm>Zarro Boogs Found</glossterm> - - <glossdef> - <para>This is just a goofy way of saying that there were no bugs - found matching your query. When asked to explain this message, - Terry had the following to say: - </para> - - <blockquote> - <attribution>Terry Weissman</attribution> - <para>I've been asked to explain this ... way back when, when - Netscape released version 4.0 of its browser, we had a release - party. Naturally, there had been a big push to try and fix every - known bug before the release. Naturally, that hadn't actually - happened. (This is not unique to Netscape or to 4.0; the same thing - has happened with every software project I've ever seen.) Anyway, - at the release party, T-shirts were handed out that said something - like "Netscape 4.0: Zarro Boogs". Just like the software, the - T-shirt had no known bugs. Uh-huh. - </para> - - <para>So, when you query for a list of bugs, and it gets no results, - you can think of this as a friendly reminder. Of *course* there are - bugs matching your query, they just aren't in the bugsystem yet... - </para> - </blockquote> - - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - </glossdiv> -</glossary> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/index.xml b/docs/en/xml/index.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e71a504a8..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/index.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/installation.xml b/docs/en/xml/installation.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d68133fb7..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/installation.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2453 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<chapter id="installing-bugzilla"> - <title>Installing Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="installation"> - <title>Installation</title> - - <note> - <para>If you just want to <emphasis>use</emphasis> Bugzilla, - you do not need to install it. None of this chapter is relevant to - you. Ask your Bugzilla administrator for the URL to access it from - your web browser. - </para> - </note> - - <para>The Bugzilla server software is usually installed on Linux or - Solaris. - If you are installing on another OS, check <xref linkend="os-specific"/> - before you start your installation to see if there are any special - instructions. - </para> - - <para>This guide assumes that you have administrative access to the - Bugzilla machine. It not possible to - install and run Bugzilla itself without administrative access except - in the very unlikely event that every single prerequisite is - already installed. - </para> - - <warning> - <para>The installation process may make your machine insecure for - short periods of time. Make sure there is a firewall between you - and the Internet. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - You are strongly recommended to make a backup of your system - before installing Bugzilla (and at regular intervals thereafter :-). - </para> - - <para>In outline, the installation proceeds as follows: - </para> - - <procedure> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-perl">Install Perl</link> - (&min-perl-ver; or above) - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-database">Install a Database Engine</link> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-webserver">Install a Webserver</link> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-bzfiles">Install Bugzilla</link> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para><link linkend="install-perlmodules">Install Perl modules</link> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - <link linkend="install-MTA">Install a Mail Transfer Agent</link> - (Sendmail 8.7 or above, or an MTA that is Sendmail-compatible with at least this version) - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para>Configure all of the above. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - - <section id="install-perl"> - <title>Perl</title> - - <para>Installed Version Test: <programlisting>perl -v</programlisting></para> - - <para>Any machine that doesn't have Perl on it is a sad machine indeed. - If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://www.perl.org"/>. - Although Bugzilla runs with Perl &min-perl-ver;, - it's a good idea to be using the latest stable version. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-database"> - <title>Database Engine</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla supports MySQL, PostgreSQL and Oracle as database servers. - You only require one of these systems to make use of Bugzilla. - </para> - - <section id="install-mysql"> - <title>MySQL</title> - <para>Installed Version Test: <programlisting>mysql -V</programlisting></para> - - <para> - If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com"/>. You need MySQL version - &min-mysql-ver; or higher. - </para> - - <note> - <para> Many of the binary - versions of MySQL store their data files in - <filename class="directory">/var</filename>. - On some Unix systems, this is part of a smaller root partition, - and may not have room for your bug database. To change the data - directory, you have to build MySQL from source yourself, and - set it as an option to <filename>configure</filename>.</para> - </note> - - <para>If you install from something other than a packaging/installation - system, such as .rpm (RPM Package Manager), .deb (Debian Package), .exe - (Windows Executable), or .msi (Windows Installer), make sure the MySQL - server is started when the machine boots. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-pg"> - <title>PostgreSQL</title> - <para>Installed Version Test: <programlisting>psql -V</programlisting></para> - - <para> - If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org/"/>. You need PostgreSQL - version &min-pg-ver; or higher. - </para> - - <para>If you install from something other than a packaging/installation - system, such as .rpm (RPM Package Manager), .deb (Debian Package), .exe - (Windows Executable), or .msi (Windows Installer), make sure the - PostgreSQL server is started when the machine boots. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-oracle"> - <title>Oracle</title> - <para> - Installed Version Test: <programlisting>select * from v$version</programlisting> - (you first have to log in into your DB) - </para> - - <para> - If you don't have it and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://www.oracle.com/"/>. You need Oracle - version &min-oracle-ver; or higher. - </para> - - <para> - If you install from something other than a packaging/installation - system, such as .rpm (RPM Package Manager), .deb (Debian Package), .exe - (Windows Executable), or .msi (Windows Installer), make sure the - Oracle server is started when the machine boots. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="install-webserver"> - <title>Web Server</title> - - <para>Installed Version Test: view the default welcome page at - http://<your-machine>/</para> - - <para> - You have freedom of choice here, pretty much any web server that - is capable of running <glossterm linkend="gloss-cgi">CGI</glossterm> - scripts will work. - However, we strongly recommend using the Apache web server - (either 1.3.x or 2.x), and the installation instructions usually assume - you are using it. If you have got Bugzilla working using another web server, - please share your experiences with us by filing a bug in - <ulink url="&bzg-bugs;">Bugzilla Documentation</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - If you don't have Apache and your OS doesn't provide official packages, - visit <ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/"/>. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="install-bzfiles"> - <title>Bugzilla</title> - - <para> - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download/">Download a Bugzilla tarball</ulink> - (or <ulink url="https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Bzr">check it out from Bzr</ulink>) - and place it in a suitable directory, accessible by the default web server user - (probably <quote>apache</quote> or <quote>www</quote>). - Good locations are either directly in the web server's document directories or - in <filename>/usr/local</filename> with a symbolic link to the web server's - document directories or an alias in the web server's configuration. - </para> - - <caution> - <para>The default Bugzilla distribution is NOT designed to be placed - in a <filename class="directory">cgi-bin</filename> directory. This - includes any directory which is configured using the - <option>ScriptAlias</option> directive of Apache. - </para> - </caution> - - <para>Once all the files are in a web accessible directory, make that - directory writable by your web server's user. This is a temporary step - until you run the - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> - script, which locks down your installation.</para> - </section> - - <section id="install-perlmodules"> - <title>Perl Modules</title> - - <para>Bugzilla's installation process is based - on a script called <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. - The first thing it checks is whether you have appropriate - versions of all the required - Perl modules. The aim of this section is to pass this check. - When it passes, proceed to <xref linkend="configuration"/>. - </para> - - <para> - At this point, you need to <filename>su</filename> to root. You should - remain as root until the end of the install. To check you have the - required modules, run: - </para> - - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> ./checksetup.pl --check-modules</screen> - - <para> - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> will print out a list of the - required and optional Perl modules, together with the versions - (if any) installed on your machine. - The list of required modules is reasonably long; however, you - may already have several of them installed. - </para> - - <para> - The preferred way to install missing Perl modules is to use the package - manager provided by your operating system (e.g <quote>rpm</quote> or - <quote>yum</quote> on Linux distros, or <quote>ppm</quote> on Windows - if using ActivePerl, see <xref linkend="win32-perl-modules"/>). - If some Perl modules are still missing or are too old, then we recommend - using the <filename>install-module.pl</filename> script (doesn't work - with ActivePerl on Windows). If for some reason you really need to - install the Perl modules manually, see - <xref linkend="install-perlmodules-manual"/>. For instance, on Unix, - you invoke <filename>install-module.pl</filename> as follows: - </para> - - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> perl install-module.pl <modulename></screen> - - <tip> - <para>Many people complain that Perl modules will not install for - them. Most times, the error messages complain that they are missing a - file in - <quote>@INC</quote>. - Virtually every time, this error is due to permissions being set too - restrictively for you to compile Perl modules or not having the - necessary Perl development libraries installed on your system. - Consult your local UNIX systems administrator for help solving these - permissions issues; if you - <emphasis>are</emphasis> - the local UNIX sysadmin, please consult the newsgroup/mailing list - for further assistance or hire someone to help you out.</para> - </tip> - - <note> - <para>If you are using a package-based system, and attempting to install the - Perl modules from CPAN, you may need to install the "development" packages for - MySQL and GD before attempting to install the related Perl modules. The names of - these packages will vary depending on the specific distribution you are using, - but are often called <filename><packagename>-devel</filename>.</para> - </note> - - <para> - Here is a complete list of modules and their minimum versions. - Some modules have special installation notes, which follow. - </para> - - <para>Required Perl modules: - <orderedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - CGI (&min-cgi-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Date::Format (&min-date-format-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - DateTime (&min-datetime-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - DateTime::TimeZone (&min-datetime-timezone-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - DBI (&min-dbi-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - DBD::mysql (&min-dbd-mysql-ver;) if using MySQL - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - DBD::Pg (&min-dbd-pg-ver;) if using PostgreSQL - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - DBD::Oracle (&min-dbd-oracle-ver;) if using Oracle - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Digest::SHA (&min-digest-sha-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Email::Send (&min-email-send-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Email::MIME (&min-email-mime-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Template (&min-template-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - URI (&min-uri-ver;) - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - Optional Perl modules: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - GD (&min-gd-ver;) for bug charting - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Template::Plugin::GD::Image - (&min-template-plugin-gd-image-ver;) for Graphical Reports - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Chart::Lines (&min-chart-lines-ver;) for bug charting - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - GD::Graph (&min-gd-graph-ver;) for bug charting - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - GD::Text (&min-gd-text-ver;) for bug charting - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - XML::Twig (&min-xml-twig-ver;) for bug import/export - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - MIME::Parser (&min-mime-parser-ver;) for bug import/export - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - LWP::UserAgent - (&min-lwp-useragent-ver;) for Automatic Update Notifications - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - PatchReader (&min-patchreader-ver;) for pretty HTML view of patches - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Net::LDAP - (&min-net-ldap-ver;) for LDAP Authentication - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Authen::SASL - (&min-authen-sasl-ver;) for SASL Authentication - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Authen::Radius - (&min-authen-radius-ver;) for RADIUS Authentication - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - SOAP::Lite (&min-soap-lite-ver;) for the web service interface - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - JSON::RPC - (&min-json-rpc-ver;) for the JSON-RPC interface - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Test::Taint - (&min-test-taint-ver;) for the web service interface - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - HTML::Parser - (&min-html-parser-ver;) for More HTML in Product/Group Descriptions - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - HTML::Scrubber - (&min-html-scrubber-ver;) for More HTML in Product/Group Descriptions - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Email::Reply - (&min-email-reply-ver;) for Inbound Email - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - TheSchwartz - (&min-theschwartz-ver;) for Mail Queueing - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Daemon::Generic - (&min-daemon-generic-ver;) for Mail Queueing - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - mod_perl2 - (&min-mod_perl2-ver;) for mod_perl - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-MTA"> - <title>Mail Transfer Agent (MTA)</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla is dependent on the availability of an e-mail system for its - user authentication and for other tasks. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - This is not entirely true. It is possible to completely disable - email sending, or to have Bugzilla store email messages in a - file instead of sending them. However, this is mainly intended - for testing, as disabling or diverting email on a production - machine would mean that users could miss important events (such - as bug changes or the creation of new accounts). - </para> - - <para> - For more information, see the <quote>mail_delivery_method</quote> parameter - in <xref linkend="parameters" />. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - On Linux, any Sendmail-compatible MTA (Mail Transfer Agent) will - suffice. Sendmail, Postfix, qmail and Exim are examples of common - MTAs. Sendmail is the original Unix MTA, but the others are easier to - configure, and therefore many people replace Sendmail with Postfix or - Exim. They are drop-in replacements, so Bugzilla will not - distinguish between them. - </para> - - <para> - If you are using Sendmail, version 8.7 or higher is required. - If you are using a Sendmail-compatible MTA, it must be congruent with - at least version 8.7 of Sendmail. - </para> - - <para> - Consult the manual for the specific MTA you choose for detailed - installation instructions. Each of these programs will have their own - configuration files where you must configure certain parameters to - ensure that the mail is delivered properly. They are implemented - as services, and you should ensure that the MTA is in the auto-start - list of services for the machine. - </para> - - <para> - If a simple mail sent with the command-line 'mail' program - succeeds, then Bugzilla should also be fine. - </para> - - </section> - <section id="using-mod_perl-with-bugzilla"> - <title>Installing Bugzilla on mod_perl</title> - <para>It is now possible to run the Bugzilla software under <literal>mod_perl</literal> on - Apache. <literal>mod_perl</literal> has some additional requirements to that of running - Bugzilla under <literal>mod_cgi</literal> (the standard and previous way).</para> - - <para>Bugzilla requires <literal>mod_perl</literal> to be installed, which can be - obtained from <ulink url="http://perl.apache.org"/> - Bugzilla requires - version &min-mod_perl2-ver; (AKA 2.0.0-RC5) to be installed.</para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="configuration"> - <title>Configuration</title> - - <warning> - <para> - Poorly-configured MySQL and Bugzilla installations have - given attackers full access to systems in the past. Please take the - security parts of these guidelines seriously, even for Bugzilla - machines hidden away behind your firewall. Be certain to read - <xref linkend="security"/> for some important security tips. - </para> - </warning> - - <section id="localconfig"> - <title>localconfig</title> - - <para> - You should now run <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> again, this time - without the <literal>--check-modules</literal> switch. - </para> - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> ./checksetup.pl</screen> - <para> - This time, <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> should tell you that all - the correct modules are installed and will display a message about, and - write out a file called, <filename>localconfig</filename>. This file - contains the default settings for a number of Bugzilla parameters. - </para> - - <para> - Load this file in your editor. The only two values you - <emphasis>need</emphasis> to change are $db_driver and $db_pass, - respectively the type of the database and the password for - the user you will create for your database. Pick a strong - password (for simplicity, it should not contain single quote - characters) and put it here. $db_driver can be either 'mysql', - 'Pg', 'Oracle' or 'Sqlite'. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - In Oracle, <literal>$db_name</literal> should actually be - the SID name of your database (e.g. "XE" if you are using Oracle XE). - </para> - </note> - - <para> - You may need to change the value of - <emphasis>webservergroup</emphasis> if your web server does not - run in the "apache" group. On Debian, for example, Apache runs in - the "www-data" group. If you are going to run Bugzilla on a - machine where you do not have root access (such as on a shared web - hosting account), you will need to leave - <emphasis>webservergroup</emphasis> empty, ignoring the warnings - that <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> will subsequently display - every time it is run. - </para> - - <caution> - <para> - If you are using suexec, you should use your own primary group - for <emphasis>webservergroup</emphasis> rather than leaving it - empty, and see the additional directions in the suexec section - <xref linkend="suexec" />. - </para> - </caution> - - <para> - The other options in the <filename>localconfig</filename> file - are documented by their accompanying comments. If you have a slightly - non-standard database setup, you may wish to change one or more of - the other "$db_*" parameters. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="database-engine"> - <title>Database Server</title> - <para> - This section deals with configuring your database server for use - with Bugzilla. Currently, MySQL (<xref linkend="mysql"/>), - PostgreSQL (<xref linkend="postgresql"/>), Oracle (<xref linkend="oracle"/>) - and SQLite (<xref linkend="sqlite"/>) are available. - </para> - - <section id="database-schema"> - <title>Bugzilla Database Schema</title> - - <para> - The Bugzilla database schema is available at - <ulink url="http://www.ravenbrook.com/project/p4dti/tool/cgi/bugzilla-schema/">Ravenbrook</ulink>. - This very valuable tool can generate a written description of - the Bugzilla database schema for any version of Bugzilla. It - can also generate a diff between two versions to help someone - see what has changed. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="mysql"> - <title>MySQL</title> - - <caution> - <para> - MySQL's default configuration is insecure. - We highly recommend to run <filename>mysql_secure_installation</filename> - on Linux or the MySQL installer on Windows, and follow the instructions. - Important points to note are: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Be sure that the root account has a secure password set.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Do not create an anonymous account, and if it exists, say "yes" - to remove it.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>If your web server and MySQL server are on the same machine, - you should disable the network access.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </caution> - - <section id="mysql-max-allowed-packet"> - <title>Allow large attachments and many comments</title> - - <para>By default, MySQL will only allow you to insert things - into the database that are smaller than 1MB. Attachments - may be larger than this. Also, Bugzilla combines all comments - on a single bug into one field for full-text searching, and the - combination of all comments on a single bug could in some cases - be larger than 1MB.</para> - - <para>To change MySQL's default, you need to edit your MySQL - configuration file, which is usually <filename>/etc/my.cnf</filename> - on Linux. We recommend that you allow at least 4MB packets by - adding the "max_allowed_packet" parameter to your MySQL - configuration in the "[mysqld]" section, like this:</para> - - <screen>[mysqld] -# Allow packets up to 4MB -max_allowed_packet=4M - </screen> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Allow small words in full-text indexes</title> - - <para>By default, words must be at least four characters in length - in order to be indexed by MySQL's full-text indexes. This causes - a lot of Bugzilla specific words to be missed, including "cc", - "ftp" and "uri".</para> - - <para>MySQL can be configured to index those words by setting the - ft_min_word_len param to the minimum size of the words to index. - This can be done by modifying the <filename>/etc/my.cnf</filename> - according to the example below:</para> - - <screen>[mysqld] -# Allow small words in full-text indexes -ft_min_word_len=2</screen> - - <para>Rebuilding the indexes can be done based on documentation found at - <ulink url="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Fulltext_Fine-tuning.html"/>. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-setupdatabase-adduser"> - <title>Add a user to MySQL</title> - - <para> - You need to add a new MySQL user for Bugzilla to use. - (It's not safe to have Bugzilla use the MySQL root account.) - The following instructions assume the defaults in - <filename>localconfig</filename>; if you changed those, - you need to modify the SQL command appropriately. You will - need the <replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable> password you - set in <filename>localconfig</filename> in - <xref linkend="localconfig"/>. - </para> - - <para> - We use an SQL <command>GRANT</command> command to create - a <quote>bugs</quote> user. This also restricts the - <quote>bugs</quote>user to operations within a database - called <quote>bugs</quote>, and only allows the account - to connect from <quote>localhost</quote>. Modify it to - reflect your setup if you will be connecting from another - machine or as a different user. - </para> - - <para> - Run the <filename>mysql</filename> command-line client and enter: - </para> - - <screen> -<prompt>mysql></prompt> GRANT SELECT, INSERT, - UPDATE, DELETE, INDEX, ALTER, CREATE, LOCK TABLES, - CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES, DROP, REFERENCES ON bugs.* - TO bugs@localhost IDENTIFIED BY '<replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable>'; -<prompt>mysql></prompt> FLUSH PRIVILEGES; - </screen> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Permit attachments table to grow beyond 4GB</title> - - <para> - By default, MySQL will limit the size of a table to 4GB. - This limit is present even if the underlying filesystem - has no such limit. To set a higher limit, follow these - instructions. - </para> - - <para> - After you have completed the rest of the installation (or at least the - database setup parts), you should run the <filename>MySQL</filename> - command-line client and enter the following, replacing <literal>$bugs_db</literal> - with your Bugzilla database name (<emphasis>bugs</emphasis> by default): - </para> - - <screen> -<prompt>mysql></prompt> use <replaceable>$bugs_db</replaceable> -<prompt>mysql></prompt> ALTER TABLE attachments - AVG_ROW_LENGTH=1000000, MAX_ROWS=20000; - </screen> - - <para> - The above command will change the limit to 20GB. Mysql will have - to make a temporary copy of your entire table to do this. Ideally, - you should do this when your attachments table is still small. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - This does not affect Big Files, attachments that are stored directly - on disk instead of in the database. - </para> - </note> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="postgresql"> - <title>PostgreSQL</title> - <section> - <title>Add a User to PostgreSQL</title> - - <para>You need to add a new user to PostgreSQL for the Bugzilla - application to use when accessing the database. The following instructions - assume the defaults in <filename>localconfig</filename>; if you - changed those, you need to modify the commands appropriately. You will - need the <replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable> password you - set in <filename>localconfig</filename> in - <xref linkend="localconfig"/>.</para> - - <para>On most systems, to create the user in PostgreSQL, you will need to - login as the root user, and then</para> - - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> su - postgres</screen> - - <para>As the postgres user, you then need to create a new user: </para> - - <screen><prompt>bash$</prompt> createuser -U postgres -dRSP bugs</screen> - - <para>When asked for a password, provide the password which will be set as - <replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable> in <filename>localconfig</filename>. - The created user will not be a superuser (-S) and will not be able to create - new users (-R). He will only have the ability to create databases (-d).</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Configure PostgreSQL</title> - - <para>Now, you will need to edit <filename>pg_hba.conf</filename> which is - usually located in <filename>/var/lib/pgsql/data/</filename>. In this file, - you will need to add a new line to it as follows:</para> - - <para> - <computeroutput>host all bugs 127.0.0.1 255.255.255.255 md5</computeroutput> - </para> - - <para>This means that for TCP/IP (host) connections, allow connections from - '127.0.0.1' to 'all' databases on this server from the 'bugs' user, and use - password authentication (md5) for that user.</para> - - <para>Now, you will need to restart PostgreSQL, but you will need to fully - stop and start the server rather than just restarting due to the possibility - of a change to <filename>postgresql.conf</filename>. After the server has - restarted, you will need to edit <filename>localconfig</filename>, finding - the <literal>$db_driver</literal> variable and setting it to - <literal>Pg</literal> and changing the password in <literal>$db_pass</literal> - to the one you picked previously, while setting up the account.</para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="oracle"> - <title>Oracle</title> - <section> - <title>Create a New Tablespace</title> - - <para> - You can use the existing tablespace or create a new one for Bugzilla. - To create a new tablespace, run the following command: - </para> - - <programlisting> -CREATE TABLESPACE bugs -DATAFILE '<replaceable>$path_to_datafile</replaceable>' SIZE 500M -AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 30M MAXSIZE UNLIMITED - </programlisting> - - <para> - Here, the name of the tablespace is 'bugs', but you can - choose another name. <replaceable>$path_to_datafile</replaceable> is - the path to the file containing your database, for instance - <filename>/u01/oradata/bugzilla.dbf</filename>. - The initial size of the database file is set in this example to 500 Mb, - with an increment of 30 Mb everytime we reach the size limit of the file. - </para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Add a User to Oracle</title> - - <para> - The user name and password must match what you set in - <filename>localconfig</filename> (<literal>$db_user</literal> - and <literal>$db_pass</literal>, respectively). Here, we assume that - the user name is 'bugs' and the tablespace name is the same - as above. - </para> - - <programlisting> -CREATE USER bugs -IDENTIFIED BY "<replaceable>$db_pass</replaceable>" -DEFAULT TABLESPACE bugs -TEMPORARY TABLESPACE TEMP -PROFILE DEFAULT; --- GRANT/REVOKE ROLE PRIVILEGES -GRANT CONNECT TO bugs; -GRANT RESOURCE TO bugs; --- GRANT/REVOKE SYSTEM PRIVILEGES -GRANT UNLIMITED TABLESPACE TO bugs; -GRANT EXECUTE ON CTXSYS.CTX_DDL TO bugs; - </programlisting> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Configure the Web Server</title> - - <para> - If you use Apache, append these lines to <filename>httpd.conf</filename> - to set ORACLE_HOME and LD_LIBRARY_PATH. For instance: - </para> - - <programlisting> -SetEnv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/ -SetEnv LD_LIBRARY_PATH /u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/lib/ - </programlisting> - - <para> - When this is done, restart your web server. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="sqlite"> - <title>SQLite</title> - - <caution> - <para> - Due to SQLite's <ulink url="http://sqlite.org/faq.html#q5">concurrency - limitations</ulink> we recommend SQLite only for small and development - Bugzilla installations. - </para> - </caution> - - <para> - No special configuration is required to run Bugzilla on SQLite. - The database will be stored in <filename>data/db/$db_name</filename>, - where <literal>$db_name</literal> is the database name defined - in <filename>localconfig</filename>. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section> - <title>checksetup.pl</title> - - <para> - Next, rerun <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. It reconfirms - that all the modules are present, and notices the altered - localconfig file, which it assumes you have edited to your - satisfaction. It compiles the UI templates, - connects to the database using the 'bugs' - user you created and the password you defined, and creates the - 'bugs' database and the tables therein. - </para> - - <para> - After that, it asks for details of an administrator account. Bugzilla - can have multiple administrators - you can create more later - but - it needs one to start off with. - Enter the email address of an administrator, his or her full name, - and a suitable Bugzilla password. - </para> - - <para> - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> will then finish. You may rerun - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> at any time if you wish. - </para> - </section> - - - <section id="http"> - <title>Web server</title> - <para> - Configure your web server according to the instructions in the - appropriate section. (If it makes a difference in your choice, - the Bugzilla Team recommends Apache.) To check whether your web server - is correctly configured, try to access <filename>testagent.cgi</filename> - from your web server. If "OK" is displayed, then your configuration - is successful. Regardless of which web server - you are using, however, ensure that sensitive information is - not remotely available by properly applying the access controls in - <xref linkend="security-webserver-access"/>. You can run - <filename>testserver.pl</filename> to check if your web server serves - Bugzilla files as expected. - </para> - - <section id="http-apache"> - <title>Bugzilla using Apache</title> - <para>You have two options for running Bugzilla under Apache - - <link linkend="http-apache-mod_cgi">mod_cgi</link> (the default) and - <link linkend="http-apache-mod_perl">mod_perl</link> (new in Bugzilla - 2.23) - </para> - <section id="http-apache-mod_cgi"> - <title>Apache <productname>httpd</productname> with mod_cgi</title> - - <para> - To configure your Apache web server to work with Bugzilla while using - mod_cgi, do the following: - </para> - - <procedure> - <step> - <para> - Load <filename>httpd.conf</filename> in your editor. - In Fedora and Red Hat Linux, this file is found in - <filename class="directory">/etc/httpd/conf</filename>. - </para> - </step> - - <step> - <para> - Apache uses <computeroutput><Directory></computeroutput> - directives to permit fine-grained permission setting. Add the - following lines to a directive that applies to the location - of your Bugzilla installation. (If such a section does not - exist, you'll want to add one.) In this example, Bugzilla has - been installed at - <filename class="directory">/var/www/html/bugzilla</filename>. - </para> - - <programlisting> -<Directory /var/www/html/bugzilla> -AddHandler cgi-script .cgi -Options +ExecCGI -DirectoryIndex index.cgi index.html -AllowOverride Limit FileInfo Indexes Options -</Directory> - </programlisting> - - <para> - These instructions: allow apache to run .cgi files found - within the bugzilla directory; instructs the server to look - for a file called <filename>index.cgi</filename> or, if not - found, <filename>index.html</filename> if someone - only types the directory name into the browser; and allows - Bugzilla's <filename>.htaccess</filename> files to override - some global permissions. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - It is possible to make these changes globally, or to the - directive controlling Bugzilla's parent directory (e.g. - <computeroutput><Directory /var/www/html/></computeroutput>). - Such changes would also apply to the Bugzilla directory... - but they would also apply to many other places where they - may or may not be appropriate. In most cases, including - this one, it is better to be as restrictive as possible - when granting extra access. - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <para> - On Windows, you may have to also add the - <computeroutput>ScriptInterpreterSource Registry-Strict</computeroutput> - line, see <link linkend="win32-http">Windows specific notes</link>. - </para> - </note> - </step> - - <step> - <para> - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> can set tighter permissions - on Bugzilla's files and directories if it knows what group the - web server runs as. Find the <computeroutput>Group</computeroutput> - line in <filename>httpd.conf</filename>, place the value found - there in the <replaceable>$webservergroup</replaceable> variable - in <filename>localconfig</filename>, then rerun - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. - </para> - </step> - - <step> - <para> - Optional: If Bugzilla does not actually reside in the webspace - directory, but instead has been symbolically linked there, you - will need to add the following to the - <computeroutput>Options</computeroutput> line of the Bugzilla - <computeroutput><Directory></computeroutput> directive - (the same one as in the step above): - </para> - - <programlisting>+FollowSymLinks</programlisting> - - <para> - Without this directive, Apache will not follow symbolic links - to places outside its own directory structure, and you will be - unable to run Bugzilla. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> - <section id="http-apache-mod_perl"> - <title>Apache <productname>httpd</productname> with mod_perl</title> - - <para>Some configuration is required to make Bugzilla work with Apache - and mod_perl</para> - - <procedure> - <step> - <para> - Load <filename>httpd.conf</filename> in your editor. - In Fedora and Red Hat Linux, this file is found in - <filename class="directory">/etc/httpd/conf</filename>. - </para> - </step> - - <step> - <para>Add the following information to your httpd.conf file, substituting - where appropriate with your own local paths.</para> - - <note> - <para>This should be used instead of the <Directory> block - shown above. This should also be above any other <literal>mod_perl</literal> - directives within the <filename>httpd.conf</filename> and must be specified - in the order as below.</para> - </note> - <warning> - <para>You should also ensure that you have disabled <literal>KeepAlive</literal> - support in your Apache install when utilizing Bugzilla under mod_perl</para> - </warning> - - <programlisting> -PerlSwitches -w -T -PerlConfigRequire /var/www/html/bugzilla/mod_perl.pl - </programlisting> - </step> - - <step> - <para> - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> can set tighter permissions - on Bugzilla's files and directories if it knows what group the - web server runs as. Find the <computeroutput>Group</computeroutput> - line in <filename>httpd.conf</filename>, place the value found - there in the <replaceable>$webservergroup</replaceable> variable - in <filename>localconfig</filename>, then rerun - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - - <para>On restarting Apache, Bugzilla should now be running within the - mod_perl environment. Please ensure you have run checksetup.pl to set - permissions before you restart Apache.</para> - - <note> - <para>Please bear the following points in mind when looking at using - Bugzilla under mod_perl: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - mod_perl support in Bugzilla can take up a HUGE amount of RAM. You could be - looking at 30MB per httpd child, easily. Basically, you just need a lot of RAM. - The more RAM you can get, the better. mod_perl is basically trading RAM for - speed. At least 2GB total system RAM is recommended for running Bugzilla under - mod_perl. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Under mod_perl, you have to restart Apache if you make any manual change to - any Bugzilla file. You can't just reload--you have to actually - <emphasis>restart</emphasis> the server (as in make sure it stops and starts - again). You <emphasis>can</emphasis> change localconfig and the params file - manually, if you want, because those are re-read every time you load a page. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You must run in Apache's Prefork MPM (this is the default). The Worker MPM - may not work--we haven't tested Bugzilla's mod_perl support under threads. - (And, in fact, we're fairly sure it <emphasis>won't</emphasis> work.) - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Bugzilla generally expects to be the only mod_perl application running on - your entire server. It may or may not work if there are other applications also - running under mod_perl. It does try its best to play nice with other mod_perl - applications, but it still may have conflicts. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It is recommended that you have one Bugzilla instance running under mod_perl - on your server. Bugzilla has not been tested with more than one instance running. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </note> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="http-iis"> - <title>Microsoft <productname>Internet Information Services</productname></title> - - <para> - If you are running Bugzilla on Windows and choose to use - Microsoft's <productname>Internet Information Services</productname> - or <productname>Personal Web Server</productname> you will need - to perform a number of other configuration steps as explained below. - You may also want to refer to the following Microsoft Knowledge - Base articles: - <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;245225">245225</ulink> - <quote>HOW TO: Configure and Test a PERL Script with IIS 4.0, - 5.0, and 5.1</quote> (for <productname>Internet Information - Services</productname>) and - <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;231998">231998</ulink> - <quote>HOW TO: FP2000: How to Use Perl with Microsoft Personal Web - Server on Windows 95/98</quote> (for <productname>Personal Web - Server</productname>). - </para> - - <para> - You will need to create a virtual directory for the Bugzilla - install. Put the Bugzilla files in a directory that is named - something <emphasis>other</emphasis> than what you want your - end-users accessing. That is, if you want your users to access - your Bugzilla installation through - <quote>http://<yourdomainname>/Bugzilla</quote>, then do - <emphasis>not</emphasis> put your Bugzilla files in a directory - named <quote>Bugzilla</quote>. Instead, place them in a different - location, and then use the IIS Administration tool to create a - Virtual Directory named "Bugzilla" that acts as an alias for the - actual location of the files. When creating that virtual directory, - make sure you add the <quote>Execute (such as ISAPI applications or - CGI)</quote> access permission. - </para> - - <para> - You will also need to tell IIS how to handle Bugzilla's - .cgi files. Using the IIS Administration tool again, open up - the properties for the new virtual directory and select the - Configuration option to access the Script Mappings. Create an - entry mapping .cgi to: - </para> - - <programlisting> -<full path to perl.exe >\perl.exe -x<full path to Bugzilla> -wT "%s" %s - </programlisting> - - <para> - For example: - </para> - - <programlisting> -c:\perl\bin\perl.exe -xc:\bugzilla -wT "%s" %s - </programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - The ActiveState install may have already created an entry for - .pl files that is limited to <quote>GET,HEAD,POST</quote>. If - so, this mapping should be <emphasis>removed</emphasis> as - Bugzilla's .pl files are not designed to be run via a web server. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - IIS will also need to know that the index.cgi should be treated - as a default document. On the Documents tab page of the virtual - directory properties, you need to add index.cgi as a default - document type. If you wish, you may remove the other default - document types for this particular virtual directory, since Bugzilla - doesn't use any of them. - </para> - - <para> - Also, and this can't be stressed enough, make sure that files - such as <filename>localconfig</filename> and your - <filename class="directory">data</filename> directory are - secured as described in <xref linkend="security-webserver-access"/>. - </para> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="install-config-bugzilla"> - <title>Bugzilla</title> - - <para> - Your Bugzilla should now be working. Access - <filename>http://<your-bugzilla-server>/</filename> - - you should see the Bugzilla - front page. If not, consult the Troubleshooting section, - <xref linkend="troubleshooting"/>. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - The URL above may be incorrect if you installed Bugzilla into a - subdirectory or used a symbolic link from your web site root to - the Bugzilla directory. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Log in with the administrator account you defined in the last - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> run. You should go through - the Parameters page and see if there are any you wish to change. - They key parameters are documented in <xref linkend="parameters"/>; - you should certainly alter - <command>maintainer</command> and <command>urlbase</command>; - you may also want to alter - <command>cookiepath</command> or <command>requirelogin</command>. - </para> - - <para> - Bugzilla has several optional features which require extra - configuration. You can read about those in - <xref linkend="extraconfig"/>. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="extraconfig"> - <title>Optional Additional Configuration</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla has a number of optional features. This section describes how - to configure or enable them. - </para> - - <section> - <title>Bug Graphs</title> - - <para>If you have installed the necessary Perl modules you - can start collecting statistics for the nifty Bugzilla - graphs.</para> - - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> <command>crontab -e</command></screen> - - <para> - This should bring up the crontab file in your editor. - Add a cron entry like this to run - <filename>collectstats.pl</filename> - daily at 5 after midnight: - </para> - - <programlisting>5 0 * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./collectstats.pl</programlisting> - - <para> - After two days have passed you'll be able to view bug graphs from - the Reports page. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task - Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also - third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as - <ulink url="http://www.nncron.ru/">nncron</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="installation-whining-cron"> - <title>The Whining Cron</title> - - <para>What good are - bugs if they're not annoying? To help make them more so you - can set up Bugzilla's automatic whining system to complain at engineers - which leave their bugs in the CONFIRMED state without triaging them. - </para> - <para> - This can be done by adding the following command as a daily - crontab entry, in the same manner as explained above for bug - graphs. This example runs it at 12.55am. - </para> - - <programlisting>55 0 * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./whineatnews.pl</programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task - Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also - third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as - <ulink url="http://www.nncron.ru/">nncron</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="installation-whining"> - <title>Whining</title> - - <para> - As of Bugzilla 2.20, users can configure Bugzilla to regularly annoy - them at regular intervals, by having Bugzilla execute saved searches - at certain times and emailing the results to the user. This is known - as "Whining". The process of configuring Whining is described - in <xref linkend="whining"/>, but for it to work a Perl script must be - executed at regular intervals. - </para> - - <para> - This can be done by adding the following command as a daily - crontab entry, in the same manner as explained above for bug - graphs. This example runs it every 15 minutes. - </para> - - <programlisting>*/15 * * * * cd <your-bugzilla-directory> && ./whine.pl</programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - Whines can be executed as often as every 15 minutes, so if you specify - longer intervals between executions of whine.pl, some users may not - be whined at as often as they would expect. Depending on the person, - this can either be a very Good Thing or a very Bad Thing. - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <para> - Windows does not have 'cron', but it does have the Task - Scheduler, which performs the same duties. There are also - third-party tools that can be used to implement cron, such as - <ulink url="http://www.nncron.ru/">nncron</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="apache-addtype"> - <title>Serving Alternate Formats with the right MIME type</title> - - <para> - Some Bugzilla pages have alternate formats, other than just plain - <acronym>HTML</acronym>. In particular, a few Bugzilla pages can - output their contents as either <acronym>XUL</acronym> (a special - Mozilla format, that looks like a program <acronym>GUI</acronym>) - or <acronym>RDF</acronym> (a type of structured <acronym>XML</acronym> - that can be read by various programs). - </para> - <para> - In order for your users to see these pages correctly, Apache must - send them with the right <acronym>MIME</acronym> type. To do this, - add the following lines to your Apache configuration, either in the - <computeroutput><VirtualHost></computeroutput> section for your - Bugzilla, or in the <computeroutput><Directory></computeroutput> - section for your Bugzilla: - </para> - <para> - <screen>AddType application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml .xul -AddType application/rdf+xml .rdf</screen> - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="multiple-bz-dbs"> - <title>Multiple Bugzilla databases with a single installation</title> - - <para>The previous instructions referred to a standard installation, with - one unique Bugzilla database. However, you may want to host several - distinct installations, without having several copies of the code. This is - possible by using the PROJECT environment variable. When accessed, - Bugzilla checks for the existence of this variable, and if present, uses - its value to check for an alternative configuration file named - <filename>localconfig.<PROJECT></filename> in the same location as - the default one (<filename>localconfig</filename>). It also checks for - customized templates in a directory named - <filename><PROJECT></filename> in the same location as the - default one (<filename>template/<langcode></filename>). By default - this is <filename>template/en/default</filename> so PROJECT's templates - would be located at <filename>template/en/PROJECT</filename>.</para> - - <para>To set up an alternate installation, just export PROJECT=foo before - running <command>checksetup.pl</command> for the first time. It will - result in a file called <filename>localconfig.foo</filename> instead of - <filename>localconfig</filename>. Edit this file as described above, with - reference to a new database, and re-run <command>checksetup.pl</command> - to populate it. That's all.</para> - - <para>Now you have to configure the web server to pass this environment - variable when accessed via an alternate URL, such as virtual host for - instance. The following is an example of how you could do it in Apache, - other Webservers may differ. -<programlisting> -<VirtualHost 212.85.153.228:80> - ServerName foo.bar.baz - SetEnv PROJECT foo - Alias /bugzilla /var/www/bugzilla -</VirtualHost> -</programlisting> - </para> - - <para>Don't forget to also export this variable before accessing Bugzilla - by other means, such as cron tasks for instance.</para> - </section> - - <section id="os-specific"> - <title>OS-Specific Installation Notes</title> - - <para>Many aspects of the Bugzilla installation can be affected by the - operating system you choose to install it on. Sometimes it can be made - easier and others more difficult. This section will attempt to help you - understand both the difficulties of running on specific operating systems - and the utilities available to make it easier. - </para> - - <para>If you have anything to add or notes for an operating system not covered, - please file a bug in <ulink url="&bzg-bugs;">Bugzilla Documentation</ulink>. - </para> - - <section id="os-win32"> - <title>Microsoft Windows</title> - <para> - Making Bugzilla work on Windows is more difficult than making it - work on Unix. For that reason, we still recommend doing so on a Unix - based system such as GNU/Linux. That said, if you do want to get - Bugzilla running on Windows, you will need to make the following - adjustments. A detailed step-by-step - <ulink url="https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Win32Install"> - installation guide for Windows</ulink> is also available - if you need more help with your installation. - </para> - - <section id="win32-perl"> - <title>Win32 Perl</title> - <para> - Perl for Windows can be obtained from - <ulink url="http://www.activestate.com/">ActiveState</ulink>. - You should be able to find a compiled binary at <ulink - url="http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Downloads/ActivePerl/" />. - The following instructions assume that you are using version - &min-perl-ver; of ActiveState. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - These instructions are for 32-bit versions of Windows. If you are - using a 64-bit version of Windows, you will need to install 32-bit - Perl in order to install the 32-bit modules as described below. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - <section id="win32-perl-modules"> - <title>Perl Modules on Win32</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla on Windows requires the same perl modules found in - <xref linkend="install-perlmodules"/>. The main difference is that - windows uses <glossterm linkend="gloss-ppm">PPM</glossterm> instead - of CPAN. ActiveState provides a GUI to manage Perl modules. We highly - recommend that you use it. If you prefer to use ppm from the - command-line, type: - </para> - - <programlisting> -C:\perl> <command>ppm install <module name></command> - </programlisting> - - <note> - <para> - The PPM repository stores modules in 'packages' that may have - a slightly different name than the module. If retrieving these - modules from there, you will need to pay attention to the information - provided when you run <command>checksetup.pl</command> as it will - tell you what package you'll need to install. - </para> - </note> - - <tip> - <para> - If you are behind a corporate firewall, you will need to let the - ActiveState PPM utility know how to get through it to access - the repositories by setting the HTTP_proxy system environmental - variable. For more information on setting that variable, see - the ActiveState documentation. - </para> - </tip> - </section> - - <section id="win32-http"> - <title>Serving the web pages</title> - - <para> - As is the case on Unix based systems, any web server should - be able to handle Bugzilla; however, the Bugzilla Team still - recommends Apache whenever asked. No matter what web server - you choose, be sure to pay attention to the security notes - in <xref linkend="security-webserver-access"/>. More - information on configuring specific web servers can be found - in <xref linkend="http"/>. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - The web server looks at <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename> to - call Perl. If you are using Apache on windows, you can set the - <ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/mod/core.html#scriptinterpretersource">ScriptInterpreterSource</ulink> - directive in your Apache config file to make it look at the - right place: insert the line - <programlisting>ScriptInterpreterSource Registry-Strict</programlisting> - into your <filename>httpd.conf</filename> file, and create the key - <programlisting>HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.cgi\Shell\ExecCGI\Command</programlisting> - with <option>C:\Perl\bin\perl.exe -T</option> as value (adapt to your - path if needed) in the registry. When this is done, restart Apache. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - <section id="win32-email"> - <title>Sending Email</title> - - <para> - To enable Bugzilla to send email on Windows, the server running the - Bugzilla code must be able to connect to, or act as, an SMTP server. - </para> - - </section> - </section> - - <section id="os-macosx"> - <title><productname>Mac OS X</productname></title> - - <para>Making Bugzilla work on Mac OS X requires the following - adjustments.</para> - - <section id="macosx-sendmail"> - <title>Sendmail</title> - - <para>In Mac OS X 10.3 and later, - <ulink url="http://www.postfix.org/">Postfix</ulink> - is used as the built-in email server. Postfix provides an executable - that mimics sendmail enough to fool Bugzilla, as long as Bugzilla can - find it. Bugzilla is able to find the fake sendmail executable without - any assistance.</para> - - </section> - - <section id="macosx-libraries"> - <title>Libraries & Perl Modules on Mac OS X</title> - - <para>Apple does not include the GD library with Mac OS X. Bugzilla - needs this for bug graphs.</para> - - <para>You can use MacPorts (<ulink url="http://www.macports.org/"/>) - or Fink (<ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/fink/"/>), both - of which are similar in nature to the CPAN installer, but install - common unix programs.</para> - - <para>Follow the instructions for setting up MacPorts or Fink. - Once you have one installed, you'll want to use it to install the - <filename>gd2</filename> package. - </para> - - <para>Fink will prompt you for a number of dependencies, type 'y' and hit - enter to install all of the dependencies and then watch it work. You will - then be able to use <glossterm linkend="gloss-cpan">CPAN</glossterm> to - install the GD Perl module. - </para> - - <note> - <para>To prevent creating conflicts with the software that Apple - installs by default, Fink creates its own directory tree at - <filename class="directory">/sw</filename> where it installs most of - the software that it installs. This means your libraries and headers - will be at <filename class="directory">/sw/lib</filename> and - <filename class="directory">/sw/include</filename> instead of - <filename class="directory">/usr/lib</filename> and - <filename class="directory">/usr/include</filename>. When the - Perl module config script asks where your <filename>libgd</filename> - is, be sure to tell it - <filename class="directory">/sw/lib</filename>. - </para> - </note> - - <para>Also available via MacPorts and Fink is - <filename>expat</filename>. After installing the expat package, you - will be able to install XML::Parser using CPAN. If you use fink, there - is one caveat. Unlike recent versions of - the GD module, XML::Parser doesn't prompt for the location of the - required libraries. When using CPAN, you will need to use the following - command sequence: - </para> - - <screen> -# perl -MCPAN -e'look XML::Parser' -# perl Makefile.PL EXPATLIBPATH=/sw/lib EXPATINCPATH=/sw/include -# make; make test; make install -# exit - </screen> - <para> - The <command>look</command> command will download the module and spawn - a new shell with the extracted files as the current working directory. - </para> - <para> - You should watch the output from these <command>make</command> commands, - especially <quote>make test</quote> as errors may prevent - XML::Parser from functioning correctly with Bugzilla. - </para> - <para> - The <command>exit</command> command will return you to your original shell. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="os-linux"> - <title>Linux/BSD Distributions</title> - <para>Many Linux/BSD distributions include Bugzilla and its - dependencies in their native package management systems. - Installing Bugzilla with root access on any Linux/BSD system - should be as simple as finding the Bugzilla package in the - package management application and installing it using the - normal command syntax. Several distributions also perform - the proper web server configuration automatically on installation. - </para> - <para>Please consult the documentation of your Linux/BSD - distribution for instructions on how to install packages, - or for specific instructions on installing Bugzilla with - native package management tools. There is also a - <ulink url="https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Prerequisites"> - Bugzilla Wiki Page</ulink> for distro-specific installation - notes. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - - <section id="nonroot"> - <title>UNIX (non-root) Installation Notes</title> - - <section> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <para>If you are running a *NIX OS as non-root, either due - to lack of access (web hosts, for example) or for security - reasons, this will detail how to install Bugzilla on such - a setup. It is recommended that you read through the - <xref linkend="installation" /> - first to get an idea on the installation steps required. - (These notes will reference to steps in that guide.)</para> - - </section> - - <section> - <title>MySQL</title> - - <para>You may have MySQL installed as root. If you're - setting up an account with a web host, a MySQL account - needs to be set up for you. From there, you can create - the bugs account, or use the account given to you.</para> - - <warning> - <para>You may have problems trying to set up - <command>GRANT</command> permissions to the database. - If you're using a web host, chances are that you have a - separate database which is already locked down (or one big - database with limited/no access to the other areas), but you - may want to ask your system administrator what the security - settings are set to, and/or run the <command>GRANT</command> - command for you.</para> - - <para>Also, you will probably not be able to change the MySQL - root user password (for obvious reasons), so skip that - step.</para> - </warning> - - <section> - <title>Running MySQL as Non-Root</title> - <section> - <title>The Custom Configuration Method</title> - <para>Create a file .my.cnf in your - home directory (using /home/foo in this example) - as follows....</para> - <programlisting> -[mysqld] -datadir=/home/foo/mymysql -socket=/home/foo/mymysql/thesock -port=8081 - -[mysql] -socket=/home/foo/mymysql/thesock -port=8081 - -[mysql.server] -user=mysql -basedir=/var/lib - -[safe_mysqld] -err-log=/home/foo/mymysql/the.log -pid-file=/home/foo/mymysql/the.pid - </programlisting> - </section> - <section> - <title>The Custom Built Method</title> - - <para>You can install MySQL as a not-root, if you really need to. - Build it with PREFIX set to <filename class="directory">/home/foo/mysql</filename>, - or use pre-installed executables, specifying that you want - to put all of the data files in <filename class="directory">/home/foo/mysql/data</filename>. - If there is another MySQL server running on the system that you - do not own, use the -P option to specify a TCP port that is not - in use.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Starting the Server</title> - <para>After your mysqld program is built and any .my.cnf file is - in place, you must initialize the databases (ONCE).</para> - <screen> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>mysql_install_db</command> - </screen> - <para>Then start the daemon with</para> - <screen> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>safe_mysql &</command> - </screen> - <para>After you start mysqld the first time, you then connect to - it as "root" and <command>GRANT</command> permissions to other - users. (Again, the MySQL root account has nothing to do with - the *NIX root account.)</para> - - <note> - <para>You will need to start the daemons yourself. You can either - ask your system administrator to add them to system startup files, or - add a crontab entry that runs a script to check on these daemons - and restart them if needed.</para> - </note> - - <warning> - <para>Do NOT run daemons or other services on a server without first - consulting your system administrator! Daemons use up system resources - and running one may be in violation of your terms of service for any - machine on which you are a user!</para> - </warning> - </section> - </section> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Perl</title> - - <para> - On the extremely rare chance that you don't have Perl on - the machine, you will have to build the sources - yourself. The following commands should get your system - installed with your own personal version of Perl: - </para> - - <screen> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>wget http://perl.org/CPAN/src/stable.tar.gz</command> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>tar zvxf stable.tar.gz</command> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>cd perl-&min-perl-ver;</command> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>sh Configure -de -Dprefix=/home/foo/perl</command> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>make && make test && make install</command> - </screen> - - <para> - Once you have Perl installed into a directory (probably - in <filename class="directory">~/perl/bin</filename>), you will need to - install the Perl Modules, described below. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="install-perlmodules-nonroot"> - <title>Perl Modules</title> - - <para> - Installing the Perl modules as a non-root user is accomplished by - running the <filename>install-module.pl</filename> - script. For more details on this script, see - <ulink url="../html/api/install-module.html"><filename>install-module.pl</filename> - documentation</ulink> - </para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>HTTP Server</title> - - <para>Ideally, this also needs to be installed as root and - run under a special web server account. As long as - the web server will allow the running of *.cgi files outside of a - cgi-bin, and a way of denying web access to certain files (such as a - .htaccess file), you should be good in this department.</para> - - <section> - <title>Running Apache as Non-Root</title> - - <para>You can run Apache as a non-root user, but the port will need - to be set to one above 1024. If you type <command>httpd -V</command>, - you will get a list of the variables that your system copy of httpd - uses. One of those, namely HTTPD_ROOT, tells you where that - installation looks for its config information.</para> - - <para>From there, you can copy the config files to your own home - directory to start editing. When you edit those and then use the -d - option to override the HTTPD_ROOT compiled into the web server, you - get control of your own customized web server.</para> - - <note> - <para>You will need to start the daemons yourself. You can either - ask your system administrator to add them to system startup files, or - add a crontab entry that runs a script to check on these daemons - and restart them if needed.</para> - </note> - - <warning> - <para>Do NOT run daemons or other services on a server without first - consulting your system administrator! Daemons use up system resources - and running one may be in violation of your terms of service for any - machine on which you are a user!</para> - </warning> - </section> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Bugzilla</title> - - <para> - When you run <command>./checksetup.pl</command> to create - the <filename>localconfig</filename> file, it will list the Perl - modules it finds. If one is missing, go back and double-check the - module installation from <xref linkend="install-perlmodules-nonroot"/>, - then delete the <filename>localconfig</filename> file and try again. - </para> - - <warning> - <para>One option in <filename>localconfig</filename> you - might have problems with is the web server group. If you can't - successfully browse to the <filename>index.cgi</filename> (like - a Forbidden error), you may have to relax your permissions, - and blank out the web server group. Of course, this may pose - as a security risk. Having a properly jailed shell and/or - limited access to shell accounts may lessen the security risk, - but use at your own risk.</para> - </warning> - - <section id="suexec"> - <title>suexec or shared hosting</title> - - <para>If you are running on a system that uses suexec (most shared - hosting environments do this), you will need to set the - <emphasis>webservergroup</emphasis> value in <filename>localconfig</filename> - to match <emphasis>your</emphasis> primary group, rather than the one - the web server runs under. You will need to run the following - shell commands after running <command>./checksetup.pl</command>, - every time you run it (or modify <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> - to do them for you via the system() command). - <programlisting> -for i in docs graphs images js skins; do find $i -type d -exec chmod o+rx {} \; ; done -for i in jpg gif css js png html rdf xul; do find . -name \*.$i -exec chmod o+r {} \; ; done -find . -name .htaccess -exec chmod o+r {} \; -chmod o+x . data data/webdot - </programlisting> - Pay particular attention to the number of semicolons and dots. - They are all important. A future version of Bugzilla will - hopefully be able to do this for you out of the box.</para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - - - <section id="upgrade"> - <title>Upgrading to New Releases</title> - - <para>Upgrading to new Bugzilla releases is very simple. There is - a script named <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> included with - Bugzilla that will automatically do all of the database migration - for you.</para> - - <para>The following sections explain how to upgrade from one - version of Bugzilla to another. Whether you are upgrading - from one bug-fix version to another (such as 4.2 to 4.2.1) - or from one major version to another (such as from 4.0 to 4.2), - the instructions are always the same.</para> - - <note> - <para> - Any examples in the following sections are written as though the - user were updating to version 4.2.1, but the procedures are the - same no matter what version you're updating to. Also, in the - examples, the user's Bugzilla installation is found at - <filename>/var/www/html/bugzilla</filename>. If that is not the - same as the location of your Bugzilla installation, simply - substitute the proper paths where appropriate. - </para> - </note> - - <section id="upgrade-before"> - <title>Before You Upgrade</title> - - <para>Before you start your upgrade, there are a few important - steps to take:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Read the <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org/releases/">Release - Notes</ulink> of the version you're upgrading to, - particularly the "Notes for Upgraders" section. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - View the Sanity Check (<xref linkend="sanitycheck"/>) page - on your installation before upgrading. Attempt to fix all warnings - that the page produces before you go any further, or you may - experience problems during your upgrade. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Shut down your Bugzilla installation by putting some HTML or - text in the shutdownhtml parameter - (see <xref linkend="parameters"/>). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Make a backup of the Bugzilla database. - <emphasis>THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis>. If - anything goes wrong during the upgrade, your installation - can be corrupted beyond recovery. Having a backup keeps you safe. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Upgrading is a one-way process. You cannot "downgrade" an - upgraded Bugzilla. If you wish to revert to the old Bugzilla - version for any reason, you will have to restore your database - from this backup. - </para> - </warning> - - <para>Here are some sample commands you could use to backup - your database, depending on what database system you're - using. You may have to modify these commands for your - particular setup.</para> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>MySQL:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <command>mysqldump --opt -u bugs -p bugs > bugs.sql</command> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>PostgreSQL:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <command>pg_dump --no-privileges --no-owner -h localhost -U bugs - > bugs.sql</command> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="upgrade-files"> - <title>Getting The New Bugzilla</title> - - <para>There are three ways to get the new version of Bugzilla. - We'll list them here briefly and then explain them - more later.</para> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Bzr (<xref linkend="upgrade-bzr"/>)</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you have <command>bzr</command> installed on your machine - and you have Internet access, this is the easiest way to - upgrade, particularly if you have made modifications - to the code or templates of Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Download the tarball (<xref linkend="upgrade-tarball"/>)</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is a very simple way to upgrade, and good if you - haven't made many (or any) modifications to the code or - templates of your Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Patches (<xref linkend="upgrade-patches"/>)</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you have made modifications to your Bugzilla, and - you don't have Internet access or you don't want to use - bzr, then this is the best way to upgrade. - </para> - - <para> - You can only do minor upgrades (such as 4.2 to 4.2.1 or - 4.2.1 to 4.2.2) with patches. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - <section id="upgrade-modified"> - <title>If you have modified your Bugzilla</title> - - <para> - If you have modified the code or templates of your Bugzilla, - then upgrading requires a bit more thought and effort. - A discussion of the various methods of updating compared with - degree and methods of local customization can be found in - <xref linkend="template-method"/>. - </para> - - <para> - The larger the jump you are trying to make, the more difficult it - is going to be to upgrade if you have made local customizations. - Upgrading from 4.2 to 4.2.1 should be fairly painless even if - you are heavily customized, but going from 2.18 to 4.2 is going - to mean a fair bit of work re-writing your local changes to use - the new files, logic, templates, etc. If you have done no local - changes at all, however, then upgrading should be approximately - the same amount of work regardless of how long it has been since - your version was released. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="upgrade-bzr"> - <title>Upgrading using Bzr</title> - - <para> - This requires that you have bzr installed (most Unix machines do), - and requires that you are able to access - <ulink url="http://bzr.mozilla.org/bugzilla/">bzr.mozilla.org</ulink>, - which may not be an option if you don't have Internet access. - </para> - - <para> - The following shows the sequence of commands needed to update a - Bugzilla installation via Bzr, and a typical series of results. - These commands assume that you already have Bugzilla installed - using Bzr. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - If your installation is still using CVS, you must first convert - it to Bzr. A very detailed step by step documentation can be - found on <ulink url="https://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:Moving_From_CVS_To_Bazaar">wiki.mozilla.org</ulink>. - </para> - </warning> - - <programlisting> -bash$ <command>cd /var/www/html/bugzilla</command> -bash$ <command>bzr switch 4.2</command> (only run this command when not yet running 4.2) -bash$ <command>bzr up -r tag:bugzilla-4.2.1</command> -+N extensions/MoreBugUrl/ -+N extensions/MoreBugUrl/Config.pm -+N extensions/MoreBugUrl/Extension.pm -... - M Bugzilla/Attachment.pm - M Bugzilla/Attachment/PatchReader.pm - M Bugzilla/Bug.pm -... -All changes applied successfully. - </programlisting> - - <caution> - <para> - If a line in the output from <command>bzr up</command> mentions - a conflict, then that represents a file with local changes that - Bzr was unable to properly merge. You need to resolve these - conflicts manually before Bugzilla (or at least the portion using - that file) will be usable. - </para> - </caution> - </section> - - <section id="upgrade-tarball"> - <title>Upgrading using the tarball</title> - - <para> - If you are unable (or unwilling) to use Bzr, another option that's - always available is to obtain the latest tarball from the <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download/">Download Page</ulink> and - create a new Bugzilla installation from that. - </para> - - <para> - This sequence of commands shows how to get the tarball from the - command-line; it is also possible to download it from the site - directly in a web browser. If you go that route, save the file - to the <filename class="directory">/var/www/html</filename> - directory (or its equivalent, if you use something else) and - omit the first three lines of the example. - </para> - - <programlisting> -bash$ <command>cd /var/www/html</command> -bash$ <command>wget http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/webtools/bugzilla-4.2.1.tar.gz</command> -<emphasis>(Output omitted)</emphasis> -bash$ <command>tar xzvf bugzilla-4.2.1.tar.gz</command> -bugzilla-4.2.1/ -bugzilla-4.2.1/colchange.cgi -<emphasis>(Output truncated)</emphasis> -bash$ <command>cd bugzilla-4.2.1</command> -bash$ <command>cp ../bugzilla/localconfig* .</command> -bash$ <command>cp -r ../bugzilla/data .</command> -bash$ <command>cd ..</command> -bash$ <command>mv bugzilla bugzilla.old</command> -bash$ <command>mv bugzilla-4.2.1 bugzilla</command> - </programlisting> - - <warning> - <para> - The <command>cp</command> commands both end with periods which - is a very important detail--it means that the destination - directory is the current working directory. - </para> - </warning> - - <caution> - <para> - If you have some extensions installed, you will have to copy them - to the new bugzilla directory too. Extensions are located in - <filename>bugzilla/extensions/</filename>. Only copy those you - installed, not those managed by the Bugzilla team. - </para> - </caution> - - <para> - This upgrade method will give you a clean install of Bugzilla. - That's fine if you don't have any local customizations that you - want to maintain. If you do have customizations, then you will - need to reapply them by hand to the appropriate files. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="upgrade-patches"> - <title>Upgrading using patches</title> - - <para> - A patch is a collection of all the bug fixes that have been made - since the last bug-fix release. - </para> - - <para> - If you are doing a bug-fix upgrade—that is, one where only the - last number of the revision changes, such as from 4.2 to - 4.2.1—then you have the option of obtaining and applying a - patch file from the <ulink - url="http://www.bugzilla.org/download/">Download Page</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - As above, this example starts with obtaining the file via the - command line. If you have already downloaded it, you can omit the - first two commands. - </para> - - <programlisting> -bash$ <command>cd /var/www/html/bugzilla</command> -bash$ <command>wget http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/webtools/bugzilla-4.2-to-4.2.1.diff.gz</command> -<emphasis>(Output omitted)</emphasis> -bash$ <command>gunzip bugzilla-4.2-to-4.2.1.diff.gz</command> -bash$ <command>patch -p1 < bugzilla-4.2-to-4.2.1.diff</command> -patching file Bugzilla/Constants.pm -patching file enter_bug.cgi -<emphasis>(etc.)</emphasis> - </programlisting> - - <warning> - <para> - Be aware that upgrading from a patch file does not change the - entries in your <filename class="directory">.bzr</filename> directory. - This could make it more difficult to upgrade using Bzr - (<xref linkend="upgrade-bzr"/>) in the future. - </para> - </warning> - - </section> - </section> - - <section id="upgrade-completion"> - <title>Completing Your Upgrade</title> - - <para> - Now that you have the new Bugzilla code, there are a few final - steps to complete your upgrade. - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - If your new Bugzilla installation is in a different - directory or on a different machine than your old Bugzilla - installation, make sure that you have copied the - <filename>data</filename> directory and the - <filename>localconfig</filename> file from your old Bugzilla - installation. (If you followed the tarball instructions - above, this has already happened.) - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If this is a major update, check that the configuration - (<xref linkend="configuration"/>) for your new Bugzilla is - up-to-date. Sometimes the configuration requirements change - between major versions. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If you didn't do it as part of the above configuration step, - now you need to run <command>checksetup.pl</command>, which - will do everything required to convert your existing database - and settings for the new version: - </para> - - <programlisting> -bash$ <command>cd /var/www/html/bugzilla</command> -bash$ <command>./checksetup.pl</command> - </programlisting> - - <warning> - <para> - The period at the beginning of the command - <command>./checksetup.pl</command> is important and cannot - be omitted. - </para> - </warning> - - <caution> - <para> - If this is a major upgrade (say, 3.6 to 4.2 or similar), - running <command>checksetup.pl</command> on a large - installation (75,000 or more bugs) can take a long time, - possibly several hours. - </para> - </caution> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Clear any HTML or text that you put into the shutdownhtml - parameter, to re-activate Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - View the Sanity Check (<xref linkend="sanitycheck"/>) page in your - upgraded Bugzilla. - </para> - <para> - It is recommended that, if possible, you fix any problems - you see, immediately. Failure to do this may mean that Bugzilla - will not work correctly. Be aware that if the sanity check page - contains more errors after an upgrade, it doesn't necessarily - mean there are more errors in your database than there were - before, as additional tests are added to the sanity check over - time, and it is possible that those errors weren't being - checked for in the old version. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - </section> - - <section id="upgrade-notifications"> - <title>Automatic Notifications of New Releases</title> - - <para> - Bugzilla 3.0 introduced the ability to automatically notify - administrators when new releases are available, based on the - <literal>upgrade_notification</literal> parameter, see - <xref linkend="parameters"/>. Administrators will see these - notifications when they access the <filename>index.cgi</filename> - page, i.e. generally when logging in. Bugzilla will check once per - day for new releases, unless the parameter is set to - <quote>disabled</quote>. If you are behind a proxy, you may have to set - the <literal>proxy_url</literal> parameter accordingly. If the proxy - requires authentication, use the - <literal>http://user:pass@proxy_url/</literal> syntax. - </para> - </section> - </section> - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/modules.xml b/docs/en/xml/modules.xml deleted file mode 100644 index eba87d41d..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/modules.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<appendix id="install-perlmodules-manual"> - <title>Manual Installation of Perl Modules</title> - - <section id="modules-manual-instructions"> - <title>Instructions</title> - <para> - If you need to install Perl modules manually, here's how it's done. - Download the module using the link given in the next section, and then - apply this magic incantation, as root: - </para> - - <para> - <screen><prompt>bash#</prompt> tar -xzvf <module>.tar.gz -<prompt>bash#</prompt> cd <module> -<prompt>bash#</prompt> perl Makefile.PL -<prompt>bash#</prompt> make -<prompt>bash#</prompt> make test -<prompt>bash#</prompt> make install</screen> - </para> - <note> - <para> - In order to compile source code under Windows you will need to obtain - a 'make' utility. The <command>nmake</command> utility provided with - Microsoft Visual C++ may be used. As an alternative, there is a - utility called <command>dmake</command> available from CPAN which is - written entirely in Perl. - </para> - <para> - As described in <xref linkend="modules-manual-download" />, however, most - packages already exist and are available from ActiveState or theory58S. - We highly recommend that you install them using the ppm GUI available with - ActiveState and to add the theory58S repository to your list of repositories. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="modules-manual-download"> - <title>Download Locations</title> - - <note> - <para> - Running Bugzilla on Windows requires the use of ActiveState - Perl &min-perl-ver; or higher. Most modules already exist in the core - distribution of ActiveState Perl. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - CGI: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/CGI.pm/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://perldoc.perl.org/CGI.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Data-Dumper: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Data-Dumper/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Data-Dumper/Dumper.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Date::Format (part of TimeDate): - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/TimeDate/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/TimeDate/lib/Date/Format.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - DBI: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBI/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://dbi.perl.org/docs/"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - DBD::mysql: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-mysql/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-mysql/lib/DBD/mysql.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - DBD::Pg: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-Pg/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/DBD-Pg/Pg.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Template-Toolkit: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Template-Toolkit/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://www.template-toolkit.org/docs.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - GD: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GD/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GD/GD.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - Template::Plugin::GD: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Template-GD/" /> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://www.template-toolkit.org/docs/aqua/Modules/index.html" /> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - MIME::Parser (part of MIME-tools): - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/MIME-tools/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/MIME-tools/lib/MIME/Parser.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="modules-manual-optional"> - <title>Optional Modules</title> - - <para> - Chart::Lines: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Chart/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/Chart/Chart.pod"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - GD::Graph: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDGraph/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDGraph/Graph.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - GD::Text::Align (part of GD::Text::Util): - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDTextUtil/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/GDTextUtil/Text/Align.pm"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - XML::Twig: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/dist/XML-Twig/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://standards.ieee.org/resources/spasystem/twig/twig_stable.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - - <para> - PatchReader: - <literallayout> - CPAN Download Page: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/author/JKEISER/PatchReader/"/> - Documentation: <ulink url="http://www.johnkeiser.com/mozilla/Patch_Viewer.html"/> - </literallayout> - </para> - </section> -</appendix> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/patches.xml b/docs/en/xml/patches.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ed7d304c7..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/patches.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<appendix id="patches" xreflabel="Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla"> - <title>Contrib</title> - - <para> - There are a number of unofficial Bugzilla add-ons in the - <filename class="directory">$BUGZILLA_ROOT/contrib/</filename> - directory. This section documents them. - </para> - - <section id="cmdline"> - <title>Command-line Search Interface</title> - - <para> - There are a suite of Unix utilities for searching Bugzilla from the - command line. They live in the - <filename class="directory">contrib/cmdline</filename> directory. - There are three files - <filename>query.conf</filename>, - <filename>buglist</filename> and <filename>bugs</filename>. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - These files pre-date the templatization work done as part of the - 2.16 release, and have not been updated. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - <filename>query.conf</filename> contains the mapping from - options to field names and comparison types. Quoted option names - are <quote>grepped</quote> for, so it should be easy to edit this - file. Comments (#) have no effect; you must make sure these lines - do not contain any quoted <quote>option</quote>. - </para> - - <para> - <filename>buglist</filename> is a shell script that submits a - Bugzilla query and writes the resulting HTML page to stdout. - It supports both short options, (such as <quote>-Afoo</quote> - or <quote>-Rbar</quote>) and long options (such - as <quote>--assignedto=foo</quote> or <quote>--reporter=bar</quote>). - If the first character of an option is not <quote>-</quote>, it is - treated as if it were prefixed with <quote>--default=</quote>. - </para> - - <para> - The column list is taken from the COLUMNLIST environment variable. - This is equivalent to the <quote>Change Columns</quote> option - that is available when you list bugs in buglist.cgi. If you have - already used Bugzilla, grep for COLUMNLIST in your cookies file - to see your current COLUMNLIST setting. - </para> - - <para> - <filename>bugs</filename> is a simple shell script which calls - <filename>buglist</filename> and extracts the - bug numbers from the output. Adding the prefix - <quote>http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?bug_id=</quote> - turns the bug list into a working link if any bugs are found. - Counting bugs is easy. Pipe the results through - <command>sed -e 's/,/ /g' | wc | awk '{printf $2 "\n"}'</command> - </para> - - <para> - Akkana Peck says she has good results piping - <filename>buglist</filename> output through - <command>w3m -T text/html -dump</command> - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="cmdline-bugmail"> - <title>Command-line 'Send Unsent Bug-mail' tool</title> - - <para> - Within the <filename class="directory">contrib</filename> directory - exists a utility with the descriptive (if compact) name - of <filename>sendunsentbugmail.pl</filename>. The purpose of this - script is, simply, to send out any bug-related mail that should - have been sent by now, but for one reason or another has not. - </para> - - <para> - To accomplish this task, <filename>sendunsentbugmail.pl</filename> uses - the same mechanism as the <filename>sanitycheck.cgi</filename> script; - it scans through the entire database looking for bugs with changes that - were made more than 30 minutes ago, but where there is no record of - anyone related to that bug having been sent mail. Having compiled a list, - it then uses the standard rules to determine who gets mail, and sends it - out. - </para> - - <para> - As the script runs, it indicates the bug for which it is currently - sending mail; when it has finished, it gives a numerical count of how - many mails were sent and how many people were excluded. (Individual - user names are not recorded or displayed.) If the script produces - no output, that means no unsent mail was detected. - </para> - - <para> - <emphasis>Usage</emphasis>: move the sendunsentbugmail.pl script - up into the main directory, ensure it has execute permission, and run it - from the command line (or from a cron job) with no parameters. - </para> - </section> - -</appendix> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/security.xml b/docs/en/xml/security.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 582604029..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/security.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,281 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<chapter id="security"> -<title>Bugzilla Security</title> - - <para>While some of the items in this chapter are related to the operating - system Bugzilla is running on or some of the support software required to - run Bugzilla, it is all related to protecting your data. This is not - intended to be a comprehensive guide to securing Linux, Apache, MySQL, or - any other piece of software mentioned. There is no substitute for active - administration and monitoring of a machine. The key to good security is - actually right in the middle of the word: <emphasis>U R It</emphasis>. - </para> - - <para>While programmers in general always strive to write secure code, - accidents can and do happen. The best approach to security is to always - assume that the program you are working with isn't 100% secure and restrict - its access to other parts of your machine as much as possible. - </para> - - <section id="security-os"> - <title>Operating System</title> - - <section id="security-os-ports"> - <title>TCP/IP Ports</title> - - <!-- TODO: Get exact number of ports --> - <para>The TCP/IP standard defines more than 65,000 ports for sending - and receiving traffic. Of those, Bugzilla needs exactly one to operate - (different configurations and options may require up to 3). You should - audit your server and make sure that you aren't listening on any ports - you don't need to be. It's also highly recommended that the server - Bugzilla resides on, along with any other machines you administer, be - placed behind some kind of firewall. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="security-os-accounts"> - <title>System User Accounts</title> - - <para>Many <glossterm linkend="gloss-daemon">daemons</glossterm>, such - as Apache's <filename>httpd</filename> or MySQL's - <filename>mysqld</filename>, run as either <quote>root</quote> or - <quote>nobody</quote>. This is even worse on Windows machines where the - majority of <glossterm linkend="gloss-service">services</glossterm> - run as <quote>SYSTEM</quote>. While running as <quote>root</quote> or - <quote>SYSTEM</quote> introduces obvious security concerns, the - problems introduced by running everything as <quote>nobody</quote> may - not be so obvious. Basically, if you run every daemon as - <quote>nobody</quote> and one of them gets compromised it can - compromise every other daemon running as <quote>nobody</quote> on your - machine. For this reason, it is recommended that you create a user - account for each daemon. - </para> - - <note> - <para>You will need to set the <option>webservergroup</option> option - in <filename>localconfig</filename> to the group your web server runs - as. This will allow <filename>./checksetup.pl</filename> to set file - permissions on Unix systems so that nothing is world-writable. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - - <section id="security-os-chroot"> - <title>The <filename>chroot</filename> Jail</title> - - <para> - If your system supports it, you may wish to consider running - Bugzilla inside of a <filename>chroot</filename> jail. This option - provides unprecedented security by restricting anything running - inside the jail from accessing any information outside of it. If you - wish to use this option, please consult the documentation that came - with your system. - </para> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="security-webserver"> - <title>Web server</title> - - <section id="security-webserver-access"> - <title>Disabling Remote Access to Bugzilla Configuration Files</title> - - <para> - There are many files that are placed in the Bugzilla directory - area that should not be accessible from the web server. Because of the way - Bugzilla is currently layed out, the list of what should and should not - be accessible is rather complicated. A quick way is to run - <filename>testserver.pl</filename> to check if your web server serves - Bugzilla files as expected. If not, you may want to follow the few - steps below. - </para> - - <tip> - <para>Bugzilla ships with the ability to create - <glossterm linkend="gloss-htaccess"><filename>.htaccess</filename></glossterm> - files that enforce these rules. Instructions for enabling these - directives in Apache can be found in <xref linkend="http-apache"/> - </para> - </tip> - - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>In the main Bugzilla directory, you should:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block: - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member><filename>*.pl</filename></member> - <member><filename>*localconfig*</filename></member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In <filename class="directory">data</filename>:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In <filename class="directory">data/webdot</filename>:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>If you use a remote webdot server:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>But allow - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member><filename>*.dot</filename></member> - </simplelist> - only for the remote webdot server</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Otherwise, if you use a local GraphViz:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>But allow: - <simplelist type="inline"> - <member><filename>*.png</filename></member> - <member><filename>*.gif</filename></member> - <member><filename>*.jpg</filename></member> - <member><filename>*.map</filename></member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>And if you don't use any dot:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In <filename class="directory">Bugzilla</filename>:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>In <filename class="directory">template</filename>:</para> - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para>Block everything</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para>Be sure to test that data that should not be accessed remotely is - properly blocked. Of particular interest is the localconfig file which - contains your database password. Also, be aware that many editors - create temporary and backup files in the working directory and that - those should also not be accessible. For more information, see - <ulink url="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=186383">bug 186383</ulink> - or - <ulink url="http://online.securityfocus.com/bid/6501">Bugtraq ID 6501</ulink>. - To test, simply run <filename>testserver.pl</filename>, as said above. - </para> - - <tip> - <para>Be sure to check <xref linkend="http"/> for instructions - specific to the web server you use. - </para> - </tip> - - </section> - - - </section> - - - <section id="security-bugzilla"> - <title>Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="security-bugzilla-charset"> - <title>Prevent users injecting malicious Javascript</title> - - <para>If you installed Bugzilla version 2.22 or later from scratch, - then the <emphasis>utf8</emphasis> parameter is switched on by default. - This makes Bugzilla explicitly set the character encoding, following - <ulink - url="http://www.cert.org/tech_tips/malicious_code_mitigation.html#3">a - CERT advisory</ulink> recommending exactly this. - The following therefore does not apply to you; just keep - <emphasis>utf8</emphasis> turned on. - </para> - - <para>If you've upgraded from an older version, then it may be possible - for a Bugzilla user to take advantage of character set encoding - ambiguities to inject HTML into Bugzilla comments. - This could include malicious scripts. - This is because due to internationalization concerns, we are unable to - turn the <emphasis>utf8</emphasis> parameter on by default for upgraded - installations. - Turning it on manually will prevent this problem. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: --> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/troubleshooting.xml b/docs/en/xml/troubleshooting.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7dcf75238..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/troubleshooting.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,287 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<appendix id="troubleshooting"> -<title>Troubleshooting</title> - - <para>This section gives solutions to common Bugzilla installation - problems. If none of the section headings seems to match your - problem, read the general advice. - </para> - - <section id="general-advice"> - <title>General Advice</title> - <para>If you can't get <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> to run to - completion, it normally explains what's wrong and how to fix it. - If you can't work it out, or if it's being uncommunicative, post - the errors in the - <ulink url="news://news.mozilla.org/mozilla.support.bugzilla">mozilla.support.bugzilla</ulink> - newsgroup. - </para> - - <para>If you have made it all the way through - <xref linkend="installation"/> (Installation) and - <xref linkend="configuration"/> (Configuration) but accessing the Bugzilla - URL doesn't work, the first thing to do is to check your web server error - log. For Apache, this is often located at - <filename>/etc/logs/httpd/error_log</filename>. The error messages - you see may be self-explanatory enough to enable you to diagnose and - fix the problem. If not, see below for some commonly-encountered - errors. If that doesn't help, post the errors to the newsgroup. - </para> - - <para> - Bugzilla can also log all user-based errors (and many code-based errors) - that occur, without polluting the web server's error log. To enable - Bugzilla error logging, create a file that Bugzilla can write to, named - <filename>errorlog</filename>, in the Bugzilla <filename>data</filename> - directory. Errors will be logged as they occur, and will include the type - of the error, the IP address and username (if available) of the user who - triggered the error, and the values of all environment variables; if a - form was being submitted, the data in the form will also be included. - To disable error logging, delete or rename the - <filename>errorlog</filename> file. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-testserver"> - <title>The Apache web server is not serving Bugzilla pages</title> - <para>After you have run <command>checksetup.pl</command> twice, - run <command>testserver.pl http://yoursite.yourdomain/yoururl</command> - to confirm that your web server is configured properly for - Bugzilla. - </para> - <programlisting> -<prompt>bash$</prompt> ./testserver.pl http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip -TEST-OK Webserver is running under group id in $webservergroup. -TEST-OK Got ant picture. -TEST-OK Webserver is executing CGIs. -TEST-OK Webserver is preventing fetch of http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/localconfig. -</programlisting> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-perlmodule"> - <title>I installed a Perl module, but - <filename>checksetup.pl</filename> claims it's not installed!</title> - - <para>This could be caused by one of two things:</para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>You have two versions of Perl on your machine. You are installing - modules into one, and Bugzilla is using the other. Rerun the CPAN - commands (or manual compile) using the full path to Perl from the - top of <filename>checksetup.pl</filename>. This will make sure you - are installing the modules in the right place. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>The permissions on your library directories are set incorrectly. - They must, at the very least, be readable by the web server user or - group. It is recommended that they be world readable. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-dbdSponge"> - <title>DBD::Sponge::db prepare failed</title> - - <para>The following error message may appear due to a bug in DBD::mysql - (over which the Bugzilla team have no control): - </para> - -<programlisting><![CDATA[ DBD::Sponge::db prepare failed: Cannot determine NUM_OF_FIELDS at D:/Perl/site/lib/DBD/mysql.pm line 248. - SV = NULL(0x0) at 0x20fc444 - REFCNT = 1 - FLAGS = (PADBUSY,PADMY) -]]></programlisting> - - <para>To fix this, go to - <filename><path-to-perl>/lib/DBD/sponge.pm</filename> - in your Perl installation and replace - </para> - -<programlisting><![CDATA[ my $numFields; - if ($attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}) { - $numFields = $attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}; - } elsif ($attribs->{'NAME'}) { - $numFields = @{$attribs->{NAME}}; -]]></programlisting> - - <para>with</para> - -<programlisting><![CDATA[ my $numFields; - if ($attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}) { - $numFields = $attribs->{'NUM_OF_FIELDS'}; - } elsif ($attribs->{'NAMES'}) { - $numFields = @{$attribs->{NAMES}}; -]]></programlisting> - - <para>(note the S added to NAME.)</para> - </section> - - <section id="paranoid-security"> - <title>cannot chdir(/var/spool/mqueue)</title> - - <para>If you are installing Bugzilla on SuSE Linux, or some other - distributions with <quote>paranoid</quote> security options, it is - possible that the checksetup.pl script may fail with the error: -<programlisting><![CDATA[cannot chdir(/var/spool/mqueue): Permission denied -]]></programlisting> - </para> - - <para>This is because your <filename>/var/spool/mqueue</filename> - directory has a mode of <computeroutput>drwx------</computeroutput>. - Type <command>chmod 755 <filename>/var/spool/mqueue</filename></command> - as root to fix this problem. This will allow any process running on your - machine the ability to <emphasis>read</emphasis> the - <filename>/var/spool/mqueue</filename> directory. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-relogin-everyone"> - <title>Everybody is constantly being forced to relogin</title> - - <para>The most-likely cause is that the <quote>cookiepath</quote> parameter - is not set correctly in the Bugzilla configuration. You can change this (if - you're a Bugzilla administrator) from the editparams.cgi page via the web interface. - </para> - - <para>The value of the cookiepath parameter should be the actual directory - containing your Bugzilla installation, <emphasis>as seen by the end-user's - web browser</emphasis>. Leading and trailing slashes are mandatory. You can - also set the cookiepath to any directory which is a parent of the Bugzilla - directory (such as '/', the root directory). But you can't put something - that isn't at least a partial match or it won't work. What you're actually - doing is restricting the end-user's browser to sending the cookies back only - to that directory. - </para> - - <para>How do you know if you want your specific Bugzilla directory or the - whole site? - </para> - - <para>If you have only one Bugzilla running on the server, and you don't - mind having other applications on the same server with it being able to see - the cookies (you might be doing this on purpose if you have other things on - your site that share authentication with Bugzilla), then you'll want to have - the cookiepath set to "/", or to a sufficiently-high enough directory that - all of the involved apps can see the cookies. - </para> - - <example id="trbl-relogin-everyone-share"> - <title>Examples of urlbase/cookiepath pairs for sharing login cookies</title> - - <blockquote> - <literallayout> -urlbase is http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/ -cookiepath is / - -urlbase is http://tools.mysite.tld/bugzilla/ - but you have http://tools.mysite.tld/someotherapp/ which shares - authentication with your Bugzilla -cookiepath is / - </literallayout> - </blockquote> - </example> - - <para>On the other hand, if you have more than one Bugzilla running on the - server (some people do - we do on landfill) then you need to have the - cookiepath restricted enough so that the different Bugzillas don't - confuse their cookies with one another. - </para> - - - <example id="trbl-relogin-everyone-restrict"> - <title>Examples of urlbase/cookiepath pairs to restrict the login cookie</title> - <blockquote> - <literallayout> -urlbase is http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-tip/ -cookiepath is /bugzilla-tip/ - -urlbase is http://landfill.bugzilla.org/bugzilla-4.0-branch/ -cookiepath is /bugzilla-4.0-branch/ - </literallayout> - </blockquote> - </example> - - <para>If you had cookiepath set to <quote>/</quote> at any point in the - past and need to set it to something more restrictive - (i.e. <quote>/bugzilla/</quote>), you can safely do this without - requiring users to delete their Bugzilla-related cookies in their - browser (this is true starting with Bugzilla 2.18 and Bugzilla 2.16.5). - </para> - </section> - - <section id="trbl-index"> - <title><filename>index.cgi</filename> doesn't show up unless specified in the URL</title> - <para> - You probably need to set up your web server in such a way that it - will serve the index.cgi page as an index page. - </para> - <para> - If you are using Apache, you can do this by adding - <filename>index.cgi</filename> to the end of the - <computeroutput>DirectoryIndex</computeroutput> line - as mentioned in <xref linkend="http-apache"/>. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="trbl-passwd-encryption"> - <title> - checksetup.pl reports "Client does not support authentication protocol - requested by server..." - </title> - - <para> - This error is occurring because you are using the new password - encryption that comes with MySQL 4.1, while your - <filename>DBD::mysql</filename> module was compiled against an - older version of MySQL. If you recompile <filename>DBD::mysql</filename> - against the current MySQL libraries (or just obtain a newer version - of this module) then the error may go away. - </para> - - <para> - If that does not fix the problem, or if you cannot recompile the - existing module (e.g. you're running Windows) and/or don't want to - replace it (e.g. you want to keep using a packaged version), then a - workaround is available from the MySQL docs: - <ulink url="http://dev.mysql.com/doc/mysql/en/Old_client.html"/> - </para> - - </section> - -</appendix> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: --> diff --git a/docs/en/xml/using.xml b/docs/en/xml/using.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4c7239bac..000000000 --- a/docs/en/xml/using.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2087 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY % myents SYSTEM "bugzilla.ent"> - %myents; -]> - -<chapter id="using"> - <title>Using Bugzilla</title> - - <section id="using-intro"> - <title>Introduction</title> - <para>This section contains information for end-users of Bugzilla. There - is a Bugzilla test installation, called - <ulink url="http://landfill.bugzilla.org/">Landfill</ulink>, which you are - welcome to play with (if it's up). However, not all of the Bugzilla - installations there will necessarily have all Bugzilla features enabled, - and different installations run different versions, so some things may not - quite work as this document describes.</para> - - <para> - Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) are available and answered on - <ulink url="http://wiki.mozilla.org/Bugzilla:FAQ">wiki.mozilla.org</ulink>. - They may cover some questions you have which are left unanswered. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="myaccount"> - <title>Create a Bugzilla Account</title> - - <para>If you want to use Bugzilla, first you need to create an account. - Consult with the administrator responsible for your installation of - Bugzilla for the URL you should use to access it. If you're - test-driving Bugzilla, use this URL: - <ulink url="&landfillbase;"/>. - </para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - On the home page <filename>index.cgi</filename>, click the - <quote>Open a new Bugzilla account</quote> link, or the - <quote>New Account</quote> link available in the footer of pages. - Now enter your email address, then click the <quote>Send</quote> - button. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If none of these links is available, this means that the - administrator of the installation has disabled self-registration. - This means that only an administrator can create accounts - for other users. One reason could be that this installation is - private. - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <para> - Also, if only some users are allowed to create an account on - the installation, you may see these links but your registration - may fail if your email address doesn't match the ones accepted - by the installation. This is another way to restrict who can - access and edit bugs in this installation. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Within moments, and if your registration is accepted, you should - receive an email to the address you provided, which contains your - login name (generally the same as the email address), and two URLs - with a token (a random string generated by the installation) to - confirm, respectively cancel, your registration. This is a way to - prevent users from abusing the generation of user accounts, for - instance by entering inexistent email addresses, or email addresses - which do not belong to them. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - By default, you have 3 days to confirm your registration. Past this - timeframe, the token is invalidated and the registration is - automatically canceled. You can also cancel this registration sooner - by using the appropriate URL in the email you got. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If you confirm your registration, Bugzilla will ask you your real name - (optional, but recommended) and your password, which must be between - 3 and 16 characters long. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Now all you need to do is to click the <quote>Log In</quote> - link in the footer at the bottom of the page in your browser, - enter your email address and password you just chose into the - login form, and click the <quote>Log in</quote> button. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para> - You are now logged in. Bugzilla uses cookies to remember you are - logged in so, unless you have cookies disabled or your IP address changes, - you should not have to log in again during your session. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="bug_page"> - <title>Anatomy of a Bug</title> - - <para>The core of Bugzilla is the screen which displays a particular - bug. It's a good place to explain some Bugzilla concepts. - <ulink - url="&landfillbase;show_bug.cgi?id=1"> - Bug 1 on Landfill</ulink> - - is a good example. Note that the labels for most fields are hyperlinks; - clicking them will take you to context-sensitive help on that - particular field. Fields marked * may not be present on every - installation of Bugzilla.</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Product and Component</emphasis>: - Bugs are divided up by Product and Component, with a Product - having one or more Components in it. For example, - bugzilla.mozilla.org's "Bugzilla" Product is composed of several - Components: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Administration:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Administration of a Bugzilla installation. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Bugzilla-General:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Anything that doesn't fit in the other components, or spans - multiple components. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Creating/Changing Bugs:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Creating, changing, and viewing bugs. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Documentation:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The Bugzilla documentation, including The Bugzilla Guide. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Email:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Anything to do with email sent by Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Installation:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The installation process of Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Query/Buglist:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Anything to do with searching for bugs and viewing the - buglists. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Reporting/Charting:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Getting reports from Bugzilla. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>User Accounts:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Anything about managing a user account from the user's perspective. - Saved queries, creating accounts, changing passwords, logging in, - etc. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>User Interface:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - General issues having to do with the user interface cosmetics (not - functionality) including cosmetic issues, HTML templates, - etc. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Status and Resolution:</emphasis> - - These define exactly what state the bug is in - from not even - being confirmed as a bug, through to being fixed and the fix - confirmed by Quality Assurance. The different possible values for - Status and Resolution on your installation should be documented in the - context-sensitive help for those items.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Assigned To:</emphasis> - The person responsible for fixing the bug.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*QA Contact:</emphasis> - The person responsible for quality assurance on this bug.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*URL:</emphasis> - A URL associated with the bug, if any.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Summary:</emphasis> - A one-sentence summary of the problem.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Status Whiteboard:</emphasis> - (a.k.a. Whiteboard) A free-form text area for adding short notes - and tags to a bug.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Keywords:</emphasis> - The administrator can define keywords which you can use to tag and - categorise bugs - e.g. The Mozilla Project has keywords like crash - and regression.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Platform and OS:</emphasis> - These indicate the computing environment where the bug was - found.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Version:</emphasis> - The "Version" field is usually used for versions of a product which - have been released, and is set to indicate which versions of a - Component have the particular problem the bug report is - about.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Priority:</emphasis> - The bug assignee uses this field to prioritize his or her bugs. - It's a good idea not to change this on other people's bugs.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Severity:</emphasis> - This indicates how severe the problem is - from blocker - ("application unusable") to trivial ("minor cosmetic issue"). You - can also use this field to indicate whether a bug is an enhancement - request.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Target:</emphasis> - (a.k.a. Target Milestone) A future version by which the bug is to - be fixed. e.g. The Bugzilla Project's milestones for future - Bugzilla versions are 2.18, 2.20, 3.0, etc. Milestones are not - restricted to numbers, thought - you can use any text strings, such - as dates.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Reporter:</emphasis> - The person who filed the bug.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>CC list:</emphasis> - A list of people who get mail when the bug changes.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Time Tracking:</emphasis> - This form can be used for time tracking. - To use this feature, you have to be blessed group membership - specified by the <quote>timetrackinggroup</quote> parameter. - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Orig. Est.:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This field shows the original estimated time. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Current Est.:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This field shows the current estimated time. - This number is calculated from <quote>Hours Worked</quote> - and <quote>Hours Left</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Hours Worked:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This field shows the number of hours worked. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Hours Left:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This field shows the <quote>Current Est.</quote> - - <quote>Hours Worked</quote>. - This value + <quote>Hours Worked</quote> will become the - new Current Est. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>%Complete:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This field shows what percentage of the task is complete. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Gain:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This field shows the number of hours that the bug is ahead of the - <quote>Orig. Est.</quote>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Deadline:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This field shows the deadline for this bug. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Attachments:</emphasis> - You can attach files (e.g. testcases or patches) to bugs. If there - are any attachments, they are listed in this section. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Dependencies:</emphasis> - If this bug cannot be fixed unless other bugs are fixed (depends - on), or this bug stops other bugs being fixed (blocks), their - numbers are recorded here.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>*Votes:</emphasis> - Whether this bug has any votes.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Additional Comments:</emphasis> - You can add your two cents to the bug discussion here, if you have - something worthwhile to say.</para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </section> - - <section id="lifecycle"> - <title>Life Cycle of a Bug</title> - - <para> - The life cycle of a bug, also known as workflow, is customizable to match - the needs of your organization, see <xref linkend="bug_status_workflow"/>. - <xref linkend="lifecycle-image"/> contains a graphical representation of - the default workflow using the default bug statuses. If you wish to - customize this image for your site, the - <ulink url="../images/bzLifecycle.xml">diagram file</ulink> - is available in <ulink url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia">Dia's</ulink> - native XML format. - </para> - - <figure id="lifecycle-image"> - <title>Lifecycle of a Bugzilla Bug</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="../images/bzLifecycle.png"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - - <section id="query"> - <title>Searching for Bugs</title> - - <para>The Bugzilla Search page is the interface where you can find - any bug report, comment, or patch currently in the Bugzilla system. You - can play with it here: - <ulink url="&landfillbase;query.cgi"/>.</para> - - <para>The Search page has controls for selecting different possible - values for all of the fields in a bug, as described above. For some - fields, multiple values can be selected. In those cases, Bugzilla - returns bugs where the content of the field matches any one of the selected - values. If none is selected, then the field can take any value.</para> - - <para> - After a search is run, you can save it as a Saved Search, which - will appear in the page footer. If you are in the group defined - by the "querysharegroup" parameter, you may share your queries - with other users, see <xref linkend="savedsearches"/> for more details. - </para> - - <section id="boolean"> - <title>Boolean Charts</title> - <para> - Highly advanced querying is done using Boolean Charts. - </para> - <para> - The boolean charts further restrict the set of results - returned by a query. It is possible to search for bugs - based on elaborate combinations of criteria. - </para> - <para> - The simplest boolean searches have only one term. These searches - permit the selected left <emphasis>field</emphasis> - to be compared using a - selectable <emphasis>operator</emphasis> to a - specified <emphasis>value.</emphasis> - Using the "And," "Or," and "Add Another Boolean Chart" buttons, - additional terms can be included in the query, further - altering the list of bugs returned by the query. - </para> - <para> - There are three fields in each row of a boolean search. - </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Field:</emphasis> - the items being searched - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Operator:</emphasis> - the comparison operator - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis>Value:</emphasis> - the value to which the field is being compared - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <section id="pronouns"> - <title>Pronoun Substitution</title> - <para> - Sometimes, a query needs to compare a user-related field - (such as ReportedBy) with a role-specific user (such as the - user running the query or the user to whom each bug is assigned). - When the operator is either "is equal to" or "is not equal to", the value - can be "%reporter%", "%assignee%", "%qacontact%", or "%user%". - The user pronoun - refers to the user who is executing the query or, in the case - of whining reports, the user who will be the recipient - of the report. The reporter, assignee, and qacontact - pronouns refer to the corresponding fields in the bug. - </para> - <para> - Boolean charts also let you type a group name in any user-related - field if the operator is either "is equal to", "is not equal to" or - "contains the string (exact case)". This will let you query for - any member belonging (or not) to the specified group. The group name - must be entered following the "%group.foo%" syntax, where "foo" is - the group name. So if you are looking for bugs reported by any user - being in the "editbugs" group, then you can type "%group.editbugs%". - </para> - </section> - <section id="negation"> - <title>Negation</title> - <para> - At first glance, negation seems redundant. Rather than - searching for - <blockquote> - <para> - NOT("summary" "contains the string" "foo"), - </para> - </blockquote> - one could search for - <blockquote> - <para> - ("summary" "does not contain the string" "foo"). - </para> - </blockquote> - However, the search - <blockquote> - <para> - ("CC" "does not contain the string" "@mozilla.org") - </para> - </blockquote> - would find every bug where anyone on the CC list did not contain - "@mozilla.org" while - <blockquote> - <para> - NOT("CC" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") - </para> - </blockquote> - would find every bug where there was nobody on the CC list who - did contain the string. Similarly, the use of negation also permits - complex expressions to be built using terms OR'd together and then - negated. Negation permits queries such as - <blockquote> - <para> - NOT(("product" "is equal to" "update") OR - ("component" "is equal to" "Documentation")) - </para> - </blockquote> - to find bugs that are neither - in the update product or in the documentation component or - <blockquote> - <para> - NOT(("commenter" "is equal to" "%assignee%") OR - ("component" "is equal to" "Documentation")) - </para> - </blockquote> - to find non-documentation - bugs on which the assignee has never commented. - </para> - </section> - <section id="multiplecharts"> - <title>Multiple Charts</title> - <para> - The terms within a single row of a boolean chart are all - constraints on a single piece of data. If you are looking for - a bug that has two different people cc'd on it, then you need - to use two boolean charts. A search for - <blockquote> - <para> - ("cc" "contains the string" "foo@") AND - ("cc" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") - </para> - </blockquote> - would return only bugs with "foo@mozilla.org" on the cc list. - If you wanted bugs where there is someone on the cc list - containing "foo@" and someone else containing "@mozilla.org", - then you would need two boolean charts. - <blockquote> - <para> - First chart: ("cc" "contains the string" "foo@") - </para> - <para> - Second chart: ("cc" "contains the string" "@mozilla.org") - </para> - </blockquote> - The bugs listed will be only the bugs where ALL the charts are true. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="quicksearch"> - <title>Quicksearch</title> - - <para> - Quicksearch is a single-text-box query tool which uses - metacharacters to indicate what is to be searched. For example, typing - "<literal>foo|bar</literal>" - into Quicksearch would search for "foo" or "bar" in the - summary and status whiteboard of a bug; adding - "<literal>:BazProduct</literal>" would - search only in that product. - You can use it to find a bug by its number or its alias, too. - </para> - - <para> - You'll find the Quicksearch box in Bugzilla's footer area. - On Bugzilla's front page, there is an additional - <ulink url="../../page.cgi?id=quicksearch.html">Help</ulink> - link which details how to use it. - </para> - </section> - <section id="casesensitivity"> - <title>Case Sensitivity in Searches</title> - <para> - Bugzilla queries are case-insensitive and accent-insensitive, when - used with either MySQL or Oracle databases. When using Bugzilla with - PostgreSQL, however, some queries are case-sensitive. This is due to - the way PostgreSQL handles case and accent sensitivity. - </para> - </section> - <section id="list"> - <title>Bug Lists</title> - - <para>If you run a search, a list of matching bugs will be returned. - </para> - - <para>The format of the list is configurable. For example, it can be - sorted by clicking the column headings. Other useful features can be - accessed using the links at the bottom of the list: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Long Format:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - this gives you a large page with a non-editable summary of the fields - of each bug. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>XML:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - get the buglist in the XML format. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>CSV:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - get the buglist as comma-separated values, for import into e.g. - a spreadsheet. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Feed:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - get the buglist as an Atom feed. Copy this link into your - favorite feed reader. If you are using Firefox, you can also - save the list as a live bookmark by clicking the live bookmark - icon in the status bar. To limit the number of bugs in the feed, - add a limit=n parameter to the URL. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>iCalendar:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Get the buglist as an iCalendar file. Each bug is represented as a - to-do item in the imported calendar. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Change Columns:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - change the bug attributes which appear in the list. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Change several bugs at once:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If your account is sufficiently empowered, and more than one bug - appear in the bug list, this link is displayed which lets you make - the same change to all the bugs in the list - for example, changing - their assignee. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Send mail to bug assignees:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If more than one bug appear in the bug list and there are at least - two distinct bug assignees, this links is displayed which lets you - easily send a mail to the assignees of all bugs on the list. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Edit Search:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you didn't get exactly the results you were looking for, you can - return to the Query page through this link and make small revisions - to the query you just made so you get more accurate results. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Remember Search As:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - You can give a search a name and remember it; a link will appear - in your page footer giving you quick access to run it again later. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </section> - - <section id="individual-buglists"> - <title>Adding/removing tags to/from bugs</title> - <para> - You can add and remove tags from individual bugs, which let you find and - manage bugs more easily. Tags are per-user and so are only visible and editable - by the user who created them. You can then run queries using tags as a criteria, - either by using the Advanced Search form, or simply by typing "tag:my_tag_name" - in the QuickSearch box at the top (or bottom) of the page. Tags can also be - displayed in buglists. - </para> - - <para> - This feature is useful when you want to keep track of several bugs, but - for different reasons. Instead of adding yourself to the CC list of all - these bugs and mixing all these reasons, you can now store these bugs in - separate lists, e.g. <quote>Keep in mind</quote>, <quote>Interesting bugs</quote>, - or <quote>Triage</quote>. One big advantage of this way to manage bugs - is that you can easily add or remove tags from bugs one by one. - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="bugreports"> - <title>Filing Bugs</title> - - <section id="fillingbugs"> - <title>Reporting a New Bug</title> - - <para>Years of bug writing experience has been distilled for your - reading pleasure into the - <ulink - url="&landfillbase;page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html"> - Bug Writing Guidelines</ulink>. - While some of the advice is Mozilla-specific, the basic principles of - reporting Reproducible, Specific bugs, isolating the Product you are - using, the Version of the Product, the Component which failed, the - Hardware Platform, and Operating System you were using at the time of - the failure go a long way toward ensuring accurate, responsible fixes - for the bug that bit you.</para> - - <para>The procedure for filing a bug is as follows:</para> - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <quote>New</quote> link available in the footer - of pages, or the <quote>Enter a new bug report</quote> link - displayed on the home page of the Bugzilla installation. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If you want to file a test bug to see how Bugzilla works, - you can do it on one of our test installations on - <ulink url="&landfillbase;">Landfill</ulink>. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - You first have to select the product in which you found a bug. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - You now see a form where you can specify the component (part of - the product which is affected by the bug you discovered; if you have - no idea, just select <quote>General</quote> if such a component exists), - the version of the program you were using, the Operating System and - platform your program is running on and the severity of the bug (if the - bug you found crashes the program, it's probably a major or a critical - bug; if it's a typo somewhere, that's something pretty minor; if it's - something you would like to see implemented, then that's an enhancement). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - You now have to give a short but descriptive summary of the bug you found. - <quote>My program is crashing all the time</quote> is a very poor summary - and doesn't help developers at all. Try something more meaningful or - your bug will probably be ignored due to a lack of precision. - The next step is to give a very detailed list of steps to reproduce - the problem you encountered. Try to limit these steps to a minimum set - required to reproduce the problem. This will make the life of - developers easier, and the probability that they consider your bug in - a reasonable timeframe will be much higher. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Try to make sure that everything in the summary is also in the first - comment. Summaries are often updated and this will ensure your original - information is easily accessible. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - As you file the bug, you can also attach a document (testcase, patch, - or screenshot of the problem). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Depending on the Bugzilla installation you are using and the product in - which you are filing the bug, you can also request developers to consider - your bug in different ways (such as requesting review for the patch you - just attached, requesting your bug to block the next release of the - product, and many other product specific requests). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Now is a good time to read your bug report again. Remove all misspellings, - otherwise your bug may not be found by developers running queries for some - specific words, and so your bug would not get any attention. - Also make sure you didn't forget any important information developers - should know in order to reproduce the problem, and make sure your - description of the problem is explicit and clear enough. - When you think your bug report is ready to go, the last step is to - click the <quote>Commit</quote> button to add your report into the database. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <para> - You do not need to put "any" or similar strings in the URL field. - If there is no specific URL associated with the bug, leave this - field blank. - </para> - - <para>If you feel a bug you filed was incorrectly marked as a - DUPLICATE of another, please question it in your bug, not - the bug it was duped to. Feel free to CC the person who duped it - if they are not already CCed. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="cloningbugs"> - <title>Clone an Existing Bug</title> - - <para> - Starting with version 2.20, Bugzilla has a feature that allows you - to clone an existing bug. The newly created bug will inherit - most settings from the old bug. This allows you to track more - easily similar concerns in a new bug. To use this, go to the bug - that you want to clone, then click the <quote>Clone This Bug</quote> - link on the bug page. This will take you to the <quote>Enter Bug</quote> - page that is filled with the values that the old bug has. - You can change those values and/or texts if needed. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="attachments"> - <title>Attachments</title> - - <para> - You should use attachments, rather than comments, for large chunks of ASCII - data, such as trace, debugging output files, or log files. That way, it - doesn't bloat the bug for everyone who wants to read it, and cause people to - receive fat, useless mails. - </para> - - <para>You should make sure to trim screenshots. There's no need to show the - whole screen if you are pointing out a single-pixel problem. - </para> - - <para>Bugzilla stores and uses a Content-Type for each attachment - (e.g. text/html). To download an attachment as a different - Content-Type (e.g. application/xhtml+xml), you can override this - using a 'content_type' parameter on the URL, e.g. - <filename>&content_type=text/plain</filename>. - </para> - - <para> - Also, you can enter the URL pointing to the attachment instead of - uploading the attachment itself. For example, this is useful if you want to - point to an external application, a website or a very large file. Note that - there is no guarantee that the source file will always be available, nor - that its content will remain unchanged. - </para> - - <para> - Another way to attach data is to paste text directly in the text field, - and Bugzilla will convert it into an attachment. This is pretty useful - when you do copy and paste, and you don't want to put the text in a temporary - file first. - </para> - - <section id="patchviewer"> - <title>Patch Viewer</title> - - <para>Viewing and reviewing patches in Bugzilla is often difficult due to - lack of context, improper format and the inherent readability issues that - raw patches present. Patch Viewer is an enhancement to Bugzilla designed - to fix that by offering increased context, linking to sections, and - integrating with Bonsai, LXR and CVS.</para> - - <para>Patch viewer allows you to:</para> - - <simplelist> - <member>View patches in color, with side-by-side view rather than trying - to interpret the contents of the patch.</member> - <member>See the difference between two patches.</member> - <member>Get more context in a patch.</member> - <member>Collapse and expand sections of a patch for easy - reading.</member> - <member>Link to a particular section of a patch for discussion or - review</member> - <member>Go to Bonsai or LXR to see more context, blame, and - cross-references for the part of the patch you are looking at</member> - <member>Create a rawtext unified format diff out of any patch, no - matter what format it came from</member> - </simplelist> - - <section id="patchviewer_view"> - <title>Viewing Patches in Patch Viewer</title> - <para>The main way to view a patch in patch viewer is to click on the - "Diff" link next to a patch in the Attachments list on a bug. You may - also do this within the edit window by clicking the "View Attachment As - Diff" button in the Edit Attachment screen.</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_diff"> - <title>Seeing the Difference Between Two Patches</title> - <para>To see the difference between two patches, you must first view the - newer patch in Patch Viewer. Then select the older patch from the - dropdown at the top of the page ("Differences between [dropdown] and - this patch") and click the "Diff" button. This will show you what - is new or changed in the newer patch.</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_context"> - <title>Getting More Context in a Patch</title> - <para>To get more context in a patch, you put a number in the textbox at - the top of Patch Viewer ("Patch / File / [textbox]") and hit enter. - This will give you that many lines of context before and after each - change. Alternatively, you can click on the "File" link there and it - will show each change in the full context of the file. This feature only - works against files that were diffed using "cvs diff".</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_collapse"> - <title>Collapsing and Expanding Sections of a Patch</title> - <para>To view only a certain set of files in a patch (for example, if a - patch is absolutely huge and you want to only review part of it at a - time), you can click the "(+)" and "(-)" links next to each file (to - expand it or collapse it). If you want to collapse all files or expand - all files, you can click the "Collapse All" and "Expand All" links at the - top of the page.</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_link"> - <title>Linking to a Section of a Patch</title> - <para>To link to a section of a patch (for example, if you want to be - able to give someone a URL to show them which part you are talking - about) you simply click the "Link Here" link on the section header. The - resulting URL can be copied and used in discussion.</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_bonsai_lxr"> - <title>Going to Bonsai and LXR</title> - <para>To go to Bonsai to get blame for the lines you are interested in, - you can click the "Lines XX-YY" link on the section header you are - interested in. This works even if the patch is against an old - version of the file, since Bonsai stores all versions of the file.</para> - - <para>To go to LXR, you click on the filename on the file header - (unfortunately, since LXR only does the most recent version, line - numbers are likely to rot).</para> - </section> - - <section id="patchviewer_unified_diff"> - <title>Creating a Unified Diff</title> - <para>If the patch is not in a format that you like, you can turn it - into a unified diff format by clicking the "Raw Unified" link at the top - of the page.</para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="hintsandtips"> - <title>Hints and Tips</title> - - <para>This section distills some Bugzilla tips and best practices - that have been developed.</para> - - <section> - <title>Autolinkification</title> - <para>Bugzilla comments are plain text - so typing <U> will - produce less-than, U, greater-than rather than underlined text. - However, Bugzilla will automatically make hyperlinks out of certain - sorts of text in comments. For example, the text - "http://www.bugzilla.org" will be turned into a link: - <ulink url="http://www.bugzilla.org"/>. - Other strings which get linkified in the obvious manner are: - <simplelist> - <member>bug 12345</member> - <member>comment 7</member> - <member>bug 23456, comment 53</member> - <member>attachment 4321</member> - <member>mailto:george@example.com</member> - <member>george@example.com</member> - <member>ftp://ftp.mozilla.org</member> - <member>Most other sorts of URL</member> - </simplelist> - </para> - - <para>A corollary here is that if you type a bug number in a comment, - you should put the word "bug" before it, so it gets autolinkified - for the convenience of others. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="commenting"> - <title>Comments</title> - - <para>If you are changing the fields on a bug, only comment if - either you have something pertinent to say, or Bugzilla requires it. - Otherwise, you may spam people unnecessarily with bug mail. - To take an example: a user can set up their account to filter out messages - where someone just adds themselves to the CC field of a bug - (which happens a lot.) If you come along, add yourself to the CC field, - and add a comment saying "Adding self to CC", then that person - gets a pointless piece of mail they would otherwise have avoided. - </para> - - <para> - Don't use sigs in comments. Signing your name ("Bill") is acceptable, - if you do it out of habit, but full mail/news-style - four line ASCII art creations are not. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="comment-wrapping"> - <title>Server-Side Comment Wrapping</title> - <para> - Bugzilla stores comments unwrapped and wraps them at display time. This - ensures proper wrapping in all browsers. Lines beginning with the ">" - character are assumed to be quotes, and are not wrapped. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="dependencytree"> - <title>Dependency Tree</title> - - <para> - On the <quote>Dependency tree</quote> page linked from each bug - page, you can see the dependency relationship from the bug as a - tree structure. - </para> - - <para> - You can change how much depth to show, and you can hide resolved bugs - from this page. You can also collaps/expand dependencies for - each bug on the tree view, using the [-]/[+] buttons that appear - before its summary. This option is not available for terminal - bugs in the tree (that don't have further dependencies). - </para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="timetracking"> - <title>Time Tracking Information</title> - - <para> - Users who belong to the group specified by the <quote>timetrackinggroup</quote> - parameter have access to time-related fields. Developers can see - deadlines and estimated times to fix bugs, and can provide time spent - on these bugs. Users who do not belong to this group can only see the deadline, - but not edit it. Other time-related fields remain invisible to them. - </para> - - <para> - At any time, a summary of the time spent by developers on bugs is - accessible either from bug lists when clicking the <quote>Time Summary</quote> - button or from individual bugs when clicking the <quote>Summarize time</quote> - link in the time tracking table. The <filename>summarize_time.cgi</filename> - page lets you view this information either per developer or per bug, - and can be split on a month basis to have greater details on how time - is spent by developers. - </para> - - <para> - As soon as a bug is marked as RESOLVED, the remaining time expected - to fix the bug is set to zero. This lets QA people set it again for - their own usage, and it will be set to zero again when the bug will - be marked as CLOSED. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="userpreferences"> - <title>User Preferences</title> - - <para> - Once logged in, you can customize various aspects of - Bugzilla via the "Preferences" link in the page footer. - The preferences are split into five tabs:</para> - - <section id="generalpreferences" xreflabel="General Preferences"> - <title>General Preferences</title> - - <para> - This tab allows you to change several default settings of Bugzilla. - </para> - - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para> - Bugzilla's general appearance (skin) - select which skin to use. - Bugzilla supports adding custom skins. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Quote the associated comment when you click on its reply link - sets - the behavior of the comment "Reply" link. Options include quoting the - full comment, just reference the comment number, or turn the link off. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Language used in email - select which language email will be sent in, - from the list of available languages. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - After changing a bug - This controls what page is displayed after - changes to a bug are submitted. The options include to show the bug - just modified, to show the next bug in your list, or to do nothing. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enable tags for bugs - turn bug tagging on or off. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Zoom textareas large when in use (requires JavaScript) - enable or - disable the automatic expanding of text areas when text is being - entered into them. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Field separator character for CSV files - - Select between a comma and semi-colon for exported CSV bug lists. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Automatically add me to the CC list of bugs I change - set default - behavior of CC list. Options include "Always", "Never", and "Only - if I have no role on them". - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When viewing a bug, show comments in this order - - controls the order of comments. Options include "Oldest - to Newest", "Newest to Oldest" and "Newest to Oldest, but keep the - bug description at the top". - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Show a quip at the top of each bug list - controls - whether a quip will be shown on the Bug list page. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </section> - - <section id="emailpreferences"> - <title>Email Preferences</title> - - <para> - This tab allows you to enable or disable email notification on - specific events. - </para> - - <para> - In general, users have almost complete control over how much (or - how little) email Bugzilla sends them. If you want to receive the - maximum amount of email possible, click the <quote>Enable All - Mail</quote> button. If you don't want to receive any email from - Bugzilla at all, click the <quote>Disable All Mail</quote> button. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - A Bugzilla administrator can stop a user from receiving - bugmail by clicking the <quote>Bugmail Disabled</quote> checkbox - when editing the user account. This is a drastic step - best taken only for disabled accounts, as it overrides - the user's individual mail preferences. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - There are two global options -- <quote>Email me when someone - asks me to set a flag</quote> and <quote>Email me when someone - sets a flag I asked for</quote>. These define how you want to - receive bugmail with regards to flags. Their use is quite - straightforward; enable the checkboxes if you want Bugzilla to - send you mail under either of the above conditions. - </para> - - <para> - If you'd like to set your bugmail to something besides - 'Completely ON' and 'Completely OFF', the - <quote>Field/recipient specific options</quote> table - allows you to do just that. The rows of the table - define events that can happen to a bug -- things like - attachments being added, new comments being made, the - priority changing, etc. The columns in the table define - your relationship with the bug: - </para> - - <itemizedlist spacing="compact"> - <listitem> - <para> - Reporter - Where you are the person who initially - reported the bug. Your name/account appears in the - <quote>Reporter:</quote> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Assignee - Where you are the person who has been - designated as the one responsible for the bug. Your - name/account appears in the <quote>Assigned To:</quote> - field of the bug. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - QA Contact - You are one of the designated - QA Contacts for the bug. Your account appears in the - <quote>QA Contact:</quote> text-box of the bug. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - CC - You are on the list CC List for the bug. - Your account appears in the <quote>CC:</quote> text box - of the bug. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Voter - You have placed one or more votes for the bug. - Your account appears only if someone clicks on the - <quote>Show votes for this bug</quote> link on the bug. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <note> - <para> - Some columns may not be visible for your installation, depending - on your site's configuration. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - To fine-tune your bugmail, decide the events for which you want - to receive bugmail; then decide if you want to receive it all - the time (enable the checkbox for every column), or only when - you have a certain relationship with a bug (enable the checkbox - only for those columns). For example: if you didn't want to - receive mail when someone added themselves to the CC list, you - could uncheck all the boxes in the <quote>CC Field Changes</quote> - line. As another example, if you never wanted to receive email - on bugs you reported unless the bug was resolved, you would - un-check all boxes in the <quote>Reporter</quote> column - except for the one on the <quote>The bug is resolved or - verified</quote> row. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Bugzilla adds the <quote>X-Bugzilla-Reason</quote> header to - all bugmail it sends, describing the recipient's relationship - (AssignedTo, Reporter, QAContact, CC, or Voter) to the bug. - This header can be used to do further client-side filtering. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Bugzilla has a feature called <quote>Users Watching</quote>. - When you enter one or more comma-delineated user accounts (usually email - addresses) into the text entry box, you will receive a copy of all the - bugmail those users are sent (security settings permitting). - This powerful functionality enables seamless transitions as developers - change projects or users go on holiday. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - The ability to watch other users may not be available in all - Bugzilla installations. If you don't see this feature, and feel - that you need it, speak to your administrator. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Each user listed in the <quote>Users watching you</quote> field - has you listed in their <quote>Users to watch</quote> list - and can get bugmail according to your relationship to the bug and - their <quote>Field/recipient specific options</quote> setting. - </para> - - <para> - The <quote>Ignore Bugs</quote> section lets you specify a - comma-separated list of bugs from which you never want to get any - email notification of any kind. Removing a bug from this list will - re-enable email notification for this bug. This is especially useful - e.g. if you are the reporter of a very noisy bug which you are not - interested in anymore or if you are watching someone who is in such - a noisy bug. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="savedsearches" xreflabel="Saved Searches"> - <title>Saved Searches</title> - <para> - On this tab you can view and run any Saved Searches that you have - created, and also any Saved Searches that other members of the group - defined in the "querysharegroup" parameter have shared. - Saved Searches can be added to the page footer from this screen. - If somebody is sharing a Search with a group she or he is allowed to - <link linkend="groups">assign users to</link>, the sharer may opt to have - the Search show up in the footer of the group's direct members by default. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="accountpreferences" xreflabel="Name and Password"> - <title>Name and Password</title> - - <para>On this tab, you can change your basic account information, - including your password, email address and real name. For security - reasons, in order to change anything on this page you must type your - <emphasis>current</emphasis> password into the <quote>Password</quote> - field at the top of the page. - If you attempt to change your email address, a confirmation - email is sent to both the old and new addresses, with a link to use to - confirm the change. This helps to prevent account hijacking.</para> - </section> - - <section id="permissionsettings"> - <title>Permissions</title> - - <para> - This is a purely informative page which outlines your current - permissions on this installation of Bugzilla. - </para> - - <para> - A complete list of permissions is below. Only users with - <emphasis>editusers</emphasis> privileges can change the permissions - of other users. - </para> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - admin - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user is an Administrator. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_canusewhineatothers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can configure whine reports for other users. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_canusewhines - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can configure whine reports for self. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_quip_moderators - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can moderate quips. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_sudoers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can perform actions as other users. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - bz_sudo_protect - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user cannot be impersonated by other users. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - canconfirm - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can confirm a bug or mark it a duplicate. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - creategroups - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can create and destroy groups. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editbugs - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can edit all bug fields. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editclassifications - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit classifications. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editcomponents - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit components. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editkeywords - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can create, destroy, and edit keywords. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - editusers - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can edit or disable users. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - tweakparams - </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Indicates user can change Parameters. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - <note> - <para> - For more information on how permissions work in Bugzilla (i.e. who can - change what), see <xref linkend="cust-change-permissions"/>. - </para> - </note> - - </section> - </section> - - - <section id="reporting"> - <title>Reports and Charts</title> - - <para>As well as the standard buglist, Bugzilla has two more ways of - viewing sets of bugs. These are the reports (which give different - views of the current state of the database) and charts (which plot - the changes in particular sets of bugs over time.)</para> - - <section id="reports"> - <title>Reports</title> - - <para> - A report is a view of the current state of the bug database. - </para> - - <para> - You can run either an HTML-table-based report, or a graphical - line/pie/bar-chart-based one. The two have different pages to - define them, but are close cousins - once you've defined and - viewed a report, you can switch between any of the different - views of the data at will. - </para> - - <para> - Both report types are based on the idea of defining a set of bugs - using the standard search interface, and then choosing some - aspect of that set to plot on the horizontal and/or vertical axes. - You can also get a form of 3-dimensional report by choosing to have - multiple images or tables. - </para> - - <para> - So, for example, you could use the search form to choose "all - bugs in the WorldControl product", and then plot their severity - against their component to see which component had had the largest - number of bad bugs reported against it. - </para> - - <para> - Once you've defined your parameters and hit "Generate Report", - you can switch between HTML, CSV, Bar, Line and Pie. (Note: Pie - is only available if you didn't define a vertical axis, as pie - charts don't have one.) The other controls are fairly self-explanatory; - you can change the size of the image if you find text is overwriting - other text, or the bars are too thin to see. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="charts"> - <title>Charts</title> - - <para> - A chart is a view of the state of the bug database over time. - </para> - - <para> - Bugzilla currently has two charting systems - Old Charts and New - Charts. Old Charts have been part of Bugzilla for a long time; they - chart each status and resolution for each product, and that's all. - They are deprecated, and going away soon - we won't say any more - about them. - New Charts are the future - they allow you to chart anything you - can define as a search. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - Both charting forms require the administrator to set up the - data-gathering script. If you can't see any charts, ask them whether - they have done so. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - An individual line on a chart is called a data set. - All data sets are organised into categories and subcategories. The - data sets that Bugzilla defines automatically use the Product name - as a Category and Component names as Subcategories, but there is no - need for you to follow that naming scheme with your own charts if - you don't want to. - </para> - - <para> - Data sets may be public or private. Everyone sees public data sets in - the list, but only their creator sees private data sets. Only - administrators can make data sets public. - No two data sets, even two private ones, can have the same set of - category, subcategory and name. So if you are creating private data - sets, one idea is to have the Category be your username. - </para> - - <section> - <title>Creating Charts</title> - - <para> - You create a chart by selecting a number of data sets from the - list, and pressing Add To List for each. In the List Of Data Sets - To Plot, you can define the label that data set will have in the - chart's legend, and also ask Bugzilla to Sum a number of data sets - (e.g. you could Sum data sets representing RESOLVED, VERIFIED and - CLOSED in a particular product to get a data set representing all - the resolved bugs in that product.) - </para> - - <para> - If you've erroneously added a data set to the list, select it - using the checkbox and click Remove. Once you add more than one - data set, a "Grand Total" line - automatically appears at the bottom of the list. If you don't want - this, simply remove it as you would remove any other line. - </para> - - <para> - You may also choose to plot only over a certain date range, and - to cumulate the results - that is, to plot each one using the - previous one as a baseline, so the top line gives a sum of all - the data sets. It's easier to try than to explain :-) - </para> - - <para> - Once a data set is in the list, one can also perform certain - actions on it. For example, one can edit the - data set's parameters (name, frequency etc.) if it's one you - created or if you are an administrator. - </para> - - <para> - Once you are happy, click Chart This List to see the chart. - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="charts-new-series"> - <title>Creating New Data Sets</title> - - <para> - You may also create new data sets of your own. To do this, - click the "create a new data set" link on the Create Chart page. - This takes you to a search-like interface where you can define - the search that Bugzilla will plot. At the bottom of the page, - you choose the category, sub-category and name of your new - data set. - </para> - - <para> - If you have sufficient permissions, you can make the data set public, - and reduce the frequency of data collection to less than the default - seven days. - </para> - </section> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="flags"> - <title>Flags</title> - - <para> - A flag is a kind of status that can be set on bugs or attachments - to indicate that the bugs/attachments are in a certain state. - Each installation can define its own set of flags that can be set - on bugs or attachments. - </para> - - <para> - If your installation has defined a flag, you can set or unset that flag, - and if your administrator has enabled requesting of flags, you can submit - a request for another user to set the flag. - </para> - - <para> - To set a flag, select either "+" or "-" from the drop-down menu next to - the name of the flag in the "Flags" list. The meaning of these values are - flag-specific and thus cannot be described in this documentation, - but by way of example, setting a flag named "review" to "+" may indicate - that the bug/attachment has passed review, while setting it to "-" - may indicate that the bug/attachment has failed review. - </para> - - <para> - To unset a flag, click its drop-down menu and select the blank value. - Note that marking an attachment as obsolete automatically cancels all - pending requests for the attachment. - </para> - - <para> - If your administrator has enabled requests for a flag, request a flag - by selecting "?" from the drop-down menu and then entering the username - of the user you want to set the flag in the text field next to the menu. - </para> - - <para> - A set flag appears in bug reports and on "edit attachment" pages with the - abbreviated username of the user who set the flag prepended to the - flag name. For example, if Jack sets a "review" flag to "+", it appears - as Jack: review [ + ] - </para> - - <para> - A requested flag appears with the user who requested the flag prepended - to the flag name and the user who has been requested to set the flag - appended to the flag name within parentheses. For example, if Jack - asks Jill for review, it appears as Jack: review [ ? ] (Jill). - </para> - - <para> - You can browse through open requests made of you and by you by selecting - 'My Requests' from the footer. You can also look at open requests limited - by other requesters, requestees, products, components, and flag names from - this page. Note that you can use '-' for requestee to specify flags with - 'no requestee' set. - </para> - </section> - - <section id="whining"> - <title>Whining</title> - - <para> - Whining is a feature in Bugzilla that can regularly annoy users at - specified times. Using this feature, users can execute saved searches - at specific times (i.e. the 15th of the month at midnight) or at - regular intervals (i.e. every 15 minutes on Sundays). The results of the - searches are sent to the user, either as a single email or as one email - per bug, along with some descriptive text. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Throughout this section it will be assumed that all users are members - of the bz_canusewhines group, membership in which is required in order - to use the Whining system. You can easily make all users members of - the bz_canusewhines group by setting the User RegExp to ".*" (without - the quotes). - </para> - - <para> - Also worth noting is the bz_canusewhineatothers group. Members of this - group can create whines for any user or group in Bugzilla using a - extended form of the whining interface. Features only available to - members of the bz_canusewhineatothers group will be noted in the - appropriate places. - </para> - </warning> - - <note> - <para> - For whining to work, a special Perl script must be executed at regular - intervals. More information on this is available in - <xref linkend="installation-whining"/>. - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <para> - This section does not cover the whineatnews.pl script. See - <xref linkend="installation-whining-cron"/> for more information on - The Whining Cron. - </para> - </note> - - <section id="whining-overview"> - <title>The Event</title> - - <para> - The whining system defines an "Event" as one or more queries being - executed at regular intervals, with the results of said queries (if - there are any) being emailed to the user. Events are created by - clicking on the "Add new event" button. - </para> - - <para> - Once a new event is created, the first thing to set is the "Email - subject line". The contents of this field will be used in the subject - line of every email generated by this event. In addition to setting a - subject, space is provided to enter some descriptive text that will be - included at the top of each message (to help you in understanding why - you received the email in the first place). - </para> - - <para> - The next step is to specify when the Event is to be run (the Schedule) - and what searches are to be performed (the Searches). - </para> - - </section> - - <section id="whining-schedule"> - <title>Whining Schedule</title> - - <para> - Each whining event is associated with zero or more schedules. A - schedule is used to specify when the search (specified below) is to be - run. A new event starts out with no schedules (which means it will - never run, as it is not scheduled to run). To add a schedule, press - the "Add a new schedule" button. - </para> - - <para> - Each schedule includes an interval, which you use to tell Bugzilla - when the event should be run. An event can be run on certain days of - the week, certain days of the month, during weekdays (defined as - Monday through Friday), or every day. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Be careful if you set your event to run on the 29th, 30th, or 31st of - the month, as your event may not run exactly when expected. If you - want your event to run on the last day of the month, select "Last day - of the month" as the interval. - </para> - </warning> - - <para> - Once you have specified the day(s) on which the event is to be run, you - should now specify the time at which the event is to be run. You can - have the event run at a certain hour on the specified day(s), or - every hour, half-hour, or quarter-hour on the specified day(s). - </para> - - <para> - If a single schedule does not execute an event as many times as you - would want, you can create another schedule for the same event. For - example, if you want to run an event on days whose numbers are - divisible by seven, you would need to add four schedules to the event, - setting the schedules to run on the 7th, 14th, 21st, and 28th (one day - per schedule) at whatever time (or times) you choose. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If you are a member of the bz_canusewhineatothers group, then you - will be presented with another option: "Mail to". Using this you - can control who will receive the emails generated by this event. You - can choose to send the emails to a single user (identified by email - address) or a single group (identified by group name). To send to - multiple users or groups, create a new schedule for each additional - user/group. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - <section id="whining-query"> - <title>Whining Searches</title> - - <para> - Each whining event is associated with zero or more searches. A search - is any saved search to be run as part of the specified schedule (see - above). You start out without any searches associated with the event - (which means that the event will not run, as there will never be any - results to return). To add a search, press the "Add a search" button. - </para> - - <para> - The first field to examine in your newly added search is the Sort field. - Searches are run, and results included, in the order specified by the - Sort field. Searches with smaller Sort values will run before searches - with bigger Sort values. - </para> - - <para> - The next field to examine is the Search field. This is where you - choose the actual search that is to be run. Instead of defining search - parameters here, you are asked to choose from the list of saved - searches (the same list that appears at the bottom of every Bugzilla - page). You are only allowed to choose from searches that you have - saved yourself (the default saved search, "My Bugs", is not a valid - choice). If you do not have any saved searches, you can take this - opportunity to create one (see <xref linkend="list"/>). - </para> - - <note> - <para> - When running searches, the whining system acts as if you are the user - executing the search. This means that the whining system will ignore - bugs that match your search, but that you cannot access. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Once you have chosen the saved search to be executed, give the search a - descriptive title. This title will appear in the email, above the - results of the search. If you choose "One message per bug", the search - title will appear at the top of each email that contains a bug matching - your search. - </para> - - <para> - Finally, decide if the results of the search should be sent in a single - email, or if each bug should appear in its own email. - </para> - - <warning> - <para> - Think carefully before checking the "One message per bug" box. If - you create a search that matches thousands of bugs, you will receive - thousands of emails! - </para> - </warning> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Saving Your Changes</title> - - <para> - Once you have defined at least one schedule, and created at least one - search, go ahead and "Update/Commit". This will save your Event and make - it available for immediate execution. - </para> - - <note> - <para> - If you ever feel like deleting your event, you may do so using the - "Remove Event" button in the upper-right corner of each Event. You - can also modify an existing event, so long as you "Update/Commit" - after completing your modifications. - </para> - </note> - </section> - - </section> - -</chapter> - -<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-always-quote-attributes:t -sgml-auto-insert-required-elements:t -sgml-balanced-tag-edit:t -sgml-exposed-tags:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-data:t -sgml-indent-step:2 -sgml-local-catalogs:nil -sgml-local-ecat-files:nil -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-namecase-general:t -sgml-omittag:t -sgml-parent-document:("Bugzilla-Guide.xml" "book" "chapter") -sgml-shorttag:t -sgml-tag-region-if-active:t -End: ---> diff --git a/docs/makedocs.pl b/docs/makedocs.pl index ea08d8258..74843c7a3 100755 --- a/docs/makedocs.pl +++ b/docs/makedocs.pl @@ -7,6 +7,19 @@ # defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. # This script compiles all the documentation. +# +# Required software: +# +# 1) Sphinx documentation builder (python-sphinx package on Debian/Ubuntu) +# +# 2) pdflatex, which means the following Debian/Ubuntu packages: +# * texlive-latex-base +# * texlive-latex-recommended +# * texlive-latex-extra +# * texlive-fonts-recommended +# +# All these TeX packages together are close to a gig :-| But after you've +# installed them, you can remove texlive-latex-extra-doc to save 400MB. use 5.10.1; use strict; @@ -33,7 +46,7 @@ if (eval { require Pod::Simple }) { $pod_simple = 1; }; -use Bugzilla::Install::Requirements +use Bugzilla::Install::Requirements qw(REQUIRED_MODULES OPTIONAL_MODULES); use Bugzilla::Constants qw(DB_MODULE BUGZILLA_VERSION); @@ -46,15 +59,19 @@ my $opt_modules = OPTIONAL_MODULES; my $template; { - open(TEMPLATE, '<', 'bugzilla.ent.tmpl') - or die('Could not open bugzilla.ent.tmpl: ' . $!); + open(TEMPLATE, '<', 'definitions.rst.tmpl') + or die('Could not open definitions.rst.tmpl: ' . $!); local $/; $template = <TEMPLATE>; close TEMPLATE; } -open(ENTITIES, '>', 'bugzilla.ent') or die('Could not open bugzilla.ent: ' . $!); -print ENTITIES "$template\n"; -print ENTITIES '<!-- Module Versions -->' . "\n"; + +# This file is included at the end of Sphinx's conf.py. Unfortunately there's +# no way to 'epilog' a file, only text. +open(SUBSTS, '>', 'definitions.rst') or die('Could not open definitions.rst: ' . $!); +print SUBSTS 'rst_epilog = """' . "\n$template\n"; +print SUBSTS ".. Module Versions\n\n"; + foreach my $module (@$modules, @$opt_modules) { my $name = $module->{'module'}; @@ -63,10 +80,10 @@ foreach my $module (@$modules, @$opt_modules) #This needs to be a string comparison, due to the modules having #version numbers like 0.9.4 my $version = $module->{'version'} eq 0 ? 'any' : $module->{'version'}; - print ENTITIES '<!ENTITY min-' . $name . '-ver "'.$version.'">' . "\n"; + print SUBSTS '.. |min-' . $name . '-ver| replace:: ' . $version . "\n"; } -print ENTITIES "\n <!-- Database Versions --> \n"; +print SUBSTS "\n.. Database Versions\n\n"; my $db_modules = DB_MODULE; foreach my $db (keys %$db_modules) { @@ -76,28 +93,28 @@ foreach my $db (keys %$db_modules) { $name = lc($name); my $version = $dbd->{version} || 'any'; my $db_version = $db_modules->{$db}->{'db_version'}; - print ENTITIES '<!ENTITY min-' . $name . '-ver "'.$version.'">' . "\n"; - print ENTITIES '<!ENTITY min-' . lc($db) . '-ver "'.$db_version.'">' . "\n"; + print SUBSTS '.. |min-' . $name . '-ver| replace:: ' . $version . "\n"; + print SUBSTS '.. |min-' . lc($db) . '-ver| replace:: ' . $db_version . "\n"; } -close(ENTITIES); + +print SUBSTS '"""'; + +close(SUBSTS); ############################################################################### # Subs ############################################################################### sub MakeDocs { - my ($name, $cmdline) = @_; say "Creating $name documentation ..." if defined $name; say "$cmdline\n"; system $cmdline; print "\n"; - } sub make_pod { - say "Creating API documentation..."; my $converter = Pod::Simple::HTMLBatch::Bugzilla->new; @@ -122,9 +139,11 @@ END_HTML $converter->contents_page_start($contents_start); $converter->contents_page_end("</body></html>"); - $converter->add_css('./../../../style.css'); + $converter->add_css('./../../../../style.css'); $converter->javascript_flurry(0); $converter->css_flurry(0); + mkdir("html"); + mkdir("html/api"); $converter->batch_convert(['../../'], 'html/api/'); print "\n"; @@ -135,11 +154,11 @@ END_HTML ############################################################################### my @langs; -# search for sub directories which have a 'xml' sub-directory +# search for sub directories which have a 'rst' sub-directory opendir(LANGS, './'); foreach my $dir (readdir(LANGS)) { next if (($dir eq '.') || ($dir eq '..') || (! -d $dir)); - if (-d "$dir/xml") { + if (-d "$dir/rst") { push(@langs, $dir); } } @@ -148,34 +167,10 @@ closedir(LANGS); my $docparent = getcwd(); foreach my $lang (@langs) { chdir "$docparent/$lang"; - MakeDocs(undef, 'cp ../bugzilla.ent ./xml/'); - - if (!-d 'txt') { - unlink 'txt'; - mkdir 'txt', 0755; - } - if (!-d 'pdf') { - unlink 'pdf'; - mkdir 'pdf', 0755; - } - if (!-d 'html') { - unlink 'html'; - mkdir 'html', 0755; - } - if (!-d 'html/api') { - unlink 'html/api'; - mkdir 'html/api', 0755; - } make_pod() if $pod_simple; - MakeDocs('separate HTML', 'xmlto -m ../xsl/chunks.xsl -o html html xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml'); - MakeDocs('big HTML', 'xmlto -m ../xsl/nochunks.xsl -o html html-nochunks xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml'); - MakeDocs('big text', 'lynx -dump -justify=off -nolist html/Bugzilla-Guide.html > txt/Bugzilla-Guide.txt'); - - if (! grep($_ eq "--with-pdf", @ARGV)) { - next; - } - - MakeDocs('PDF', 'dblatex -p ../xsl/pdf.xsl -o pdf/Bugzilla-Guide.pdf xml/Bugzilla-Guide.xml'); + MakeDocs('HTML', 'make html'); + MakeDocs('TXT', 'make text'); + MakeDocs('PDF', 'make latexpdf'); } diff --git a/docs/style.css b/docs/style.css index 8604b5b67..fa85b6c41 100644 --- a/docs/style.css +++ b/docs/style.css @@ -6,6 +6,8 @@ * defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. */ +/* This style file is used by the API documentation */ + body { background: white; color: #111; @@ -92,4 +94,4 @@ pre.code, pre.programlisting, pre.screen { background-color: #eee; } -.pod_desc_table +.pod_desc_table diff --git a/docs/xsl/bugzilla-docs.xsl b/docs/xsl/bugzilla-docs.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index f791087e6..000000000 --- a/docs/xsl/bugzilla-docs.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0"> - <!-- Nicer Filenames --> - <xsl:param name="use.id.as.filename" select="1"/> - - <!-- Label sections if they aren't automatically labeled --> - <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="section.label.includes.component.label" select="1"/> - - <!-- Table of Contents Depth --> - <xsl:param name="toc.section.depth">2</xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="generate.section.toc.level" select="0"/> - - <!-- Show titles of next/previous page --> - <xsl:param name="navig.showtitles">1</xsl:param> - - <!-- Tidy up the HTML a bit... --> - <xsl:param name="html.cleanup" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="make.valid.html" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="html.stylesheet">../../style.css</xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="highlight.source" select="1"/> - - <!-- Use Graphics, specify their Path and Extension --> - <xsl:param name="admon.graphics" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="admon.graphics.path">../images/</xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="admon.graphics.extension">.gif</xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="admon.textlabel" select="0"/> - <xsl:param name="admon.style">margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em</xsl:param> -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/docs/xsl/chunks.xsl b/docs/xsl/chunks.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index 1389dd5e0..000000000 --- a/docs/xsl/chunks.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0"> - <!-- Include default bugzilla XSL --> - <xsl:include href="bugzilla-docs.xsl"/> - <!-- Set Chunk Specific XSL Params --> - <xsl:param name="chunker.output.doctype-public">-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN</xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="chunker.output.doctype-system">http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd</xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="chunk.section.depth" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="chunk.first.sections" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="chunker.output.encoding" select="UTF-8"/> - <xsl:param name="chunk.quietly" select="1"/> -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/docs/xsl/nochunks.xsl b/docs/xsl/nochunks.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index 2b10a0d85..000000000 --- a/docs/xsl/nochunks.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0"> - <xsl:output method="html" encoding="UTF-8" indent="no" - doctype-public="-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" - doctype-system="http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"/> - <!-- Include default bugzilla XSL --> - <xsl:include href="bugzilla-docs.xsl"/> - <!-- No other params necessary --> -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/docs/xsl/pdf.xsl b/docs/xsl/pdf.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index d1febf748..000000000 --- a/docs/xsl/pdf.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - - This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as - defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. ---> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" - xmlns:fo="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Format" - version="1.0"> - <!-- Some layout parameters --> - <xsl:param name="generate.index" select="0"/> - <xsl:param name="doc.collab.show" select="0"/> - <xsl:param name="latex.output.revhistory" select="0"/> - <xsl:param name="doc.lot.show"></xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="latex.encoding">utf8</xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="imagedata.default.scale">pagebound</xsl:param> - <xsl:param name="latex.hyperparam">colorlinks,linkcolor=blue,urlcolor=blue</xsl:param> - - <!-- Show <ulink>s as footnotes --> - <xsl:param name="ulink.footnotes" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="ulink.show" select="1"/> - - <!-- Don't use Graphics --> - <xsl:param name="admon.graphics" select="0"/> - <xsl:param name="callout.graphics" select="0"/> - - <!-- Make pdflatex shut up about <prompt> and <command> within <programlisting>, --> - <!-- see http://dblatex.sourceforge.net/doc/manual/sec-verbatim.html --> - <xsl:template match="prompt|command" mode="latex.programlisting"> - <xsl:param name="co-tagin" select="'<:'"/> - <xsl:param name="rnode" select="/"/> - <xsl:param name="probe" select="0"/> - - <xsl:call-template name="verbatim.boldseq"> - <xsl:with-param name="co-tagin" select="$co-tagin"/> - <xsl:with-param name="rnode" select="$rnode"/> - <xsl:with-param name="probe" select="$probe"/> - </xsl:call-template> - </xsl:template> -</xsl:stylesheet> |
